Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions

go-math-grade-4-chapter-7-add-and-subtract-fractions-review-test-answer-key

Hello Kids!!! What you are waiting for? Here is the Answer Key for Go Math HMH Grade 4 Chapter 7? Just make use of these Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions and practice well. Students who are preparing for the grade 4 maths exam can get this Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions pdf from here to access and download for free.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions

Download Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions in pdf format and aid your preparation. First of all, begin your practice session with textbook solutions and then jump into this Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions for gaining better subject knowledge. These solutions are written by subject experts in a comprehend manner. So, you all can easily understand and practice more concepts.

Lesson: 1 – Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole

Lesson: 2 – Write Fractions as Sums

Lesson: 3 – Add Fractions Using Models

Lesson: 4 – Subtract Fractions Using Models

Lesson: 5 – Add and Subtract Fractions

Lesson: 6 – Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Lesson: 7 – Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers

Lesson: 8 – Record Subtraction with

Lesson: 9 – Fractions and Properties of Addition

Lesson: 10 – Read each problem and solve.

Lesson 7.1

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 133

Add and Subtract Parts of a Whole

Use the model to write an equation.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 1

Explanation:
By seeing the above 3 figures we can say that the fraction of the shaded part of the first circle is 3/8, the fraction of the second figure is 2/8
By adding the 2 fractions we get the fraction of the third circle.
3/8 + 2/8 = 5/8

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 2
Type below:
_________

Answer: 4/5 – 3/5 = 1/5

Explanation:
The fraction of the shaded part for the above rectangle is 4/5
The fraction of the box is 3/5
The equation for the above figure is 4/5 – 3/5 = 1/5

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 3
Type below:
_________

Answer: 1/4 + 2/4 = 3/4

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of first figure is 1/4
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of second figure is 1/4
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of third figure is 3/4
So, The equation for the above figure is 1/4 + 2/4 = 3/4

Use the model to solve the equation.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 4
\(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of first figure is 2/6
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of second figure is 3/6
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of third figure is 5/6
So, The equation for the above figure is \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } +\frac { 3 }{ 6 } =\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \)

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 5
\(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } -\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of figure is 3/5
The name of the fraction for the shaded part of closed box is 2/5
So, The equation for the above figure is \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } -\frac { 2 }{ 5 } =\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Jake ate \(\frac{4}{8}\) of a pizza. Millie ate \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the same pizza. How much of the pizza was eaten by Jake and Millie?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7/8 of pizza

Explanation:
Given that,
Jake ate \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } \) of a pizza.
Millie ate \(\frac { 3}{ 8 } \) of the same pizza.
To find how much of the pizza was eaten by Jake and Millie
We have to add both the fractions
\(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \)
Thus the fraction of the pizza eaten by Jake and Millie is \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \)

Question 7.
Kate ate \(\frac{1}{4}\) of her orange. Ben ate \(\frac{2}{4}\) of his banana. Did Kate and Ben eat \(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}=\frac{3}{4}\) of their fruit?
Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: No, one whole refers to orange and the other whole to a banana.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 134

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A whole pie is cut into 8 equal slices. Three of the slices are served. How much of the pie is left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 5 }{ 8} \)

Explanation:
Given,
A whole pie is cut into 8 equal slices. Three of the slices are served.
The fraction of 8 slices is 8/8.
Out of which 3/8 are served.
8/8 – 3/8 = 5/8
Therefore \(\frac { 5 }{ 8} \) of the pie is left.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
An orange is divided into 6 equal wedges. Jody eats 1 wedge. Then she eats 3 more wedges. How much of the orange did Jody eat?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 4}{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
An orange is divided into 6 equal wedges.
Jody eats 1 wedge.
Then she eats 3 more wedges.
The fraction of orange that Jody eat is \(\frac { 4}{ 6 } \).
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which list of distances is in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{16} mile, \frac{3}{4} mile\)
b. \(\frac{3}{4} mile, \frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{16} mile\)
c. \(\frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{4} mile, \frac{3}{16} mile\)
d. \(\frac{3}{16} mile, \frac{1}{8} mile, \frac{3}{4} mile\)

Answer: \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile

Explantion:
Compare the three fractions 1/8, 3/4 and 3/16
Make the common denominators.
1/8 × 2/2 = 2/16
3/4 × 4/4 = 12/16
The fractions are 2/16, 12/16 and 3/16
The numerator with the highest number will be the greatest.
The fractions from least to greatest is \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 16 } \) Mile, \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) Mile.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Jeremy walked \(\frac{6}{8}\) of the way to school and ran the rest of the way. What fraction, in simplest form, shows the part of the way that Jeremy walked?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jeremy walked 6/8 of the way to school and ran the rest of the way.
The simplest form of 6/8 is 3/8.
The simplest form of part of the way that Jeremy walked is 3/8.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
An elevator starts on the 100th floor of a building. It descends 4 floors every 10 seconds. At what floor will the elevator be 60 seconds after it starts?
Options:
a. 60th floor
b. 66th floor
c. 72nd floor
d. 76th floor

Answer: 76th floor

Explanation:
Given,
An elevator starts on the 100th floor of a building.
It descends 4 floors every 10 seconds.
4 floors – 10 seconds
? – 60 seconds
60 × 4/10 = 240/10 = 24 floors
100 – 24 = 76th floor
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
For a school play, the teacher asked the class to set up chairs in 20 rows with 25 chairs in each row. After setting up all the chairs, they were 5 chairs short. How many chairs did the class set up?
Options:
a. 400
b. 450
c. 495
d. 500

Answer: 495

Explanation:
Given,
For a school play, the teacher asked the class to set up chairs in 20 rows with 25 chairs in each row.
After setting up all the chairs, they were 5 chairs short.
20 × 25 = 500
500 – 5 = 495
Therefore the class set up 495 chairs.
Thus the correct answer is c.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 135

Write Fractions as Sums

Write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 6

Answer: 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 4/5 is 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5 + 1/5.

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{8}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 3/8 is 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8

Question 3.
\(\frac{6}{12}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 6/12 is 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12 + 1/12

Question 4.
\(\frac{4}{4}\) =
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 4/4 is 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4

Write the fraction as a sum of fractions three different ways.

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 7/10 is 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10 + 1/10

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{6}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Explanation:
The sum of the unit fractions for 6/6 is 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6 + 1/6

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Miguel’s teacher asks him to color \(\frac{4}{8}\) of his grid. He must use 3 colors: red, blue, and green. There must be more green sections than red sections. How can Miguel color the sections of his grid to follow all the rules?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1/8 red, 1/8 blue, and 2/8 green

Explanation:
If there are 8 tiles, coloring \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 }\) means coloring 4 tiles. Using those three colors, we could use each 1 time with 1 leftover. Since we must have more green, we would use it twice; this would give us 2 green, 1 red and 1 blue.
Since the grid is not necessarily 8 squares, we must account for this by saying 2/8 green, 1/8 red, and 1/8 blue

Question 8.
Petra is asked to color \(\frac{6}{6}\) of her grid. She must use 3 colors: blue, red, and pink. There must be more blue sections than red sections or pink sections. What are the different ways Petra can color the sections of her grid and follow all the rules?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 3/6 blue, 2/6 red, 1/6 pink

Explanation:
1. 3 blues, 2 red, 1 pink.
2. 3 blues, 2 pink, 1 red.
3. 4 blues, 1 red, 1 pink
The different ways in which Petra can color the sections of her grid and follow the rules are;
1. 3 blues, 2 red, 1 pink.
2. 3 blues, 2 pink, 1 red.
3. 4 blues, 1 red, 1 pink
All these three ways follows the rules that; there must be three colors an also Blue sections are more than red sections or pink sections.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 136

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Jorge wants to write \(\frac{4}{5}\) as a sum of unit fractions. Which of the following should he write?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{5}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jorge wants to write \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \) as a sum of unit fractions.
The sum of the unit fraction for \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \) is \(\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } +\frac { 1 }{ 5 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Which expression is equivalent to \(\frac{7}{8}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{4}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 }+\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \)

Explanation:
The fraction equivalent to \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \) is \(\frac { 4 }{ 8 } +\frac { 2 }{ 8 }+\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \).
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
An apple is cut into 6 equal slices. Nancy eats 2 of the slices. What fraction of the apple is left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
An apple is cut into 6 equal slices. Nancy eats 2 of the slices.
6 – 2 = 4
\(\frac { 6 }{ 6 } \) – \(\frac { 2 }{ 6 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Which of the following numbers is a prime number?
Options:
a. 1
b. 11
c. 21
d. 51

Answer: 11

Explanation:
A prime number is a natural number greater than 1 that is not a product of two smaller natural numbers.
11 is a multiple of 1 and itself.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
A teacher has a bag of 100 unit cubes. She gives an equal number of cubes to each of the 7 groups in her class. She gives each group as many cubes as she
can. How many unit cubes are left over?
Options:
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 6

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Given,
A teacher has a bag of 100 unit cubes. She gives an equal number of cubes to each of the 7 groups in her class.
She gives each group as many cubes as she can.
100 divided by 7 is 14 r 2, so there are 2 leftover.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Jessie sorted the coins in her bank. She made 7 stacks of 6 dimes and 8 stacks of 5 nickels. She then found 1 dime and 1 nickel. How many dimes and nickels does Jessie have in all?
Options:
a. 84
b. 82
c. 80
d. 28

Answer: 84

Explanation:
Given,
Jessie sorted the coins in her bank. She made 7 stacks of 6 dimes and 8 stacks of 5 nickels.
She then found 1 dime and 1 nickel.
43 dimes and 41 nickles
43 + 41 = 84
Jessie has 84 dimes and nickels in all.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 137

Add Fractions Using Models

Find the sum. Use fraction strips to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 7

Answer: 3/6

Question 2.
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9/10
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Img_6

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/3
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter Add & Subtract Fractions Img_7

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{4}+\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/4
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Img_8

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{12}+\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/12
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_9

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/6
Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_10

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{12}+\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12/12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_11

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7/8

Go Math 4th Grade Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_12

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/4
Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Add & Subtract Fractions Img_13

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/5

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter Img_14

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Lola walks \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile to her friend’s house. Then she walks \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile to the store. How far does she walk in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) mile

Answer: \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \) mile

Explanation:
Given,
Lola walks \(\frac { 4 }{ 10} \) mile to her friend’s house.
Then she walks \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 } \) mile to the store.
\(\frac { 4 }{ 10} \) + \(\frac { 5 }{ 10 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \)
Therefore she walked \(\frac { 9 }{ 10 } \) mile in all.

Question 12.
Evan eats \(\frac{1}{8}\) of a pan of lasagna and his brother eats \(\frac{2}{8}\) of it. What fraction of the pan of lasagna do they eat in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) of the pan

Explanation:
Given,
Evan eats \(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) of a pan of lasagna and his brother eats \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) of it.
\(\frac { 1 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \)

Question 13.
Jacqueline buys \(\frac{2}{4}\) yard of green ribbon and \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard of pink ribbon. How many yards of ribbon does she buy in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) yard

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) yard

Explanation:
Given,
Jacqueline buys \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) yard of green ribbon and \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) yard of pink ribbon.
\(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
Thus Jacqueline bought \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) yards of ribbon in all.

Question 14.
Shu mixes \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound of peanuts with \(\frac{1}{3}\) pound of almonds. How many pounds of nuts does Shu mix in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pound

Answer: 3/3 pound

Explanation:
Given,
Shu mixes \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) pound of peanuts with \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) pound of almonds.
\(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \) + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)
= \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 } \)
Therefore Shu mix \(\frac { 3 }{ 3 } \) pounds of nuts in all.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 138

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mary Jane has \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a medium pizza left. Hector has \(\frac{2}{8}\) of another medium pizza left. How much pizza do they have altogether?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Mary Jane has \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) of a medium pizza left.
Hector has \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) of another medium pizza left.
To find how much pizza do they have altogether we have to add both the fractions.
\(\frac { 3 }{ 8 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \)
Therefore Mary Jane and Hector has \(\frac { 5 }{ 8 } \) pizza altogether.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Jeannie ate \(\frac{1}{4}\) of an apple. Kelly ate \(\frac{2}{4}\) of the apple. How much did they eat in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
Given,
Jeannie ate \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) of an apple.
Kelly ate \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) of the apple.
\(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \) + \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Karen is making 14 different kinds of greeting cards. She is making 12 of each kind. How many greeting cards is she making?
Options:
a. 120
b. 132
c. 156
d. 168

Answer: 168

Explanation:
Given,
Karen is making 14 different kinds of greeting cards.
She is making 12 of each kind.
To find how many greeting cards she is making we have to multiply 14 and 12.
14 × 12 = 168.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Jefferson works part time and earns $1,520 in four weeks. How much does he earn each week?
Options:
a. $305
b. $350
c. $380
d. $385

Answer: $380

Explanation:
Jefferson works part-time and earns $1,520 in four weeks.
1520 – 4 weeks
? – 1 week
1520/4 = $380
Thus the correct answer is option c

Question 5.
By installing efficient water fixtures, the average American can reduce water use to about 45 gallons of water per day. Using such water fixtures, about how many gallons of water would the average American use in December?
Options:
a. about 1,200 gallons
b. about 1,500 gallons
c. about 1,600 gallons
d. about 2,000 gallons

Answer: about 1,500 gallons

Explanation:
Given,
By installing efficient water fixtures, the average American can reduce water use to about 45 gallons of water per day.
1 day – 45 gallons
31 days – ?
45 × 31 = 1395 gallons
The number near to 1395 is 1500 gallons.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Collin is making a bulletin board and note center. He is using square cork tiles and square dry-erase tiles. One of every 3 squares will be a cork square. If he uses 12 squares for the center, how many will be cork squares?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given that,
Collin is making a bulletin board and note center.
He is using square cork tiles and square dry-erase tiles.
One of every 3 squares will be a cork square.
12/3 = 4
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 139

Subtract Fractions Using Models

Subtract. Use fraction strips to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 8

Answer: 3/5

Explanation:
Given the fraction, 4/5 and 1/5
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
4/5 – 1/5 = 3/5

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 3}{ 4 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1}{ 4 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac { 1}{ 4 } = \frac { 2 }{ 4 } \)

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/6

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 5 }{ 6 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 6 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 5}{ 6 } – \frac { 1}{ 6 } = \frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/8

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 7 }{ 8 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 8 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 7}{ 8 } – \frac { 1}{ 8 } = \frac { 6 }{ 8 } \)

Question 5.
1 – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1/3

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 2 }{ 3 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 1}{ 3 } – \frac { 2}{ 3 } = \frac { 1}{ 3 } \)

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{10}-\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/10

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 8 }{ 10 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 2 }{ 10 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 8}{ 10 } – \frac { 2}{ 10 } = \frac { 6 }{ 10 } \)

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 1 }{ 4 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4 } – \frac { 1}{ 4 } = \frac { 2 }{ 4 } \)

Question 8.
\(\frac{7}{6}-\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/6

Explanation:
Given the fractions \(\frac { 7 }{ 6 } \) and [/latex] \frac { 5 }{ 6 } [/latex]
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac { 7}{ 6 } – \frac {5}{ 6 } = \frac { 2 }{ 6 } \)

Problem Solving

Use the table for 9 and 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 9

Question 9.
Ena is making trail mix. She buys the items shown in the table. How many more pounds of pretzels than raisins does she buy?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5/8 pound

Explanation:
Given that,
Ena is making trail mix.
pretzels = 7/8
Raisins = 2/8
To find the number of more pounds of pretzels than raisins she buy
we have to subtract both the fractions.
7/8 – 2/8 = 5/8

Question 10.
How many more pounds of granola than banana chips does she buy?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/8 pound

Explanation:
Granola = 5/8
Banana Chips = 3/8
To find How many more pounds of granola than banana chips does she buy we have to subtract both the fractions.
5/8 – 3/8 = 2/8 pounds

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 140

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Lee reads for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour in the morning and \(\frac{2}{4}\) hour in the afternoon. How much longer does Lee read in the morning than in the afternoon?
Options:
a. 5 hours
b. \(\frac{5}{4}\) hours
c. \(\frac{4}{4}\) hour
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \)

Explanation:
Given,
Lee reads for \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) hour in the morning and \(\frac {2}{ 4} \) hour in the afternoon.
\(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) – \(\frac {2}{ 4} \) = \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \)
Lee read \(\frac { 1}{ 4} \) hour in the morning than in the afternoon.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 10
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{6}-\frac{2}{6}=\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}-\frac{1}{6}=\frac{1}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{3}{6}=\frac{2}{6}\)
d. 1 – \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac { 5}{ 6} – \frac { 3}{ 6} = \frac { 2}{ 6} \)

Explanation:
From the above figure we can say that \(\frac { 5}{ 6} – \frac { 3}{ 6} = \frac { 2}{ 6} \)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A city received 2 inches of rain each day for 3 days. The meteorologist said that if the rain had been snow, each inch of rain would have been 10 inches of snow. How much snow would that city have received in the 3 days?
Options:
a. 20 inches
b. 30 inches
c. 50 inches
d. 60 inches

Answer: 60 inches

Explanation:
Given,
A city received 2 inches of rain each day for 3 days.
2 × 3 inches = 6 inches
The meteorologist said that if the rain had been snow, each inch of rain would have been 10 inches of snow.
6 × 10 inches = 60 inches
Therefore the city has received 60 inches of snow in 3 days.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
At a party there were four large submarine sandwiches, all the same size. During the party, \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the chicken sandwich, \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the tuna sandwich, \(\frac{7}{12}\) of the roast beef sandwich, and \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the veggie sandwich were eaten. Which sandwich had the least amount left?
Options:
a. chicken
b. tuna
c. roast beef
d. veggie

Answer: veggie

Explanation:
Given,
At a party there were four large submarine sandwiches, all the same size. During the party, \(\frac { 2}{ 3} \) of the chicken sandwich, \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) of the tuna sandwich, \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \) of the roast beef sandwich, and \(\frac { 5}{ 6} \) of the veggie sandwich were eaten.
Compare the fractions \(\frac { 2}{ 3} \), \(\frac { 3}{ 4} \) , \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \) and \(\frac { 5}{ 6} \).
Among all the fractions veggie has the least fraction.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Deena uses \(\frac{3}{8}\) cup milk and \(\frac{2}{8}\) cup oil in a recipe. How much liquid does she use in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup
b. \(\frac{5}{8}\) cup
c. \(\frac{6}{8}\) cup
d. 5 cups

Answer: \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup

Explanation:
Given,
Deena uses \(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) cup milk and \(\frac { 2}{ 8} \) cup oil in a recipe.
\(\frac { 3}{ 8} \) + \(\frac { 2}{ 8} \) = \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup
Therefore she used \(\frac {5}{ 8} \) cup of milk in all.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
In the car lot, \(\frac{4}{12}\) of the cars are white and \(\frac{3}{12}\) of the cars are blue. What fraction of the cars in the lot are either white or blue?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{12}\)
b. \(\frac{7}{24}\)
c. \(\frac{7}{12}\)
d. 7

Answer: \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \)

Explanation:
Given,
In the car lot, \(\frac { 4}{ 12} \) of the cars are white and \(\frac { 3}{ 12} \) of the cars are blue.
\(\frac { 4}{ 12} \) + \(\frac { 3}{ 12} \) = \(\frac { 7}{ 12} \)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 141

Add and Subtract Fractions

Find the sum or difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 11

Answer: 12/12

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{12}\) + \(\frac{8}{12}\)
= \(\frac{12}{12}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{6}-\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2/6

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{3}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{5}-\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1/5

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{5}\)
= \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9/10

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 5.
1 – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5/8

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
1 – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/4

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4/12

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/6

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so Subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3/3 = 1

Explanation:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\) = 1

Problem Solving

Use the table for 10 and 11. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 12

Question 10.
Guy finds how far his house is from several locations and makes the table shown. How much farther away from Guy’s house is the library than the cafe?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile

Explanation:
The distance from Guy’s house to the library is \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile
The distance from Guy’s house to the cafe is \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile
To find how much farther away from Guy’s house is the library than the cafe subtract both the fractions.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile

Question 11.
If Guy walks from his house to school and back, how far does he walk?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 10/10 mile

Explanation:
The distance from Guy’s house to school = \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile
From school to house \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{10}{10}\) mile

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 142

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mr. Angulo buys \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of red grapes and \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound of green grapes. How many pounds of grapes did Mr. Angulo buy in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound
b. \(\frac{2}{8}\) pound
c. 1 pound
d. 2 pounds

Answer: 1 pound

Explanation:
Given that,
Mr. Angulo buys \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of red grapes and \(\frac{3}{8}\)pound of green grapes.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= 1
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 13
Options:
a. \(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{2}{8}=\frac{9}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{2}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{8}-\frac{5}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{2}{8}=\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that, the equation of the model is
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 6 muffins in a package. How many packages will be needed to feed 48 people if each person has 2 muffins?
Options:
a. 4
b. 8
c. 16
d. 24

Answer: 16

Explanation:
There are 6 muffins in a package.
Number of people = 48
48/6 = 8
Also given that each person gets 2 muffins.
8 × 2 = 16
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Camp Oaks gets 32 boxes of orange juice and 56 boxes of apple juice. Each shelf in the cupboard can hold 8 boxes of juice. What is the least number of shelves
needed for all the juice boxes?
Options:
a. 4
b. 7
c. 11
d. 88

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given,
Camp Oaks gets 32 boxes of orange juice and 56 boxes of apple juice.
Each shelf in the cupboard can hold 8 boxes of juice.
First, add the boxes of orange juice and apple juice.
32 + 56 = 88 boxes of juice
Now divide 88 by 8
88/8 = 11
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
A machine makes 18 parts each hour. If the machine operates 24 hours a day, how many parts can it make in one day
Options:
a. 302
b. 332
c. 362
d. 432

Answer: 432

Explanation:
Given,
A machine makes 18 parts each hour.
Multiply the number of parts with the number of hours.
18 × 24 = 432 parts in a day.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Which equation does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 14
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{4}{6}=\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{5}-\frac{1}{5}=\frac{3}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{5}-\frac{4}{5}=\frac{1}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{6}-\frac{4}{6}=\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
By observing the figure we can say that the equation is \(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\).
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 143

Rename Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Write the mixed number as a fraction.

Question 1.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 15

 

Question 2.
4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{13}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{13}{3}\)

Question 3.
1 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{7}{5}\)

Question 4.
3 \(\frac{3}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{9}{2}\)

Question 5.
4 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{33}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{33}{8}\)

Question 6.
1 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{17}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{17}{10}\)

Question 7.
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{11}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{11}{2}\)

Question 8.
2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{19}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Write the fraction as a mixed number.

Question 9.
\(\frac{31}{6}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{20}{10}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{10}{10}\) = 1 + 1 = 2

Question 11.
\(\frac{15}{8}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\)
1 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{13}{6}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{23}{10}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\)
1 + 1 + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{19}{5}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{11}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 1 + 1 + 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 16.
\(\frac{9}{2}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 17.
A recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins, but Julie only has a \(\frac{1}{4}\) -cup measuring cup. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups does Julie need to measure out 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins?
She needs ______ \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Answer: 10 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
A recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups of raisins, but Julie only has a \(\frac{1}{4}\) -cup measuring cup.
\(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 10 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups

Question 18.
If Julie needs 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal, how many 14 cups of oatmeal will she use?
She will use ______ \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal

Answer: 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Therefore Julie needs 13 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 144

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which of the following is equivalent to \(\frac{16}{3}\)?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
b. 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. 5 \(\frac{6}{3}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{16}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Stacey filled her \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup measuring cup seven times to have enough flour for a cake recipe. How much flour does the cake recipe call for?
Options:
a. 3 cups
b. 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
c. 4 cups
d. 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
Stacey filled her \(\frac{1}{2}\)cup measuring cup seven times to have enough flour for a cake recipe.
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 + 1 + 1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Becki put some stamps into her stamp collection book. She put 14 stamps on each page. If she completely filled 16 pages, how many stamps did she put in the book?
Options:
a. 224
b. 240
c. 272
d. 275

Answer: 224

Explanation:
Becki put some stamps into her stamp collection book.
She put 14 stamps on each page.
If she completely filled 16 pages
Multiply 14 with 16 pages.
14 × 16 = 224 pages
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
Brian is driving 324 miles to visit some friends. He wants to get there in 6 hours. How many miles does he need to drive each hour?
Options:
a. 48 miles
b. 50 miles
c. 52 miles
d. 54 miles

Answer: 54 miles

Explanation:
Brian is driving 324 miles to visit some friends. He wants to get there in 6 hours.
Divide the number of miles by hours.
324/6 = 54 miles
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
During a bike challenge, riders have to collect various colored ribbons. Each \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile they collect a red ribbon, each \(\frac{1}{8}\) mile they collect a green ribbon, and each \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile they collect a blue ribbon. Which colors of ribbons will be collected at the \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile marker?
Options:
a. red and green
b. red and blue
c. green and blue
d. red, green, and blue

Answer: green and blue

Explanation:
Given,
During a bike challenge, riders have to collect various colored ribbons.
Each \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile they collect a red ribbon, each \(\frac{1}{8}\) mile they collect a green ribbon, and each \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile they collect a blue ribbon.
Green and Blue colors of ribbons will be collected at the \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile marker.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Stephanie had \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of bird seed. She used \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound to fill a bird feeder. How much bird seed does Stephanie have left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound
b. \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound
c. 1 pound
d. \(\frac{10}{8}\) pound

Answer: \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound

Explanation:
Given,
Stephanie had \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of bird seed.
She used \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound to fill a bird feeder.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 145

Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers

Find the sum. Write the sum as a mixed number, so the fractional part is less than 1.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 16

Question 2.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
+ 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7

4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
+2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
6 \(\frac{2}{2}\) = 6 + 1 = 7

Question 3.
2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
+ 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
+3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
5 \(\frac{4}{3}\)
= 5 + 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 4.
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
+ 7 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 14 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
+7 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
13 \(\frac{8}{5}\)
13 + 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
= 14 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 5.
9 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
+ 2 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
+2 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
11 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 6.
8 \(\frac{4}{12}\)
+ 3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Explanation:
8 \(\frac{4}{12}\)
+3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)
11 \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Question 7.
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
+ 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
+1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
5 \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= 5 + 1 = 6

Question 8.
9 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
+ 6 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 15 \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
+6 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
15 \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Find the difference.

Question 9.
6 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
– 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
-4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)

Question 10.
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
– 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
-3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 11.
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
– 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
-3 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 12.
7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
– 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
5 \(\frac{2}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Problem Solving

Question 13.
James wants to send two gifts by mail. One package weighs 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds. The other package weighs 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds. What is the total weight of the packages?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
+ 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14.
Tierra bought 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards blue ribbon and 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) yards yellow ribbon for a craft project. How much more blue ribbon than yellow ribbon did Tierra buy?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given,
4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) 
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 146

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Brad has two lengths of copper pipe to fit together. One has a length of 2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) feet and the other has a length of 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) feet. How many feet of pipe does he have in all?
Options:
a. 5 feet
b. 5 \(\frac{6}{12}\) feet
c. 5 \(\frac{10}{12}\)
d. 6 feet

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Brad has two lengths of copper pipe to fit together. One has a length of 2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) feet and the other has a length of 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) feet.
Add both the lengths
2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) + 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
= 5 \(\frac{12}{12}\) = 5 feet
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
A pattern calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)yards of material and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)yards of lining. How much total fabric is needed?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards
b. 3 yards
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards
d. 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards

Explanation:
Given,
A pattern calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards of material and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards of lining.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 3 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) yards
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Shanice has 23 baseball trading cards of star players. She agrees to sell them for $16 each. How much will she get for the cards?
Options:
a. $258
b. $358
c. $368
d. $468

Answer: $368

Explanation:
Given,
Shanice has 23 baseball trading cards of star players. She agrees to sell them for $16 each.
To find how much will she get for the cards
23 × 16 = 368
Therefore she will get $368 for the cards.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Nanci is volunteering at the animal shelter. She wants to spend an equal amount of time playing with each dog. She has 145 minutes to play with all 7 dogs. About how much time can she spend with each dog?
Options:
a. about 10 minutes
b. about 20 minutes
c. about 25 minutes
d. about 26 minutes

Answer: about 20 minutes

Explanation:
Given,
Nanci is volunteering at the animal shelter. She wants to spend an equal amount of time playing with each dog. She has 145 minutes to play with all 7 dogs.
145/7 = 20.7
Therefore she can spend about 20 minutes with each dog.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Frieda has 12 red apples and 15 green apples. She is going to share the apples equally among 8 people and keep any extra apples for herself. How many apples
will Frieda keep for herself?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Given,
Frieda has 12 red apples and 15 green apples.
She is going to share the apples equally among 8 people and keep any extra apples for herself.
12 + 15 = 27
27/8
27 – 24 = 3
Thus Frieda keep for herself 3 apples.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
The Lynch family bought a house for $75,300. A few years later, they sold the house for $80,250. How much greater was the selling price than the purchase price?
Options:
a. $4,950
b. $5,050
c. $5,150
d. $5,950

Answer: $4,950

Explanation:
Given,
The Lynch family bought a house for $75,300.
A few years later, they sold the house for $80,250.
$80,250 – $75,300 = $4,950
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 147

Record Subtraction with

Find the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 17

Question 2.
6
– 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
6 – 3 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
3 – \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 3.
5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 2 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\) = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 4.
9 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
– 8 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 8 = 1
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{4}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
12 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
– 7 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
12 – 7 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{10}\) – \(\frac{7}{10}\) = – \(\frac{4}{10}\)
5 – \(\frac{4}{10}\)
5 – \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 6.
8 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
– 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
8 – 3 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\) = – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
5 – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 7.
7 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
– 4 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
7 – 4 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{5}\) – \(\frac{4}{5}\) = – \(\frac{1}{5}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 8.
10 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
– 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
10 – 8 = 2
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 0

Question 9.
7 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
– 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
7 – 2 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\) = – \(\frac{4}{6}\)
5 – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 10.
9 \(\frac{3}{12}\)
– 4 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 4 = 5
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{12}\) – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = – \(\frac{4}{12}\) = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)
5 – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 11.
9 \(\frac{1}{10}\)
– 8 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 8 = 1
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{10}\) – \(\frac{7}{10}\) = – \(\frac{6}{10}\)
1 – \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 12.
9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
– \(\frac{2}{3}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 8 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
– \(\frac{2}{3}\)
8 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 13.
3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
– 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14.
4 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
– 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
4 – 1 = 3
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 15.
5 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
– 3 \(\frac{8}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 3 = 2
Next subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{1}{12}\) – \(\frac{8}{12}\) = – \(\frac{7}{12}\)
2 – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 16.
7
– 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
7
– 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
5 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Alicia buys a 5-pound bag of rocks for a fish tank. She uses 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds for a small fish bowl. How much is left?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Alicia buys a 5-pound bag of rocks for a fish tank. She uses 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds for a small fish bowl.
First subtract the whole numbers
5 – 1 = 4
4 – 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
= 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 18.
Xavier made 25 pounds of roasted almonds for a fair. He has 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds left at the end of the fair. How many pounds of roasted almonds did he sell at the fair?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 21 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Xavier made 25 pounds of roasted almonds for a fair.
He has 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds left at the end of the fair.
First subtract the whole numbers
25 – 3 = 22
22 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 21 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 148

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Reggie is making a double-layer cake. The recipe for the first layer calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar. The recipe for the second layer calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar. Reggie has 5 cups of sugar. How much will he have left after making both recipes?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
b. 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
d. 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups

Answer: 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups

Explanation:
Given,
Reggie is making a double-layer cake. The recipe for the first layer calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar.
The recipe for the second layer calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups sugar.
Reggie has 5 cups of sugar.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
5 – 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Kate has 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of fabric and needs 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards to make a skirt. How much extra fabric will she have left after making the skirt?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{8}\) yards
c. 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
d. 1 \(\frac{2}{8}\) yards

Answer: 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards

Explanation:
Given,
Kate has 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of fabric and needs 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards to make a skirt.
First, subtract the whole numbers
4 – 2 = 2
Next, subtract the fractions,
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\) = – \(\frac{4}{8}\)
2 – \(\frac{4}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\) yards
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Paulo has 128 glass beads to use to decorate picture frames. He wants to use the same number of beads on each frame. If he decorates 8 picture frames, how many beads will he put on each frame?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 14
d. 16

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Given,
Paulo has 128 glass beads to use to decorate picture frames. He wants to use the same number of beads on each frame
128/8 = 16
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Madison is making party favors. She wants to make enough favors so each guest gets the same number of favors. She knows there will be 6 or 8 guests at the party. What is the least number of party favors Madison should make?
Options:
a. 18
b. 24
c. 30
d. 32

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Given,
Madison is making party favors. She wants to make enough favors so each guest gets the same number of favors.
She knows there will be 6 or 8 guests at the party.
To find the least number of party favors, we have to consider the number of guests.
In this case, there are two possibilities—6 or 8.
For 6: 6, 12, 18, 24 (Add 6 to each number)
For 8: 8, 16, 24 (Add 8 to each number)
Now in both series, the least number (that is in common) is 24. Hence, Madison should make at least 24 party favors.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
A shuttle bus makes 4 round-trips between two shopping centers each day. The bus holds 24 people. If the bus is full on each one-way trip, how many passengers are carried by the bus each day?
Options:
a. 96
b. 162
c. 182
d. 192

Answer: 96

Explanation:
Given,
A shuttle bus makes 4 round-trips between two shopping centers each day. The bus holds 24 people.
4 × 24 = 96
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
To make a fruit salad, Marvin mixes 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of diced peaches with 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of diced pears. How many cups of peaches and pears are in the fruit salad?
Options:
a. 4 cups
b. 3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) cups
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups
d. 3 cups

Answer: 4 cups

Explanation:
Given,
To make a fruit salad, Marvin mixes 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of diced peaches with 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of diced pears.
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 4 cups
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 149

Fractions and Properties of Addition

Use the properties and mental math to find the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 18

Question 2.
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
3 + 2 = 5
10 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 5 + \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{7}{8}\)
10 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 5 + \(\frac{12}{8}\)
10 + 5 = 15
15 + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{12}{8}\)
15 + \(\frac{13}{8}\)
16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
\(10 \frac{1}{8}+\left(3 \frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{7}{8}\right)\) = 16 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 3.
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\)
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + 5 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
3 + 5 = 8
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 8 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\)
8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 8 + \(\frac{6}{5}\)
8 + 8 = 16
16 + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{6}{5}\)
16 + \(\frac{7}{5}\)
17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(8 \frac{1}{5}+\left(3 \frac{2}{5}+5 \frac{4}{5}\right)\) = 17 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 4.
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\) + 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
4 + 5 = 9
6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 9 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
6 + 9 = 15
15 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(6 \frac{3}{4}+\left(4 \frac{2}{4}+5 \frac{1}{4}\right)\) = 16 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\)
6 \(\frac{3}{6}\) + 10 \(\frac{4}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 + 10 = 16
16 + \(\frac{3}{6}\) + \(\frac{4}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
16 + \(\frac{7}{6}\) + 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
16 + 9 = 25
25 + \(\frac{7}{6}\) + \(\frac{2}{6}\)
25 + \(\frac{9}{6}\)
= 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
\(\left(6 \frac{3}{6}+10 \frac{4}{6}\right)+9 \frac{2}{6}\) = 26 \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Question 6.
\(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\)
6 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + 1 \(\frac{4}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
6 + 1 = 7
7 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
7 + \(\frac{6}{5}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
7 + 3 = 10
10 + \(\frac{6}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)
10 + \(\frac{7}{5}\) = 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Therefore \(\left(6 \frac{2}{5}+1 \frac{4}{5}\right)+3 \frac{1}{5}\) = 11 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 7.
\(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\)
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
3 + 1 = 4
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 4 + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 4 +\(\frac{2}{8}\)
7 + 4 = 11
11 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\)
11 + \(\frac{9}{8}\) = 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Thus \(7 \frac{7}{8}+\left(3 \frac{1}{8}+1 \frac{1}{8}\right)\) = 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 50

Explanation:
\(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 20 \(\frac{2}{10}\) + 15 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
20 + 15 = 35
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 35 + \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{7}{10}\)
14 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 35 \(\frac{9}{10}\)
49 \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{9}{10}\)
49 + 1 = 50
Thus \(14 \frac{1}{10}+\left(20 \frac{2}{10}+15 \frac{7}{10}\right)\) = 50

Question 9.
\(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\)
13 \(\frac{2}{12}\) + 8 \(\frac{7}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
First add the whole numbers in the bracket.
13 + 8 = 21
21 + \(\frac{2}{12}\) + \(\frac{7}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
21 + \(\frac{9}{12}\) + 9 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
30 + \(\frac{9}{12}\) + \(\frac{5}{12}\) = 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)
Thus \(\left(13 \frac{2}{12}+8 \frac{7}{12}\right)+9 \frac{5}{12}\) = 31 \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Nate’s classroom has three tables of different lengths. One has a length of 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, another has a length of 4 feet, and a third has a length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet. What is the length of all three tables when pushed end to end?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given,
Nate’s classroom has three tables of different lengths. One has a length of 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, another has a length of 4 feet, and a third has a length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 4 + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
4 + 4 + 2 = 10
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1
10 + 1 = 11
Therefore the length of all three tables when pushed end to end is 11 feet.

Question 11.
Mr. Warren uses 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags of mulch for his garden and another 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags for his front yard. He also uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) bag around a fountain. How many total bags of mulch does Mr. Warren use?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Mr. Warren uses 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags of mulch for his garden and another 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) bags for his front yard.
He also uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) bag around a fountain.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
2 + 4 = 6
6 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 150

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A carpenter cut a board into three pieces. One piece was 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. The second piece was 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet long. The third piece was 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. How long was the board?
Options:
a. 6 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
b. 7 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet
c. 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
d. 8 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet

Answer: c. 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet

Explanation:
Given,
A carpenter cut a board into three pieces. One piece was 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long. The second piece was 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet long.
The third piece was 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet long.
Add three pieces.
2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= 5 + \(\frac{6}{6}\)
= 5 + 1 = 6
6 + 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
= 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Harry works at an apple orchard. He picked 45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds of apples on Monday. He picked 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of apples on Wednesday. He picked 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds of apples on Friday. How many pounds of apples did Harry pick those three days?
Options:
a. 132 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
b. 141 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
c. 142 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds
d. 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds

Answer: 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds

Explanation:
Given,
Harry works at an apple orchard. He picked 45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds of apples on Monday.
He picked 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of apples on Wednesday.
He picked 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds of apples on Friday.
45 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 42 \(\frac{3}{8}\) + 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Add the whole numbers first
45 + 42 + 54 = 141
141 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
141 + 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= 142 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There were 6 oranges in the refrigerator. Joey and his friends ate 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges. How many oranges were left?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) oranges
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) oranges
d. 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges

Answer: 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges

Explanation:
Given,
There were 6 oranges in the refrigerator.
Joey and his friends ate 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges.
6 + 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 9 \(\frac{2}{3}\) oranges
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Darlene was asked to identify which of the following numbers is prime. Which number should she choose?
Options:
a. 2
b. 12
c. 21
d. 39

Answer: 2

Explanation:
A prime number is an integer, or whole number, that has only two factors 1 and itself.
In the above options, all are composite numbers except 2.
Therefore 2 is a prime number.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
A teacher has 100 chairs to arrange for an assembly. Which of the following is NOT a way the teacher could arrange the chairs?
Options:
a. 10 rows of 10 chairs
b. 8 rows of 15 chairs
c. 5 rows of 20 chairs
d. 4 rows of 25 chairs

Answer: 8 rows of 15 chairs

Explanation:
A teacher has 100 chairs to arrange for an assembly.
15 × 8 = 120
So, 8 rows of 15 chairs are not the way to arrange the chairs.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Nic bought 28 folding chairs for $16 each. How much money did Nic spend on chairs?
Options:
a. $196
b. $348
c. $448
d. $600

Answer: c. $448

Explanation:
Given,
Nic bought 28 folding chairs for $16 each.
28 × 16 = 448
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 151

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Each child in the Smith family was given an orange cut into 8 equal sections. Each child ate \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the orange. After combining the leftover sections, Mrs. Smith noted that there were exactly 3 full oranges left. How many children are in the Smith family?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 19

Question 2.
Val walks 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles each day. Bill runs 10 miles once every 4 days. In 4 days, who covers the greater distance?
_________

Answer: Val

Explanation:
Given,
Val walks 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles each day. Bill runs 10 miles once every 4 days.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) × 4
Convert from mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{13}{5}\) × 4 = 10.4
10.4 > 10
Thus Val covers the greater distance.

Question 3.
Chad buys peanuts in 2-pound bags. He repackages them into bags that hold \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound of peanuts. How many 2-pound bags of peanuts should Chad buy so that he can fill the \(\frac{5}{6}\) -pound bags without having any peanuts left over?
_________ 2-pound bags

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given,
Chad buys peanuts in 2-pound bags. He repackages them into bags that hold \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound of peanuts.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Thus 5 2-pound bags of peanuts are left.

Question 4.
A carpenter has several boards of equal length. He cuts \(\frac{3}{5}\) of each board. After cutting the boards, the carpenter notices that he has enough pieces left over to make up the same length as 4 of the original boards. How many boards did the carpenter start with?
_________

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Given,
A carpenter has several boards of equal length. He cuts \(\frac{3}{5}\) of each board. After cutting the boards, the carpenter notices that he has enough pieces left over to make up the same length as 4 of the original boards.
4 of the original boards have a summed length of 20 units. 5 x 4 = 20.
Since 2/5 is left from each board, you simply add them until the 2’s add to 20.
So, 2 x 10 = 20. Hence, there are 10 2/5 boards.
That’s just 4 of the boards that the 2/5 make up, but that should also mean that there are 10 3/5 boards as well.
30/5 + 20/5 = 50/5 = 10

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 152

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Karyn cuts a length of ribbon into 4 equal pieces, each 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet long. How long was the ribbon?
Options:
a. 4 feet
b. 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet
c. 5 feet
d. 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Karyn cuts a length of ribbon into 4 equal pieces, each 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet long.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 4
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{4}\) × 4 = 5 feet
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Several friends each had \(\frac{2}{5}\) of a bag of peanuts left over from the baseball game. They realized that they could have bought 2 fewer bags of peanuts between them. How many friends went to the game?
Options:
a. 6
b. 5
c. 4
d. 2

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given,
Several friends each had \(\frac{2}{5}\) of a bag of peanuts left over from the baseball game.
They realized that they could have bought 2 fewer bags of peanuts between them
2 ÷ \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 5
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A frog made three jumps. The first was 12 \(\frac{5}{6}\) inches. The second jump was 8 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches. The third jump was 15 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches. What was the total distance the frog jumped?
Options:
a. 35 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
b. 36 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches
c. 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
d. 38 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches

Answer: 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches

Explanation:
Given,
A frog made three jumps. The first was 12 \(\frac{5}{6}\) inches. The second jump was 8 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches. The third jump was 15 \(\frac{1}{6}\) inches.
First add the whole numbers
12 + 8 + 15 = 35
Next add the fractions,
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
35 + \(\frac{3}{6}\) = 36 \(\frac{3}{6}\) inches
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
LaDanian wants to write the fraction \(\frac{4}{6}\) as a sum of unit fractions. Which expression should he write?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given,
LaDanian wants to write the fraction \(\frac{4}{6}\) as a sum of unit fractions.
The unit fraction for \(\frac{4}{6}\) is \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6}\)
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
Greta made a design with squares. She colored 8 out of the 12 squares blue. What fraction of the squares did she color blue?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}latex]

Answer: [latex]\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Greta made a design with squares. She colored 8 out of the 12 squares blue.
\(\frac{8}{12}\)
= \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
The teacher gave this pattern to the class: the first term is 5 and the rule is add 4, subtract 1. Each student says one number. The first student says 5. Victor is tenth in line. What number should Victor say?
Options:
a. 17
b. 19
c. 20
d. 21

Answer:
given
a=5
d=4-1=3
to find t10
tn=a + (n-1) d
t10=5 + (10-1) 3
t10=5 + 27
t10 = 32
victor is tenth in line,therefore he should say the number 32

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 153

Lesson 7.1

Use the model to write an equation.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 20
Type below:
_________

Answer: 1/6 + 3/6 = 4/6

Explanation:
From the figure, we can see that the shaded fraction of the first circle is 1/6.
The shaded fraction of the second circle is 3/6
The shaded fraction of the third circle is 4/6.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 21
Type below:
_________

Answer: 5/8

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can say that the fraction of the shaded part is 5/8.

Use the model to solve the equation.

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) =
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 22
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Explanation:
The shaded part of the first figure is 3/10
The shaded part of the second figure is 5/10
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{12}-\frac{6}{12}\) =
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Common Core - Add and Subtract Fractions img 23
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
The shaded part of the above figure is 7/12. Out of which 6/12 are subtracted.
\(\frac{7}{12}-\frac{6}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Lesson 7.2

Write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{2}{3}\) is \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{3}{10}\) is \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{6}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{4}{6}\) is \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{5}{12}\) is \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Lessons 7.3–7.5

Find the sum or difference. Use fraction strips to help.

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)
HMH Go Math grade 4 Key Chapter 7 add & subtract fractions img_1

Question 10.
\(\frac{4}{5}+\frac{1}{5}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1
HMH Go Math Grade 4 key ch-7 add & subtract fractions img_2

Question 11.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key ch-7 img-3

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{4}{6}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\)
HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key ch-7 add and subtract fractions img-5

Question 13.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{4}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Go Math grade 4 solution key ch-7 img_6

Question 14.
1 – \(\frac{7}{12}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{12}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 7 add & subtract fractions img_7

Question 15.
\(\frac{7}{10}-\frac{3}{10}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Key ch-7 add & subtract fractions img_4

Question 16.
\(\frac{2}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1
Go Math 4th Grade key chapter 7 img_7

Question 17.
\(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{4}{8}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\)
HMH Go Math 4th Grade add & subtract fractions img_8

Common Core – Add and Subtract Fractions – Page No. 154

Lesson 7.6

Write each mixed number as a fraction and each fraction as a mixed number.

Question 1.
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{14}{3}\)

Explanation:
First multiply 4 and 3
4 × 3 = 12
And then add 2 to 12
12 + 2 = 14
Thus the fraction of the mixed fraction is \(\frac{14}{3}\).

Question 2.
6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{25}{4}\)

Explanation:
First multiply 6 and 4
6 × 4 = 24
And then add 1 to 24
24 + 1 = 25
Thus the fraction of the mixed fraction is \(\frac{25}{4}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{11}{3}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
3 × 3 = 9
9 + 2 = 11
\(\frac{11}{3}\) = 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{16}{15}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
15 × 1 = 15
15 + 1 = 16
\(\frac{16}{15}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Lessons 7.7–7.8

Find the sum or difference.

Question 5.
\(3 \frac{1}{4}+2 \frac{3}{4}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given,
\(3 \frac{1}{4}+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
First add the whole numbers
3 + 2 = 5
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 1
5 + 1 = 6
\(3 \frac{1}{4}+2 \frac{3}{4}\) = 6

Question 6.
\(1 \frac{5}{12}+2 \frac{1}{12}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(1 \frac{5}{12}+2 \frac{1}{12}\)
First add the whole numbers
1 + 2 = 3
3 \(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) = 3 \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Question 7.

\(9 \frac{5}{6}-7 \frac{1}{6}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(9 \frac{5}{6}-7 \frac{1}{6}\)
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 7 = 2
5/6 – 1/6 = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
2 + \(\frac{4}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\)
Thus \(9 \frac{5}{6}-7 \frac{1}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Question 8.

\(9 \frac{3}{10}-1 \frac{7}{10}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(9 \frac{3}{10}-1 \frac{7}{10}\)
First subtract the whole numbers
9 – 1 = 8
3/10 – 7/10 = – 4/10
8 – 4/10 = 7 \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Lesson 7.9

Use the properties and mental math to find the sum.

Question 9.
\(\left(1 \frac{1}{4}+4\right)+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Given,
\(\left(1 \frac{1}{4}+4\right)+2 \frac{3}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 4 + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Add the whole numbers
1 + 4 = 5
5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
5 + 2 = 7
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 1
7 + 1 = 8

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{5}+\left(90 \frac{2}{5}+10\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 101

Explanation:
Given,
\(\frac{3}{5}+\left(90 \frac{2}{5}+10\right)\)
Add the whole numbers
90 + 10 = 100
3/5 + 2/5 = 5/5 = 1
100 + 1 = 101

Question 11.
\(3 \frac{2}{6}+\left(2 \frac{1}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\right)\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(3 \frac{2}{6}+\left(2 \frac{1}{6}+\frac{4}{6}\right)\)
1/6 + 4/6 = 5/6
3 \(\frac{2}{6}\) + 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 12.
\(\left(\frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{3}{8}\right)+1 \frac{3}{8}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
\(\left(\frac{5}{8}+2 \frac{3}{8}\right)+1 \frac{3}{8}\)
5/8 + 3/8 = 8/8 = 1
2 + 1 = 3
3 + 1 3/8 = 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Lesson 7.10

Question 13.
Adrian jogs \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile each morning. How many days will it take him to jog 3 miles?
____ days

Answer: 4 days

Explanation:
Given,
Adrian jogs \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile each morning.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)/3 = 4
Thus it will take 4 days for him to jog 3 miles.

Question 14.
Trail mix is sold in 1-pound bags. Mary will buy some trail mix and re-package it so that each of the 15 members of her hiking club gets one \(\frac{2}{5}\) -pound bag. How many 1-pound bags of trail mix should Mary buy to have enough trail mix without leftovers?
____ 1-pound bags

Answer: 6 1-pound bags

Explanation:
Given,
Trail mix is sold in 1-pound bags. Mary will buy some trail mix and re-package it so that each of the 15 members of her hiking club gets one \(\frac{2}{5}\) -pound bag.
15 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 6
Therefore Mary should buy 6 1-pound bags to have enough trail mix without leftovers.

Conclusion:

I believe the questuins and solutions shed in Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions pdf will show some light on you while practicing. Identify your preparation level by answering the problems involved in HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions. Keep visiting our site ccssmathanswers.com to find the pdfs of chapterwise Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test

go-math-grade-4-chapter-3-multiply-2-digit-numbers-review-test-answer-key

Students of 4th grade can collect chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Go Math Homework Review/Test Answer key from this page in pdf format. All you have to do is click on the links provided over here and practice more from the HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test. However, students can score good marks in the exam.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test

Moreover, educators and instructors can also make use of this Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Review/Test as a test paper to keep the exam and verify their student’s knowledge. We as a team designed this guide by providing detailed solutions for each and every question from Practice Tests, Chapter Tests, Cumulative Practice. Practice regularly by using the 4th Grade Go Math Chapter 3 Answer Key Review/Test and also use it as a quick reference to assess your knowledge after preparing the concepts within it.

Chapter 3: Review/Test

Review/Test – Page No. 131

Concepts and Skills

Question 1.
Explain how to find 14 × 19 by breaking apart the factors into tens and ones and finding the sum of the four partial products.

Answer: 266.

Explanation:
We can break 14 and 19 as 10+4 and 10+9 and to get the answer we will multiply both of the first two numbers by the other two. So we will multiply 10(10+9) and 4(10+9), then the values will be (100+90) and (40+36). By adding both we will get 100+90+40+36= 266

Question 2.
Explain how to find 40 × 80 using mental math.

Answer: 3600.

Explanation:
By using mental math we will multiply 4×8= 36 and then we will add zeros, so the answer will be 3600.

Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 3.
80 × 26

Answer: 2,080.

Explanation:
80
×26
———
480
+160
———–
2,080

Question 4.
19 × $67
$ ____

Answer: $1,273.

Explanation:
By breaking apart the factors into tens and ones and we can find the sum of the four partial products.
19×67= (10+9)×(60+7)
= (10×60)+(10×7)+(9×60)+(9×7)
= 600+70+540+63
= $1,273.

Question 5.
43 × 25

Answer: 1,075.

Explanation:
By breaking apart the factors into tens and ones and we can find the sum of the four partial products.
43 × 25= (40+3)×(20+5)
= (40×20)+(40×5)+(3×20)+(3×5)
= 800+200+60+15
= 1,075.

Question 6.
54 × 83

Answer: 4,482.

Explanation:
By breaking apart the factors into tens and ones and we can find the sum of the four partial products.
54 × 83= (50+4)×(80+3)
= (50×80)+(50×3)+(4×80)+(4×3)
= 4000+150+320+12
= 4,482.

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 7.
$ 2 4
× 9 6
———–
Estimate: $ ________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: $ 2,300
Product: $ 2,304

Explanation:
$ 2 4
× 9 6
———–
14 4
+ 216
———–
2,304

Question 8.
4 4
× 6 0
————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,600.
Product: 2,640.

Explanation:
4 4
× 6 0
————
00
+264
———–
2640

Question 9.
9 9
× 1 4
————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,400
Product: 1,386

Explanation:
9 9
× 1 4
————
396
+99
———–
1,386.

Question 10.
6 7
× 2 5
————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,700
Product: 1,675

Explanation:
6 7
× 2 5
————
335
+134
————
1,675

Question 11.
3 6
× 5 7
————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,000.
Product: 2,052.

Explanation:
3 6
× 5 7
————
252
+180
———–
2,052

Question 12.
$ 5 4
× 2 9
————
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,600.
Product: 1,566.

Explanation:
$ 5 4
× 2 9
————
486
+108
———–
1,566

Question 13.
7 6
× 3 8
————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,900.
Product: 2,888.

Explanation:
7 6
× 3 8
————
608
+228
———–
2,888.

Question 14.
8 5
× 4 6
————
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 3,900.
Product: 3,910

Explanation:
8 5
× 4 6
————
510
+340
———-
3,910.

Review/Test – Page No. 132

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 15.
Each month Sid’s parents put $75 into his college fund. How much do his parents put in the fund during 2 years?
Options:
a. $150
b. $450
c. $1,800
d. $15,300

Answer: c.

Explanation:
As Sid’s parents put $75 into his college fund, during two years Sid’s parent’s fund $75×24= $1800.

Question 16.
Mrs. Jenks wrote the correct answer to a homework problem on the board below. Which of the following could have been the homework problem?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review Test img 1
Options:
a. 5 × 4,000
b. 50 × 400
c. 50 × 40
d. 50 × 4,000

Answer: c.

Explanation:
Mrs. Jenks’s homework problem is 50 × 40 because 50 × 40= 2,000.

Question 17.
George buys 30 cartons of 18 eggs for the Community Pancake Breakfast. How many eggs does he buy?
Options:
a. 340
b. 354
c. 460
d. 540

Answer: d

Explanation:
As George bought 30 cartons of 18 eggs for the Community Pancake Breakfast, the number of eggs George bought is 30×18= 540.

Review/Test – Page No. 133

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 18.
Mrs. Sampson donated a carton of pencils for each of the 35 classes at Lancet Elementary School. Each carton holds 64 pencils. Which is the best estimate for the number of pencils Mrs. Sampson donated?
Options:
a. A 99
b. B 1,800
c. C 2,400
d. D 2,800

Answer:  c.

Explanation:
As Mrs. Sampson donated a carton of pencils for each of the 35 classes at Lancet Elementary School, and each carton holds 64 pencils, so Mrs. Sampson donates 35×64= 2,240. And the estimated value is 2,400.

Question 19.
The school’s athletic department ordered 95 dozen badminton feather shuttles. How many feather shuttles were ordered?
Options:
a. A 2,280
b. B 1,140
c. C 1,030
d. D 114

Answer: b

Explanation:
One dozen is equal to 12. As school’s athletic department ordered 95 dozen badminton feather shuttles, so 95 dozens means
95×12= 1,140 badminton feather shuttles.

Question 20.
Jill sold 35 adult tickets and 48 child tickets for a fund-raising dinner. An adult ticket costs $18 and a child ticket costs $14. How much did Jill collect for the tickets?
Options:
a. A $1,354
b. B $1,302
c. C $1,232
d. D $1,102

Answer: b

Explanation:
As Jill sold 35 adult tickets and 48 child tickets for a fund-raising dinner and each adult ticket costs $18 and a child ticket costs $14, so total amount Jill collected is 35×$18= 630 and 48×$18= 672 by adding 630+672= $1,302.

Question 21.
Which shows a way to find 35 × 74?
Options:
a. A (30 × 7) + (30 × 4) + (70 × 3) + (70 × 5)
b. B (30 × 70) + (30 × 4) + (50 × 70) + (50 × 4)
c. C (30 + 70) + (30 + 4) + (70 + 30) + (70 + 5)
d. D (30 × 70) + (30 × 4) + (5 × 70) + (5 × 4)

Answer: d

Explanation:
By breaking apart the factors into tens and ones and finding the sum of the four partial products,
35 × 74= (30 × 70) + (30 × 4) + (5 × 70) + (5 × 4)

Question 22.
New seats are being delivered to the theater. There are 45 new seats for each row in a 15-row section. How many seats are being delivered?
Options:
a. A 60
b. B 400
c. C 675
d. D 1,000

Answer: c

Explanation:
As new seats are being delivered to the theater and there are 45 new seats for each row in a 15-row section, so the total number of new seats is 45×15= 675.

Review/Test – Page No. 134

Constructed Response

Question 23.
Gulfside Gifts has 48 boxes of postcards to sell. There are 24 postcards in each box. If the shop sells 3 boxes of postcards, how many postcards does the shop have left to sell? Explain how you found the answer.
______ remaining cards

Answer: 1,080 remaining cards.

Explanation:
As Gulfside Gifts has 48 boxes of postcards to sell and there are 24 postcards in each box. So total number of post cards are
48×24= 1,152. And the shop sold 3 boxes of postcards i.e 3×24= 72, so shop has left 1,152-72= 1,080 cards are remaining to sell.

Question 24.
Several steps in finding the product of 68 and 34 are shown below. Describe the remaining steps. Use pictures, words, or numbers. Then complete the multiplication.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review Test img 2
_____

Answer:  2,312.

Explanation:
68
× 34
———-
272
+ 204
———
2,312

Performance Task

Question 25.
A city is having a festival in a local park. Alison’s Bakery has agreed to donate $1,200 worth of baked goods for the event. The city wants to order 12 loaves of holiday bread, 18 dozen biscuits, 12 dozen bagels, and 14 dozen multigrain rolls.
A. Is the cost of the baked goods under the $1,200 donation limit? Use pictures, numbers, or words to explain how you found your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review Test img 3

Answer: Yes, the donation is under $1,200.

Explanation:
As the city ordered 12 loaves of holiday bread, 18 dozen biscuits, 12 dozen bagels, and 14 dozen multigrain rolls. And holiday bread costs $20, one dozen busicuits costs $12, and one dozen bagels costs $28, 1 dozen multigrain rolls costs $22. So by adding them
(12×20)+(12×18)+(12×28)+(14×22) we will get $1,100 which is less than $1,200

Question 25.
B. If yes, what could the city add to the order? If no, what could the city remove from the order?

Answer: The city can add whatever they want with the remaining $100. As $1,200-$1,100= $100.

Conclusion:

We hope the information shared about the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test has benefited you in your way. For more problems to practice check out our Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures will make understanding concepts of Two-Dimensional Figures so easy. So following the Go Math HMH 4th Grade Chapter 10 Solution Key is very necessary to get notified of the topics of Two-dimensional shapes. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key has specialized solutions to all the questions that are covered in extra practice FL, Homework Practice FL. So it’ll be easy for you to understand the concepts behind each and every lesson.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Answer Key

The questions asked in Chapter Tests, Practice Tests, Performance Tests, etc. are also covered by the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures PDF. So that you can cross-check Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Solution Key PDF. For more practice questions simply go to the Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Homework Practice FL Page on our site.

Lesson 1: Lines, Rays, and Angles

Lesson 2: Classify Triangles by Angles

Lesson 3: Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines

Lesson 4: Classify Quadrilaterals

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Line Symmetry

Lesson 6: Find and Draw Lines of Symmetry

Lesson 7: Problem Solving • Shape Patterns

Review/Test

Common Core – New – Page No. 553

Lines, Rays, and Angles

Draw and label an example of the figure.

Question 1.
obtuse ∠ABC
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 1
Think: An obtuse angle is greater than a right angle. The middle letter, B, names the vertex of the angle.
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 553

Explanation:
An obtuse angle is greater than a right angle. The middle letter, B, names the vertex of the angle.

Question 2.
\(\overrightarrow{G H}\)
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 553

Explanation:
GH is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Question 3.
acute ∠JKL
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 553

Explanation:
Angle JKL is an acute angle that is less than a right angle.

Question 4.
\(\overline{B C}\)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 553

Explanation:
BC is a line that continues without an end in both directions.

Use the figure for 5–8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 2

Question 5.
Name a line segment.

Answer:
line segment EF

Explanation:

EF line is a straight path of points that continues without an end in both directions.

Question 6.
Name a right angle.
∠ _____

Answer:
∠EJF

Explanation:
EJF is a right angle that forms a square corner.

Question 7.
Name an obtuse angle.
obtuse ∠ _____

Answer:
∠CEJ

Explanation:
CEJ is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 8.
Name a ray.

Answer:
Ray JD

Explanation:
JD is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Problem Solving

Use the figure at the right for 9–11.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 3

Question 9.
Classify ∠AFD
_________

Answer:
Obtuse Angle

Explanation:
AFD is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 10.
Classify ∠CFE.
_________

Answer:
Right Angle

Explanation:
∠CFE is a right angle that forms a square corner.

Question 11.
Name two acute angles.
acute ∠ _____ acute ∠ _____

Answer:
∠AFB and ∠DFE

Explanation:
∠AFB and ∠DFE are two acute angles with less than a right angle.

Common Core – New – Page No. 554

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The hands of a clock show the time 12:25.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 4
Which best describes the angle between the hands of the clock?
Options:
a. acute
b. right
c. obtuse
d. straight

Answer:
c. obtuse

Explanation:
The hands of the time 12:25 are forming greater than a right angle. So, the answer is the Obtuse angle.

Question 2.
Which of the following name two different figures?
Options:
a. \(\overline{A B} \text { and } \overline{B A}\)
b. \(\stackrel{\longleftrightarrow}{A B}\) and \(\stackrel{\longleftrightarrow}{B A}\)
c. \(\overrightarrow{A B} \text { and } \overrightarrow{B A}\)
d. ∠ABC and ∠CBA

Answer:
c. \(\overrightarrow{A B} \text { and } \overrightarrow{B A}\)

Explanation:
In \(\overrightarrow{A B}\), A is an end point and B continues without end in one direction.
In \(\overrightarrow{B A}\), B is an end point and A continues without an end in one direction.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jan’s pencil is 8.5 cm long. Ted’s pencil is longer. Which could be the length of Ted’s pencil?
Options:
a. 0.09 cm
b. 0.8 cm
c. 8.4 cm
d. 9.0 cm

Answer:
d. 9.0 cm

Explanation:
9 ones is greater than 8 ones. So, 9.0 cm > 8.5 cm

Question 4.
Kayla buys a shirt for $8.19. She pays with a $10 bill. How much change should she receive?
Options:
a. $1.81
b. $1.89
c. $2.19
d. $2.81

Answer:
a. $1.81

Explanation:
Kayla buys a shirt for $8.19. She pays with a $10 bill. To find the change she received, $10 – $8.19 = 1.81

Question 5.
Sasha donated \(\frac{9}{100}\) of her class’s entire can collection for the food drive. Which decimal is equivalent to \(\frac{9}{100}\) ?
Options:
a. 9
b. 0.99
c. 0.9
d. 0.09

Answer:
d. 0.09

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{100}\) is 9 hundredths. So, the decimal is 0.09.

Question 6.
Jose jumped 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet. This was 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet farther than Lila jumped. How far did Lila jump?
Options:
a. 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
c. 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. 11

Answer:
b. 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Jose jumped 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet. This was 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet farther than Lila jumped.
8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) – 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{25}{3}\) – \(\frac{8}{3}\) = \(\frac{7}{3}\) = 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Page No. 557

Question 1.
Name the triangle. Tell whether each angle is acute, right, or obtuse.
A name for the triangle is __________ .
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 5
Name:
∠F is _________
∠G is _________
∠H is _________

Answer:
Right Triangle; Triangle FGH;
∠F and ∠H are acute angles.
∠G is Right angle

Explanation:
∠F and ∠H are acute angles with less than a right angle. ∠G is the Right angle that forms a square corner. A triangle that has one right angle is called a right triangle.

Classify each triangle. Write acute, right, or obtuse.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 6
_____

Answer:

Obtuse triangle;
Angle B and Angle C are both acute.
Angle A is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle ABC, Angle B, and Angle C are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle A is obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 7
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 557
Obtuse triangle;
Angle A and Angle C are both acute.
Angle B is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle ABC, Angle A, and Angle C are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle B is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle. A triangle with an obtuse angle is called an obtuse triangle.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 8
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 557
Acute triangle;
Angle A, Angle B, and Angle C are acute angles.

Explanation:
From triangle ABC, Angle A, Angle B, and Angle C are acute angles with less than a right angle. A triangle with three acute angles called an acute triangle. So, the given triangle is an acute triangle.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 9
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 557
Right Triangle; Triangle ABC;
∠A and ∠C are acute angles.
∠B is Right angle

Explanation:
∠A and ∠C are acute angles with less than a right angle. ∠B is the Right angle that forms a square corner. A triangle that has one right angle is called a right triangle.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 10
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 5 557
Acute triangle;
Angle A, Angle B, and Angle C are acute angles.

Explanation:
From triangle ABC, Angle A, Angle B, and Angle C are acute angles with less than a right angle. A triangle with three acute angles called an acute triangle. So, the given triangle is an acute triangle.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 11
_____

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 557
Right Triangle;
∠A and ∠C are acute angles.
∠B is Right angle

Explanation:
∠A and ∠C are acute angles with less than a right angle. ∠B is the Right angle that forms a square corner. A triangle that has one right angle is called a right triangle.

Question 8.
Cross out the figure that does not belong. Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 12
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 557
Explanation:
From the given image, 1, 3, and 4 have two acute angles, and one obtuse angle. 2 have three acute angles.

Page No. 558

Use the Venn diagram for 9–10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 13

Question 9.
Which triangles do NOT have an obtuse angle? Explain.
_______ triangles

Answer:
4 triangles;
Triangle DEF, Triangle SPN, Triangle ABC, and Triangle GHP are don’t have an obtuse angle. Triangle DEF, Triangle SPN are acute angles. An acute triangle is a triangle with three acute angles. Triangle ABC, and Triangle GHP are right angles. A right triangle is a triangle with one right angle. The sum of the triangle is 180 degrees. A right triangle has 90 degrees. So, the remaining angles must be acute angles.

Question 10.
How many triangles have at least two acute angles? Explain.
_______ triangles

Answer:
4 triangles;
Triangle DEF, Triangle SPN, Triangle ABC, and Triangle GHP at least two acute angles. Triangle DEF, Triangle SPN are acute angles. An acute triangle is a triangle with three acute angles. Triangle ABC, and Triangle GHP are right angles. A right triangle is a triangle with one right angle and two acute angles.

Question 11.
Use the square shown at the right. Draw a line segment from point M to point P. Name and classify the triangles formed by the line segment.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 14
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 8 557
Angle MNP and Angle MQP

Explanation:
The line segment from M to P forms Angle MNP and Angle MQP.

Question 12.
Write the letter of the triangle under its correct classification.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 15
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 9 557

Explanation:
Triangle A and triangle B have three acute angles. So, they are acute triangles. Triangle D and triangle F have one obtuse angle. So, they are obtuse triangles.
Triangle C and triangle E have one right angle. So, they are right triangles.

Common Core – New – Page No. 559

Classify Triangles

Classify each triangle. Write acute, right, or obtuse.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 16
Think: Angles A and C are both acute.
Angle B is obtuse.

Answer:
Obtuse triangle;
Angle A and Angle C are both acute.
Angle B is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle ABC, Angle A, and Angle C are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle B is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 17
_________

Answer:
Right Triangle; Triangle DEF;
∠D and ∠F are acute angles.
∠E is Right angle

Explanation:
∠D and ∠F are acute angles with less than a right angle. ∠E is the Right angle that forms a square corner. A triangle that has one right angle is called a right triangle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 18
_________

Answer:
Acute triangle;
Angle G, Angle J, and Angle H are acute angles.

Explanation:
From triangle GJH, Angle G, Angle J, and Angle H are acute angles with less than a right angle. A triangle with three acute angles called an acute triangle. So, the given triangle is an acute triangle.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 19
_________

Answer:
Obtuse triangle;
Angle L and Angle N are both acute.
Angle M is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle LMN, Angle L and Angle N are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle M is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle. A triangle with an obtuse angle is called an obtuse triangle.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Use figure ABCD below. Draw a line segment from point B to point D. Name and classify the triangles formed.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 20
Two _________ triangles
△ _________
△ _________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 559
Two Acute triangles.
△ ABD
△ BCD

Explanation:
If we draw a line segment from point B to point D, then there are two traingles formed with less than right angles. They are △ ABD and △ BCD.

Question 6.
Use figure ABCD below. Draw a line segment from point A to point C. Name and classify the triangles formed.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 21
Two _________ triangles
△ _________
△ _________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 559
Two Acute triangles.
△ ABC
△ ADC

Explanation:
If we draw a line segment from point A to point C, then there are two traingles formed with less than right angles. They are △ ABC and △ ADC.

Common Core – New – Page No. 560

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Stephen drew this triangle. How many obtuse angles does the triangle have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 22
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3

Answer:
a. 0

Explanation:
The given image has three acute angles. So, there are 0 obtuse angles.

Question 2.
Joan was asked to draw a right triangle. How many right angles are in a right triangle?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3

Answer:
b. 1

Explanation:
A right triangle has only one right angle.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Oliver drew the figure below to show light traveling from the sun to Earth. Name the figure he drew.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 23
Options:
a. segment SE
b. ray SE
c. line SE
d. ray ES

Answer:
b. ray SE

Explanation:
SE is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Question 4.
Armon added \(\frac{1}{10}\) and \(\frac{8}{100}\). Which is the correct sum?
Options:
a. \(\frac{18}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{9}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{9}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{18}{100}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{18}{100}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1 X 10}{10 X 10}\) + \(\frac{8}{100}\) = \(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{8}{100}\) = \(\frac{18}{100}\)

Question 5.
Sam counted out loud by 6s. Jorge counted out loud by 8s. What are the first three numbers both students said?
Options:
a. 8, 16, 24
b. 14, 28, 42
c. 24, 48, 72
d. 48, 96, 144

Answer:
c. 24, 48, 72

Explanation:
Sam counted out loud by 6s = 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72.
Jorge counted out loud by 8s = 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80.
Both students said the first three numbers are 24, 48, 72.

Question 6.
A basketball team averaged 105 points per game. How many points did the team score in 6 games?
Options:
a. 605 points
b. 630 points
c. 900 points
d. 6,030 points

Answer:
b. 630 points

Explanation:
A basketball team averaged 105 points per game.
They score in 6 games = 6 x 105 = 630 points.

Page No. 563

Question 1.
Draw and label \(\overline{Q R} \| \overline{S T}\).
Think: Parallel lines never intersect. Parallel line segments are parts of parallel lines.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 563
\(\overline{Q R} \| \overline{S T}\)

Explanation:
Parallel lines never intersect. Parallel line segments are parts of parallel lines.

Use the figure for 2 and 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 24

Question 2.
Name two line segments that appear to be parallel.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Line Segment CB and Line Segment DF.

Explanation:
Line Segment CB and Line Segment DF are parallel lines. The both lines never intersect and are always the same distance apart.

Question 3.
Name two line segments that appear to be perpendicular.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Line Segment CB and Line Segment BF are perpendicular lines.

Explanation:
Line Segment CB and Line Segment DF are perpendicular lines. Both lines intersect to form four right angles.

Use the figure for 4–5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 25

Question 4.
Name a pair of lines that are perpendicular.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
FJ and HG are perpendicular lines.

Explanation:
FJ and HG lines intersect each other and form four right angles.

Question 5.
Name a pair of lines that appear to be parallel.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
DC and FJ are parallel lines.

Explanation:
DC and FJ are never intersected and are always the same distance apart.

Question 6.
\(\overline{R S} \| \overline{T U}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 559
\(\overline{R S} \| \overline{T U}\)

Explanation:
Parallel lines never intersect. Parallel line segments are parts of parallel lines.

Question 7.
\(\overrightarrow{K L} \text { and } \overrightarrow{K M}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 559

Explanation:
KL and KM are two rays and start at the same point K.

Question 8.
\(\overline{C D} \perp \overline{D E}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 5 559
\(\overline{C D} \perp \overline{D E}\)

Explanation:
\(\overline{C D} \perp \overline{D E}\) are two lines. They are intersect each other and form four right angles.

Question 9.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ JK } \) ⊥ \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ LM } \)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 5 559
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ JK } \) ⊥ \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ LM } \)

Explanation:
JK and LM are two lines and intersected each other to form right angles.

Question 10.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ ST } \) intersecting \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ UV } \) at point X
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 559

Explanation:
ST and UV are two lines intersecting at point X.

Question 11.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) || \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ FG } \)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 8 559
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) || \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ FG } \)

Explanation:
Parallel lines never intersect. Parallel line segments are parts of parallel lines.

Use the figure for 12–13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 26

Question 12.
Dan says that \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ HL } \) is parallel to \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ IM } \). Is Dan correct? Explain.
_____

Answer:
No; HL and IM are not parallel lines. Parallel lines are always the same distance apart. But from the given image, the H and I may intersect if the line is extended.

Question 13.
Name two intersecting line segments that are not perpendicular.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
JM and KG are two intersecting line segments and also not perpendicular.

Page No. 564

Use the house plan at the right for 14–16.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 27

Question 14.
What geometric term describes a corner of the living room?
_________

Answer:
The corner of the living room is a vertex. Corners of any shape are vertexes.

Question 15.
Name three parts of the plan that show line segments.
_________

Answer:
Kitchen, Living Room, and Master Bedroom.

Question 16.
Name a pair of line segments that appear to be parallel
_________

Answer:
Two sidelines of Living Room are parallel.
Two sidelines of Master Bedroom are parallel.

Use the map at the right for 17–19.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 28

Question 17.
Name a street that appears to be parallel to S 17th Street.
_________

Answer:
S 18th Street

Explanation:
S 18th Street is parallel to S 17th Street. They never meet each other and are always the same distance apart.

Question 18.
Use Diagrams Name a street that appears to be parallel to Vernon Street.
_________

Answer:
Perry Street

Explanation:
Perry Street is parallel to Vernon Street. They never meet each other and are always the same distance apart.

Question 19.
Name a street that appears to be perpendicular to S 19th Street.
_________

Answer:
Austin Street

Explanation:
Austin Street is perpendicular to S 19th Street. They are intersect with each other and form four right angles.

Question 20.
Choose the labels to make a true statement.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 29
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 30
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Line AB is perpendicular to Line EF.

Common Core – New – Page No. 565

Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines

Use the figure for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 31

Question 1.
Name a pair of lines that appear to be perpendicular.
Think: Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \)

Answer:
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \)

Explanation:
Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \)

Question 2.
Name a pair of lines that appear to be parallel.
_____ and _____

Answer:
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ CD} \)

Explanation:
Parallel lines never interest each other. \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ CD} \) are parallel lines.

Question 3.
Name another pair of lines that appear to be perpendicular.
_____ and _____

Answer:
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ CD } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \)

Explanation:
Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ CD } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ CD } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ EF } \)

Draw and label the figure described.

Question 4.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ MN } \) and \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ PQ } \) intersecting at point R

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 565

Explanation:
MN and PQ are two lines and interesting at point R.

Question 5.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ WX } \) || \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ YZ } \)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 565

Explanation:
WX and YZ are parallel lines and they never intersect with each other.

Question 6.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ FH } \) ⊥ \(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ JK } \)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 565

Explanation:
FH and JK are two lines and intersecting each other to form four right angles.

Problem Solving

Use the street map for 7–8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 32

Question 7.
Name two streets that intersect but do not appear to be perpendicular.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Maple and Oak or Oak and Birch

Explanation:
Maple and Oak or Oak and Birch; They are intersecting with each other and not perpendicular.

Question 8.
Name two streets that appear to be parallel to each other.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Maple and Birch

Explanation:
Maple and Birch are streets and not intersect with each other. They appear to be parallel to each other.

Common Core – New – Page No. 566

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which capital letter appears to have perpendicular line segments?
Options:
a. N
b. O
c. T
d. V

Answer:
c. T

Explanation:
T has two lines and interesting to form four right angles.

Question 2.
In the figure, which pair of line segments appear to be parallel?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 33
Options:
a. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{G H}\)
b. \(\overline{F J} \text { and } \overline{G H}\)
c. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\)
d. \(\overline{J H} \text { and } \overline{F J}\)

Answer:
c. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\)

Explanation:
\(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\) are parallel lines that never intersect

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Nolan drew a right triangle. How many acute angles did he draw?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3

Answer:
c. 2

Explanation:
A triangle with one right angle will have two acute angles.

Question 4.
Mike drank more than half the juice in his glass. What fraction of the juice could Mike have drunk?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Mike drank more than half the juice in his glass. He drunk \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the juice.

Question 5.
A school principal ordered 1,000 pencils. He gave an equal number to each of 7 teachers until he had given out as many as possible. How many pencils were left?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 142

Answer:
c. 6

Explanation:
A school principal ordered 1,000 pencils. He gave an equal number to each of 7 teachers until he had given out as many as possible. He shared 142 pencils for each of 7 teachers. So, 142 X 7 = 994. The remaining pencils are 6.

Question 6.
A carton of juice contains 64 ounces. Ms. Wilson bought 6 cartons of juice. How many ounces of juice did she buy?
Options:
a. 364 ounces
b. 370 ounces
c. 384 ounces
d. 402 ounces

Answer:
c. 384 ounces

Explanation:
A carton of juice contains 64 ounces. Ms. Wilson bought 6 cartons of juice. 64 X 6 = 384 ounces juice she can buy.

Page No. 569

Question 1.
Tell whether the quadrilateral is also a trapezoid, parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, or square.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 34
Think:
____ pairs of parallel sides
____ sides of equal length
____ right angles
Quadrilateral ABCD is also a __________
__________

Answer:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles.
Quadrilateral ABCD is also a Rhombus

Explanation:
A Rhombus is a quadrilateral that has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal lengths.

Classify each figure as many ways as possible. Write quadrilateral, trapezoid, parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, or square.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 35
__________

Answer:
Quadrilateral

Explanation:
0 pairs of parallel sides
0 sides of equal length
0 right angles.
The given image is quadrilateral.
The quadrilateral doesn’t have a name because it has 0 pairs of parallel sides, 0 sides of equal length, and 0 right angles.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 36
_________
_________
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Rectangle, and Parallelogram

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
4 right angles.
Given quadrilateral is Rectangle and Parallelogram.
A Rectangle is a quadrilateral that has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 2 pairs of sides of equal lengths, and 4 right angles.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 37
_________
_________
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and Rhombus

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles.
Given quadrilateral is Rhombus and Parallelogram.
A Rhombus is a quadrilateral that has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal lengths, and 0 right angles.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 38
_________
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral and Parallelogram

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
0 right angles.
Given quadrilateral is Parallelogram.
A Parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 2 pairs of sides of equal lengths, and 0 right angles.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 39
_________
_________
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral and Square

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
4 right angles.
Given quadrilateral is Square.
A Square is a quadrilateral that has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal lengths, and 4 right angles.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 40
_________
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral and Trapezoid

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
0 sides of equal length
0 right angles.
Given quadrilateral is Trapezoid.
A Square is a quadrilateral that has 1 pair of parallel sides and 0 sides of equal lengths, and 0 right angles.

Page No. 570

Question 8.
Explain how a rhombus and square are alike, and how they are different.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The rhombus and square have 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal length. But the rhombus has 0 right angles and the square has 4 right angles.

Question 9.
Classify the figure. Select all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 41
Options:
a. quadrilateral
b. trapezoid
c. parallelogram
d. rectangle
e. rhombus
f. square

Answer:
a. quadrilateral
b. trapezoid
c. parallelogram

Explanation:
A Parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 2 pairs of sides of equal lengths, and 0 right angles.

The Louvre Museum is located in Paris, France. Architect I. M. Pei designed the glass and metal structure at the main entrance of the museum. This structure is called the Louvre Pyramid. Below is a diagram of part of the entrance to the Louvre Pyramid.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 42
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 43

Question 10.
Describe the quadrilaterals you see in the diagram.
_________
_________

Answer:
Trapezoid and Rhombus

Explanation:
There are 2 quadrilaterals available in the given image. One is Trapezoid with 1 pair of parallel sides. Another one is Rhombus is with 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal lengths, and 0 right angles.

Question 11.
How many triangles do you see in the diagram? Explain.
______ triangles

Answer:
11 triangles

Explanation:
The given image has 11 triangles

Common Core – New – Page No. 571

Classify Quadrilaterals

Classify each figure as many ways as possible. Write quadrilateral, trapezoid, parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 44
Think: 2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles
quadrilateral, parallelogram, rhombus

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus.

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 45
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
4 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 46
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
2 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 47
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral

Explanation:
0 pair of parallel sides
0 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 48
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 49 img 49
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
0 sides of equal length
2 right angles
Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 50 img 50
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Alan drew a polygon with four sides and four angles. All four sides are equal. None of the angles are right angles. What figure did Alan draw
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral or rhombus

Explanation:
Alan drew a polygon with four sides and four angles. All four sides are equal. None of the angles are right angles. Alan drew Quadrilateral or rhombus

Question 9.
Teresa drew a quadrilateral with 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 right angles. What quadrilateral could she have drawn?
_________

Answer:
square or rectangle

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 right angles. she could draw a square or rectangle.

Common Core – New – Page No. 572

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joey is asked to name a quadrilateral that is also a rhombus. What should be his answer?
Options:
a. square
b. rectangle
c. parallelogram
d. trapezoid

Answer:
a. square

Explanation:
The quadrilateral square is also called a rhombus. Both square and rhombus have 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal length.

Question 2.
Which quadrilateral has exactly one pair of parallel sides?
Options:
a. square
b. rhombus
c. parallelogram
d. trapezoid

Answer:
d. trapezoid

Explanation:
A trapezoid has exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Terrence has 24 eggs to divide into equal groups. What are all the possible numbers of eggs that Terence could put in each group?
Options:
a. 1, 2, 3, 4
b. 2, 4, 6, 8, 12
c. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
d. 24, 48, 72, 96

Answer:
c. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24

Explanation:
Terrence has 24 eggs to divide into equal groups. Terence could put in each group in 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24 ways.

Question 4.
In a line of students, Jenna is number 8. The teacher says that a rule for a number pattern is add 4. The first student in line says the first term, 7. What number
should Jenna say?
Options:
a. 31
b. 35
c. 39
d. 43

Answer:
b. 35

Explanation:
In a line of students, Jenna is number 8. The teacher says that a rule for a number pattern is add 4. The first student in line says the first term, 7.
7 + 4 = 11
11 + 4 = 15
15 + 4 = 19
19 + 4 = 23
23 + 4 = 27
27 + 4 = 31
31 + 4 = 35.
Jenna says 35.

Question 5.
Lou eats \(\frac{6}{8}\) of a pizza. What fraction of the pizza is left over?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Lou eats \(\frac{6}{8}\) of a pizza. So, 6 parts of pizza is finished and remaining 2 parts of pizza is remained. So, the left over pizza is \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 6.
Which capital letter appears to have parallel lines?
Options:
a. D
b. L
c. N
d. T

Answer:
c. N

Explanation:
N has two parallel lines and never intersect each other.

Page No. 573

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 51

Question 1.
A _______ is part of a line between two endpoints.
_________

Answer:
line segment

Question 2.
A _______ forms a square corner.
_________

Answer:
Right angle

Question 3.
An _______ is greater than a right angle and less than a straight angle.
_________

Answer:
Obtuse angle

Question 4.
The two-dimensional figure that has one endpoint is a ________.
_________

Answer:
ray

Question 5.
An angle that forms a line is called a _______.
_________

Answer:
straight line

Question 6.
On the grid below, draw a polygon that has 2 pairs of parallel sides, 2 pairs of sides equal in length, and 2 acute and 2 obtuse angles. Tell all the possible names for the figure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 52
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 573
Parallelogram

Explanation:
The possible polygon that has 2 pairs of parallel sides, 2 pairs of sides equal in length, and 2 acute and 2 obtuse angles is Parallelogram.

Draw the figure.

Question 7.
parallel lines
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 563

Explanation:
QR and ST are two parallel lines. they never intersect each other.

Question 8.
obtuse ∠ABC
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 16

Explanation:
From triangle, ABC, Angle A, and Angle C are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle B is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 9.
intersecting lines that are not perpendicular
Type below:
_________

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 559

Explanation:
ST and UV are two lines intersecting at point X.

Question 10.
acute ∠RST
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 575

Page No. 574

Question 11.
Which triangle has one right angle?
_________

Answer:
A right triangle has one right angle.

Question 12.
Which figure has 2 pairs of parallel sides, 2 pairs of sides of equal length, and 4 right angles?
_________

Answer:
A Rectangle has 2 pairs of parallel sides, 2 pairs of sides of equal length, and 4 right angles.

Question 13.
Which quadrilateral can have 2 pairs of parallel sides, all sides with equal length, and no right angles?
_________

Answer:
Rhombus can have 2 pairs of parallel sides, all sides with equal length, and no right angles.

Question 14.
What is the correct name of the figure shown?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 53
_________

Answer:
Ray

Explanation:
EF is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Question 15.
Describe the angles of an obtuse triangle.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
An obtuse triangle (or obtuse-angled triangle) is a triangle with one obtuse angle (greater than 90°) and two acute angles.

Page No. 577

Tell whether the parts on each side of the line match. Is the line a line of symmetry? Write yes or no.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 54
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 55
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 56
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 57
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Tell if the blue line appears to be a line of symmetry. Write yes or no.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 58
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 59
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 60
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 61
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Tell if the blue line appears to be a line of symmetry. Write yes or no.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 62
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 63
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 64
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 65
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 13.
Which best describes the symmetry in the letter I?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 66
Type below:
________

Answer:
The two parts of the folded I match exactly. The fold line is a line of symmetry.

Explanation:
Take the Horizontal line in the middle of the Letter I. Cut out the tracing. Fold the tracing over a horizontal line. The two parts of the folded I match exactly. The fold line is a line of symmetry.

Page No. 578

Question 14.
Which shape has a correctly drawn line of symmetry?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 67
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 68
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 69
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 70
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
________

Answer:
Find the shape that has an exact line of symmetry.

Question 14.
b. How can you tell if the line of symmetry is correct?
Type below:
________

Answer:
If the two parts of the folded match exactly, then the line is a line of symmetry.

Question 14.
c. Tell how you solved the problem.
Type below:
________

Answer:
From fig 1 to 4, the fig 2 is has a line of symmetry that can exactly separate the two parts equally.

Question 14.
d. Circle the correct shape above.
Type below:
________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 68

Question 15.
Reason Abstractly Draw a line of symmetry in the figure shown.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 71

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 578

Question 16.
Evie’s birthday is on the 18th of May. Since May is the 5th month, Evie wrote the date as shown.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 72
Evie says all the numbers she wrote have line symmetry. Is she correct? Explain.

Answer:
No; The number 5 doesn’t have a line of symmetry. So, Evie explanation is wrong.

Common Core – New – Page No. 579

Line Symmetry

Tell if the dashed line appears to be a line of symmetry. Write yes or no.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 73
yes

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 74
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 75
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 76
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 77
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 78
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 79
____

Answer:
No;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 80
____

Answer:
Yes;

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Complete the design by reflecting over the line of symmetry.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 81

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 578

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 82

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 578

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Kara uses the pattern below to make paper dolls. The dashed line represents a line of symmetry. A complete doll includes the reflection of the pattern over the line of symmetry. Complete the design to show what one of Kara’s paper dolls looks like.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 83

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 578

Common Core – New – Page No. 580

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which best describes the line of symmetry in the letter D?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 84
Options:
a. horizontal
b. vertical
c. diagonal
d. half turn

Answer:
a. horizontal

Explanation:
The horizontal line of symmetry in the letter D can exactly separate two parts equally.

Question 2.
Which shape has a correctly drawn line of symmetry?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 85
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 86
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 87
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 88

Answer:
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 86

Explanation:
Image b has the line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The class has 360 unit cubes in a bag. Johnnie divides the unit cubes equally among 8 groups. How many unit cubes will each group get?
Options:
a. 40
b. 44
c. 45
d. 48

Answer:
c. 45

Explanation:
The class has 360 unit cubes in a bag. Johnnie divides the unit cubes equally among 8 groups. 360/8= 45.

Question 4.
There are 5,280 feet in one mile. How many feet are there in 6 miles?
Options:
a. 30,680
b. 31,260
c. 31,608
d. 31,680

Answer:
d. 31,680

Explanation:
There are 5,280 feet in one mile. So, for 6 miles = 6 x 5, 280 = 31,680.

Question 5.
Sue has 4 pieces of wood. The lengths of her pieces of wood are \(\frac{1}{3}\) foot, \(\frac{2}{5}\) foot, \(\frac{3}{10}\) foot, and \(\frac{1}{4}\) foot. Which piece of wood is the shortest?
Options:
a. the \(\frac{1}{3}\) foot piece
b. the \(\frac{2}{5}\) foot piece
c. the \(\frac{3}{10}\) foot piece
d. the \(\frac{1}{4}\) foot piece

Answer:
d. the \(\frac{1}{4}\) foot piece

Explanation:
The lengths of \(\frac{1}{4}\) foot piece is less compared to other lengths.

Question 6.
Alice has \(\frac{1}{5}\) as many miniature cars as Sylvester has. Sylvester has 35 miniature cars. How many miniature cars does Alice have?
Options:
a. 7
b. 9
c. 40
d. 175

Answer:
a. 7

Explanation:
Alice has \(\frac{1}{5}\) as many miniature cars as Sylvester has. Sylvester has 35 miniature cars. Alice have \(\frac{1}{5}\) X 35 = 7 miniature cars.

Page No. 583

Question 1.
The shape at the right has line symmetry. Draw the 2 lines of symmetry.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 89
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 583

Tell whether the shape appears to have zero lines, 1 line, or more than 1 line of symmetry. Write zero, 1, or more than 1.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 90
_________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 583
There is more than 1 line of symmetries that separates two parts equally.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 91
_________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 583
There is more than 1 lines of symmetries that separates two parts equally.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 92
_________

Answer:
1 line

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 583
There is 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 93
_________

Answer:
zero lines

Explanation:
There is no line of symmetries that separates two parts equally.

Tell whether the shape appears to have zero lines, 1 line, or more than 1 line of symmetry. Write zero, 1, or more than 1.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 94
_________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 583
There is more than 1 lines of symmetries that separate two parts equally.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 95
_________

Answer:
zero lines

Explanation:
There is no line of symmetries that separates two parts equally.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 96
_________

Answer:
zero lines

Explanation:
There is no line of symmetries that separates two parts equally.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 97
_________

Answer:
1 line

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 8 583
There is 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Practice: Copy and Solve Does the design have line symmetry?
Write yes or no. If your answer is yes, draw all lines of symmetry.

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 98
____

Answer:
Yes;
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 8 583

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 99
_____

Answer:
No;

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 100
_____

Answer:
Yes;
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 9 578

Question 13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 101
_____

Answer:
No;

Question 14.
Draw a figure that has 5 sides and exactly 1 line of symmetry.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Explanation:
the above 5 sides shape has only 1 line symmetry

Page No. 584

Use the chart for 15–17.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 102

Question 15.
Which letters appear to have only 1 line of symmetry?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
A, B, C, D, E, T, U, V, W

Explanation:
The letters A, B, C, D, E, T, U, V, W have only 1 line of symmetry.

Question 16.
Which letters appear to have zero lines of symmetry?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
J, N, S

Explanation:
The letters J, N, S have only zero lines of symmetry.

Question 17.
The letter C has horizontal symmetry. The letter A has vertical symmetry. Which letters appear to have both horizontal and vertical symmetry?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
H and I

Explanation:
The letters H and I have both horizontal and vertical symmetry.

Question 18.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Jeff says that the shape has only 2 lines of symmetry.
Does his statement make sense? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 103
Type below:
_________

Answer:
No; Jeff’s explanation is wrong. Because the given shape has only 2 lines of symmetry.

Question 19.
Match each figure with the correct number of lines of symmetry it has.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 104
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 12 583

Common Core – New – Page No. 585

Find and Draw Lines of Symmetry

Tell whether the shape appears to have zero lines, 1 line, or more than 1 line of symmetry. Write zero, 1, or more than 1.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 105
1

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 106
________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 107
________

Answer:
Zero

Explanation:
There are 0 lines of symmetries.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 108
________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 585
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Does the design have line symmetry? Write yes or no.
If your answer is yes, draw all lines of symmetry.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 109
_____

Answer:
Yes;
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 585

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 110
_____

Answer:
Yes;
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 5 585

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 111
_____

Answer:
No;

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 112
______

Answer:
Yes;
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 585

Draw a shape for the statement. Draw the line or lines of symmetry.

Question 9.
zero lines of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 113

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 585

Question 10.
1 line of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 114

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 9 585

Question 11.
2 lines of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 115

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 10 585

Problem Solving

Use the chart for 12–13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 116

Question 12.
Which number or numbers appear to have only 1 line of symmetry?
_____

Answer:
3

Explanation:
The number 3 has only 1 line of symmetry.

Question 13.
Which number or numbers appear to have 2 lines of symmetry?
_____

Answer:
0 and 8

Explanation:
The numbers 0 and 8 appear to have 2 lines of symmetry.

Common Core – New – Page No. 586

Lesson Check

Question 1.
How many lines of symmetry does this shape appear to have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 117
Options:
a. 0
b. 2
c. 6
d. 12

Answer:
c. 6

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 586
The given shape has 6 lines of symmetries.

Question 2.
Which of the following shapes appears to have exactly 1 line of symmetry?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 118
b.Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 119
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 120
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 121

Answer:
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 121

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 586
The trapezoid has exactly 1 line of symmetry.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Richard practiced each of 3 piano solos for \(\frac{5}{12}\) hour. How long did he practice in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours
d. 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\) hours

Answer:
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours

Explanation:
Richard practiced each of 3 piano solos for \(\frac{5}{12}\) hour. \(\frac{5}{12}\) hour = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours hours.

Question 4.
Which of the following decimals is equivalent to three and ten hundredths?
Options:
a. 0.30
b. 0.31
c. 3.01
d. 3.1

Answer:
d. 3.1

Explanation:
three and ten hundredths = 310 hundredths = 3.1

Question 5.
Lynne used \(\frac{3}{8}\) cup of flour and \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of sugar in a recipe. Which number below is a common denominator for \(\frac{3}{8}\) and \(\frac{1}{3}\)?
Options:
a. 8
b. 12
c. 16
d. 24

Answer:
d. 24

Explanation:
Lynne used \(\frac{3}{8}\) cup of flour and \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of sugar in a recipe. To find the common denominator for \(\frac{3}{8}\) and \(\frac{1}{3}\), multiply 8 X3 and 3 X 8 = 24.

Question 6.
Kevin draws a figure that has four sides. All sides have the same length. His figure has no right angles. What figure does Kevin draw?
Options:
a. square
b. trapezoid
c. rhombus
d. rectangle

Answer:
c. rhombus

Explanation:

Page No. 589

Question 1.
Marisol is making a pattern with blocks. What might the missing shape be?
First, look at the blocks.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 122
Next, describe the pattern.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The first image 1 has three line segments. The next shape will have four line segments.

Question 1.
Finally, draw the missing shape.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 123
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 586

Question 2.
Use the shapes to write a number pattern. Then describe the pattern in the numbers.

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 586
Shape 1: Triangle
Shape 2: Square
Shape 3: Pentagon
Shape 4: Hexagon
Shape 5: Heptagon

Question 3.
What if the pattern continued? Write an expression to describe the number of sides the sixth shape has in Marisol’s pattern.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
If the pattern continued, then the next shape will have one more extra line segment to it. The sixth shape will become the octagon.
Shape 6: Octagon

Question 4.
Sahil made a pattern using circles. The first nine circles are shown. Describe the pattern. If Sahil continues the pattern, what might the next three circles be?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 124
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The pattern is repeated for every three circles. One big circle followed by two small circles.
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 586

Page No. 590

Use the toy quilt designs for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 125

Question 5.
Lu is making a quilt that is 20 squares wide and has 24 rows. The border of the quilt is made by using each toy design equally as often. Each square can hold one design. How many of each design does she use for the border?
______ times

Answer:
The border will have 20 squares two times, and 24 squares two times as well, that is the perimeter or the border, because a quilt has 4 sides:
20 X 2 + 24 X 2 = 40 + 48 = 88
So, the border will have 88 squares in total. So if the border can have only one design, Lu can use any toy design 88 times if she wants the border to have the same toy design in it.

Question 6.
Communicate Starting in the first square of her quilt, Lu lined up her toy designs in this order: plane, car, fire truck, helicopter, crane, and wagon. Using this pattern unit, which design will Lu place in the fifteenth square? Explain how you found your answer.
_________

Answer:
The answer is fire truck. As the pattern repeats, the fifteenth square will fire truck.

Question 7.
Missy uses 1 hexagonal, 2 rectangular, and 4 triangular pieces of fabric to make 1 bug design for a quilt. If she uses 70 pieces in all to make bug designs, how many of each shape does she use?
Hexagonal: _________ shapes
Rectangular: _________ shapes
Triangular: _________ shapes

Answer:
Hexagonal: 10 shapes
Rectangular: 10 shapes
Triangular: 10 shapes
(1 x 10) + (2 x 10) + (4 x 10) = 10 + 20 + 40 = 70 pieces in all.

Question 8.
Norris drew the pattern shown.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 126
Label the circles to show the colors in the fourth figure of the pattern.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 591

Common Core – New – Page No. 591

Problem Solving Shape Patterns

Solve each Problem.

Question 1.
Marta is using this pattern to decorate a picture frame. Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the next three figures in the pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 127
Possible answer: the pattern repeats: one trangle followed by two squares.

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 127
The pattern repeats one triangle followed by two squares.

Question 2.
Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the next three figures in the pattern. How many circles are in the sixth figure in the pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 128
_____ circles

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 591
Add one more column with 1 more circle than in the previous column; 21.

Question 3.
Larry stencils this pattern to make a border at the top of his bedroom walls. Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the missing figure in the pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 129

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 591
2 triangles placed side to side followed by 2 sets of 2 triangles placed vertex to vertex

Common Core – New – Page No. 592

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What might be the next three figures in this pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 130
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 131
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 132
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 133
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 134

Answer:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 131

Explanation:
the pattern has odd numbers of up arrows then even number of down arrows. So, the next three figures are Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 131.

Question 2.
Which might be the missing figure in the following pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 135
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 136
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 137
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 138
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 139

Answer:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 136

Explanation:
From the pattern, the missing image will have vertical rectangle with the circle and X mark in it.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Chad has two pieces of wood. One piece is \(\frac{7}{12}\) foot long. The second piece is \(\frac{5}{12}\) foot longer than the first piece. How long is the second piece?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{12}\) foot
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) foot
c. \(\frac{12}{18}\) foot
d. 1 foot

Answer:
d. 1 foot

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{12}\) + \(\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{12}{12}\) = 1 foot.

Question 4.
Olivia finished a race in 40.64 seconds. Patty finished the race in 40.39 seconds. Miguel finished the race in 41.44 seconds. Chad finished the race in 40.46 seconds. Who finished the race in the least time?
Options:
a. Olivia
b. Patty
c. Miguel
d. Chad

Answer:
b. Patty

Explanation:
Patty finished the race in 40.39 seconds that is the least time compared to others.

Question 5.
Justin bought 6 ribbons for an art project. Each ribbon is \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard long. How many yards of ribbon did Justin buy?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards
d. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards

Answer:
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards

Explanation:
Justin bought 6 ribbons for an art project. Each ribbon is \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard long. So, 6 X \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards.

Question 6.
Kyle and Andrea were asked to make a list of prime numbers.
Kyle: 1, 3, 7, 19, 23
Andrea: 2, 3, 5, 7, 11
Whose list is correct?
Options:
a. Only Kyle’s list
b. Only Andrea’s list
c. Both lists are correct.
d. Neither list is correct.

Answer:
b. Only Andrea’s list

Explanation:
1 is not a prime number. So, the answer is Only Andrea’s list is correct.

Page No. 593

Question 1.
Gavin is designing a kite. He sketched a picture of the kite.
How many right angles does the kite appear to have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 140
_____ right angles

Answer:
0 right angles

Explanation:
There is no right angles in the given shape.

Question 2.
Write the letter of the triangle under its correct classification.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 141
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 142

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 593

Explanation:
C and F are Acute angles with less than right angles.
B and D are Obtuse Angles with more than right angles.
A and E are Right Angles.

Question 3.
Select the angles that identify an obtuse triangle. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. acute, acute, acute
b. acute, acute, obtuse
c. right, acute, acute
d. obtuse, right, acute

Answer:
b. acute, acute, obtuse

Explanation:
An obtuse triangle will have one obtuse angle and two acute angles.

Page No. 594

Question 4.
Write the word that describes the part of Figure A written below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 143
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 144
\(\overline{E B}\) _________
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) _________
\(\overrightarrow{G A}\) _________
∠EBG _________
∠CGB _________

Answer:
\(\overline{E B}\) line segment.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) Line.
\(\overrightarrow{G A}\) Ray.
∠EBG right angle.
∠CGB acute angle.

Explanation:
\(\overline{E B}\) is a line segment that has two endpoints connected to form a line.
\(\overset { \longleftrightarrow }{ AB } \) is a Line that continues without an end in both directions.
\(\overrightarrow{G A}\) is a Ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.
∠EBG right angle.
∠CGB is an acute angle with less than the right angle.

Question 5.
What term best describes the figure shown below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 145

Answer:
perpendicular lines

Explanation:
The lines are forming four right angles they form squares. So, the both lines are perpendicular lines.

Question 6.
Naomi leaves for her trip to Los Angeles on the 12th day of August. Since August is the 8th month, Naomi wrote the date as shown.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 146
Naomi says all the numbers she wrote have line symmetry. Is she correct? Explain your thinking.
_______

Answer:
Naomi is incorrect. The number 2 does not have a line of symmetry because if it were cut out, there would be no way to fold it in half so that the two parts matched exactly.

Page No. 595

Question 7.
Max made a pennant that looks like a triangle. How can you classify the triangle based upon its angles?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 147
The triangle is a(n) ____________ triangle.

Answer:
The triangle is an acute triangle.

Explanation:
The triangle is an acute triangle.  because it has angles with less than right angles.

Question 8.
Choose the labels to make a true statement.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 148
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 149
_____ is parallel to ______

Answer:
Line AB is parallel to line CD.

Explanation:
From the given image, Line AB is parallel to line CD.

Question 9.
Classify the figure. Select all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 150
Options:
a. quadrilateral
b. trapezoid
c. parallelogram
d. rectangle
e. rhombus
f. square

Answer:
a. quadrilateral
b. trapezoid
c. parallelogram
d. rectangle

Explanation:
The given image has 2 parallel sides, 2 pairs of sides of length, and four right angles. So, the possible answers are quadrilateral, trapezoid, parallelogram, and rectangle.

Question 10.
Lily designed a deck in her backyard that looks like a quadrilateral that has only 1 pair of parallel sides. How can you classify the figure?
The quadrilateral is a ________

Answer:
The quadrilateral is a trapezoid

Explanation:
Lily designed a deck in her backyard that looks like a quadrilateral that has only 1 pair of parallel sides. So, the answer is a trapezoid.

Page No. 596

Question 11.
Match each figure with the correct number of lines of symmetry it has.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 151

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 595

Explanation:
Image 1: 1 line of symmetry
Image 2: 2 lines of symmetry
Image 3: 0 lines of symmetry
Image 4: More than 2 lines of symmetry.

Question 12.
Barb drew the pattern shown.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 152
Use the square shown to draw the missing pattern. □

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 596

Explanation:
The fourth shape must consist of one extra square box in the top line and bottom line.

Question 13.
Claudia drew the figure below. Draw a line of symmetry on Claudia’s figure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 153

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 596

Explanation:
The image can have one line symmetry.

Question 14.
Write the word or words that best describe this figure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 154
_________

Answer:
Ray

Explanation:
The ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Question 15.
How many acute angles does a right triangle have?
A right triangle has ____ acute angles.

Answer:
A right triangle has 2 acute angles.

Page No. 597

Question 16.
Mike drew a figure with opposite sides parallel. Write the pairs of parallel sides. What figure is it?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 155

Answer:
Line DG is parallel to Line FE and Line DE is parallel to Line GF; the figure is a parallelogram.

Question 17.
Circle the letter that does not have line symmetry.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 156

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 569

Explanation:
The S does not have line symmetry.

Question 18.
Joseph made a pattern using ovals and rectangles. The first four figures of his pattern are shown. Draw the next figure in the pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 157

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 5 596

Question 19.
Jeremy drew Figure 1 and Louisa drew Figure 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 158
Part A
Jeremy says both figures are rectangles. Do you agree with Jeremy?
Support your answer.
_____

Answer:
Yes; both figures have 2 pairs of parallel sides, opposite sides that are equal in length, and 4 right angles.

Question 19.
Part B
Louisa says both figures are rhombuses. Do you agree with Louisa?
Support your answer.
_____

Answer:
No; figure 2 is a rhombus since it has 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal length. Figure 1 does not have 4 sides of equal length so it cannot be a rhombus.

Page No. 598

Question 20.
Veronica found the number of lines of symmetry for the figure below. How many lines of symmetry does it have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 159
______ lines of symmetry

Answer:
2 lines of symmetry

Explanation:
the given shape can have 2 lines of symmetry.

Question 21.
Jordan drew the pattern below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 160
Part A
Describe the pattern.

Answer:
Each figure has 2 more squares than the preceding figure.

Question 21.
Part B
Write a rule using numbers to find the number of squares in any figure in the pattern.

Answer:
multiply the figure number by 2.

Question 21.
Part C
Draw Figure 5.

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 597

Page No. 603

Tell what fraction of the circle the shaded angle represents.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 161
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Half of the part is shaded out of the circle. So, the answer is 1/2.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 162
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) part of the circle is shaded out of the circle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 163
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
3 parts of the circle is shaded out of the circle

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 164
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{1}\) = 1

Explanation:
The complete circle is shaded. So, the answer is 1.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 165
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Half of the part is shaded out of the circle. So, the answer is 1/2.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 166
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{12}\)

Tell whether the angle on the circle shows a \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}\), or 1 full turn clockwise or counterclockwise.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 167
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\); counterclockwise

Explanation:
The image shows the counterclockwise and formed the fraction of \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 168
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\); clockwise

Explanation:
The image shows the clockwise and formed the fraction of \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 169
Type below:
________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\); clockwise

Explanation:
The image shows the clockwise and formed the fraction of \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 10.
Susan watched the game from 1 p.m. to 1:30 p.m. Describe the turn the minute hand made.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 170
Type below:
________

Answer:
The minute hand made a \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise.

Question 11.
Compare the angles in Exercises 1 and 5. Does the position of the angle affect the size of the angle? Explain.
_____

Answer:
No; The size of the angle does not depend on the lengths of its sides.

Page No. 604

Question 12.
Malcolm drew this angle on the circle. Which of the following describes the angle? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 171
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn
c. clockwise
d. counterclockwise

Answer:
a. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn
d. counterclockwise

Explanation:
The image show the \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn and also the counterclockwise.

Sense or Nonsense?

Question 13.
Whose statement makes sense? Whose statement is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 172
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures img 173
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The girl’s statement makes sense. The boy’s statement makes non-sense. Because from the figure it is clearly shown that the shaded part is \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the circle. There is no particular direction given to measure the shaded part.

Conclusion:

Finally, you will find detailed solutions to all questions that you’re looking for. So, you can attempt the exam with utmost confidence and secure good grades in the exams. The topics covered in Ch 10 Two-dimensional figures are such Lines, Rays, Angles, Classify Triangles by Angles, Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines, etc. Understand how to solve the problems of two-dimensional figures by accessing our Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 10 Two-dimensional figures Homework Practice FL.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Review/Test

go-math-grade-4-chapter-7-add-and-subtract-fractions-review-test-answer-key

Develop student’s math skills by referring to our provided Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Review/Test. By using these review test solutions, students will surely get to know the weak and strong areas that they need to sharpen. After knowing them they will keep practicing on those areas with the help of HMH Go Math Grade 4 Review/Test Answer Key. Refer to the number of questions in Add and Subtract fractions with step by step explanation on our page.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Review/Test

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Review/Test holds all the topics in ch 7 Add and Subtract Fractions you might require as a part of preparation. Following this Go Math Grade 4 Review/Test Answer guide of Ch 7 Add and Subtract Fractions helps you to secure better marks in exams. Get a good grip on the Add and Subtract Fractions concepts & solve the sums within no time.

Chapter 7: Review/Test

Review/Test – Page No. 309

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Review Test img 1

Question 1.
A number represented by a whole number and a fraction is a _________________ .
_________

Answer:
A number represented by a whole number and a fraction is a Mixed number.

Question 2.
A fraction that always has a numerator of 1 is a _______________ .
_________

Answer:
A fraction that always has a numerator of 1 is a Unit Fraction.

Write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) =

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
For a unit fraction the numerator should be 1, here we can see the numerator as 4 so we will add \(\frac{1}{5}\) four times. And the fraction can be written as the sum of a unit fraction as
\(\frac{1+1+1+1}{5}\)
= \(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\)+\(\frac{1}{5}\).

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) =

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{10}\)+\(\frac{1}{10}\)+\(\frac{1}{10}\)+\(\frac{1}{10}\)+\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
For a unit fraction the numerator should be 1, here we can see the numerator as 4 so we will add \(\frac{1}{5}\) four times. And the fraction can be written as the sum of a unit fraction as
\(\frac{1+1+1+1}{10}\)
= \(\frac{1}{10}\)+\(\frac{1}{10}\)+\(\frac{1}{10}\)+\(\frac{1}{10}\)+\(\frac{1}{10}\).

Write the mixed number as a fraction.

Question 5.
1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: So the answer is \(\frac{11}{8}\).

Explanation:
To convert a mixed number as a fraction, we will multiply the whole number by the fraction’s denominator, and then we will add to the numerator and the result will be on the top of the denominator.
1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= (1×8)+3
= 8+3
= 11
So the answer is \(\frac{11}{8}\).

Question 6.
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{14}{3}\).

Explanation:
To convert a mixed number as a fraction, we will multiply the whole number by the fraction’s denominator, and then we will add to the numerator and the result will be on the top of the denominator.
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 4×3
= 12
= 12+2
= 14.
The answer is \(\frac{14}{3}\).

Question 7.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{13}{5}\).

Explanation:
To convert a mixed number as a fraction, we will multiply the whole number by the fraction’s denominator, and then we will add to the numerator and the result will be on the top of the denominator.
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
= 2×5
= 10
= 10+3
= 13.
The answer is \(\frac{13}{5}\).

Write the fraction as a mixed number.

Question 8.
\(\frac{12}{10}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\).

Explanation:
To convert the fraction to a mixed number we will divide the numerator with denominator and write the whole number, then the remainder will be written above the denominator.
\(\frac{12}{10}\)
= 12÷10
= 1 \(\frac{2}{10}\)
= 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\).

Question 9.
\(\frac{10}{3}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\).

Explanation:
To convert the fraction to a mixed number we will divide the numerator with denominator and write the whole number, then the remainder will be written above the denominator.
\(\frac{10}{3}\)
= 10÷3
= 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\).

Question 10.
\(\frac{15}{6}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Explanation:
To convert the fraction to a mixed number we will divide the numerator with denominator and write the whole number, then the remainder will be written above the denominator.
\(\frac{15}{6}\)
= 15÷6
= 2 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
= 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Find the sum or difference.

Question 11.
\(2 \frac{3}{8}+1 \frac{6}{8}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{33}{8}\).

Explanation:
\(2 \frac{3}{8}+1 \frac{6}{8}\)
= \(\frac{19}{8}\)+\(\frac{14}{8}\)
= \(\frac{33}{8}\).

Question 12.
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{2}{12}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{12}\).

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{12}-\frac{2}{12}\)
= \(\frac{7}{12}\).

Question 13.
\(5 \frac{7}{10}-4 \frac{5}{10}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{5}\).

Explanation:
\(5 \frac{7}{10}-4 \frac{5}{10}\)
= \(\frac{57}{10}\)–\(\frac{45}{10}\)
= \(\frac{12}{10}\)
= \(\frac{6}{5}\).

Question 14.
\(4 \frac{1}{6}-2 \frac{5}{6}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{3}\).

Explanation:
\(4 \frac{1}{6}-2 \frac{5}{6}\)
= \(\frac{25}{6}\)–\(\frac{17}{6}\)
= \(\frac{8}{6}\)
= \(\frac{4}{3}\).

Question 15.
\(3 \frac{2}{5}-1 \frac{4}{5}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{5}\).

Explanation:
\(3 \frac{2}{5}-1 \frac{4}{5}\)
= \(\frac{17}{5}\)–\(\frac{9}{5}\)
= \(\frac{8}{5}\).

Question 16.
\(\frac{4}{12}+\frac{6}{12}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{6}\).

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{12}+\frac{6}{12}\)
= \(\frac{10}{12}\)
= \(\frac{5}{6}\).

Use the properties and mental math to find the sum.

Question 17.
(1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)) + 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{21}{5}\).

Explanation:
(1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)) + 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
= ( \(\frac{7}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)) + \(\frac{13}{5}\)
= \(\frac{21}{5}\).

Question 18.
2 \(\frac{4}{6}\) + (2 \(\frac{3}{6}\) + 2 \(\frac{2}{6}\)) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{45}{6}\).

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{4}{6}\) + (2 \(\frac{3}{6}\) + 2 \(\frac{2}{6}\))
= \(\frac{16}{6}\) + (\(\frac{15}{6}\)) + \(\frac{14}{6}\))
= \(\frac{16}{6}\) +(\(\frac{29}{6}\))
= \(\frac{45}{6}\).

Question 19.
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + (2 \(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{7}{10}\)) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{34}{10}\).

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + (2 \(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{7}{10}\))
= \(\frac{3}{10}\) + (\(\frac{24}{10}\) + \(\frac{7}{10}\))
= \(\frac{3}{10}\) + ( \(\frac{31}{10}\))
= \(\frac{34}{10}\).

Review/Test – Page No. 310

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 20.
Eddie cut 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) feet of balsa wood for the length of a kite. He cut \(\frac{3}{4}\) foot for the width of the kite. How much longer is the length of the kite than the width?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet
b. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet
c. 2 feet
d. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet

Answer: b

Explanation:
The length of Eddie cut is 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\) feet and the width is \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet, so the difference in the length and width is 2 \(\frac{2}{4}\)– \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{10}{4}\)–\(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{7}{4}\)
= 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet.

Question 21.
On a trip to the art museum, Lily rode the subway for \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile and walked for \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile. How much farther did she ride on the subway than walk?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile
b. \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile
c. \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile
d. 1 mile

Answer: d

Explanation:
As Lily rode \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile and walked for \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile, so she ride total of
\(\frac{7}{10}\)+ \(\frac{3}{10}\)
= 1 mile.

Question 22.
Pablo is training for a marathon. He ran 5 \(\frac{4}{8}\) miles on Friday, 6 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles on Saturday, and 7 \(\frac{4}{8}\) miles on Sunday. How many miles did he run on all three days ?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles
b. 12 \(\frac{1}{8}\) miles
c. 19 \(\frac{4}{8}\) miles
d. 19 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles

Answer: d

Explanation:
Pablo ran 5 \(\frac{4}{8}\) miles on Friday and 6 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles on Saturday, 7 \(\frac{4}{8}\) miles on Sunday. So total he ran on three days is
5 \(\frac{4}{8}\)+ 6 \(\frac{5}{8}\)+7 \(\frac{4}{8}\)
= \(\frac{44}{8}\)+ \(\frac{53}{8}\)+ \(\frac{60}{8}\)
= \(\frac{157}{8}\)
= 19 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles.

Question 23.
Cindy has two jars of paint.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Review Test img 2
Which fraction below represents how much paint Cindy has?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Answer: c

Explanation:
The first jar contains \(\frac{3}{8}\) and in the second jar \(\frac{2}{8}\) of paint. So total paint Cindy contains
\(\frac{3}{8}\)+\(\frac{2}{8}\)
= \(\frac{5}{8}\).

Review/Test – Page No. 311

Question 24.
Cole grew 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches last year. Kelly grew the same amount. Which fraction below represents the number of inches that Kelly grew last year?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{11}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{14}{4}\)

Answer: c

Explanation:
As Cole grew 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches and Kelly has same amount which is 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches, so the fraction is
\(\frac{11}{4}\) inches.

Question 25.
Olivia’s dog is 4 years old. Her cat is 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) years younger. How old is Olivia’s cat?
Options:
a. 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) years old
b. 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) years old
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) years old
d. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) years old

Answer: c

Explanation:
Olivia’s dog is 4 years old and her cat is 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) years younger, so Olivia’s cat is
= 4- 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{8}{2}\) – \(\frac{3}{2}\)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\)
= 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) years old.

Question 26.
Lisa mixed 4 \(\frac{4}{6}\) cups of orange juice with 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) cups of milk to make a health shake. She drank 3 \(\frac{3}{6}\) cups of the health shake. How much of the health shake did Lisa not drink?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{6}\) cup
b. 4 \(\frac{2}{6}\) cups
c. 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\) cups
d. 11 \(\frac{2}{6}\) cups

Answer: b

Explanation:
Lisa mixed 4 \(\frac{4}{6}\) cups of orange juice with 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) cups of milk to make a health shake, so total health shake is 4 \(\frac{4}{6}\)+3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{28}{6}\)+ \(\frac{19}{6}\)
= \(\frac{47}{6}\) cups of health shake. As she drank 3 \(\frac{3}{6}\) cups of health shake, so
= \(\frac{47}{6}\)– 3 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
= \(\frac{47}{6}\)– \(\frac{21}{6}\)
= \(\frac{26}{6}\)
= 4 \(\frac{2}{6}\) cups.

Question 27.
Keiko entered a contest to design a new school flag. Five twelfths of her flag has stars and \(\frac{3}{12}\) has stripes. What fraction of Keiko’s flag has stars and stripes?
Options:
a. \(\frac{8}{12}\)
b. \(\frac{8}{24}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{12}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{24}\)

Answer: a

Explanation:
As Keiko’s flag has Five-twelfths of stars and \(\frac{3}{12}\) of strips, so the fraction of Keiko’s flag has stars and stripes is
\(\frac{5}{12}\)+\(\frac{3}{12}\)
= \(\frac{8}{12}\).

Review/Test – Page No. 312

Constructed Response

Question 28.
Ela is knitting a scarf from a pattern. The pattern calls for 4 \(\frac{2}{12}\) yards of yarn. She has only 2 \(\frac{11}{12}\) yards of yarn. How much more yarn does Ela need to finish knitting the scarf? Explain how you found your answer.
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) yards

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{12}\) yards.

Explanation:
Ela’s pattern calls for 4 \(\frac{2}{12}\) yards of yarn and Ela has 2 \(\frac{11}{12}\) yards of yarn only, so she needs
4 \(\frac{2}{12}\)– 2 \(\frac{11}{12}\)
= \(\frac{50}{12}\) – \(\frac{35}{12}\)
= \(\frac{15}{12}\)
= 1 \(\frac{3}{12}\) yards more.

Performance Task

Question 29.
Miguel’s class went to the state fair. The fairground is divided into sections. Rides are in \(\frac{6}{10}\) of the fairground. Games are in \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the fairground. Farm exhibits are in \(\frac{1}{10}\) of the fairground.
A. How much greater is the fraction of the fairground with rides than the fraction with farm exhibits? Draw a model to prove your answer is correct.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{10}\).

Explanation:
As the fairground is divided into sections, rides are in \(\frac{6}{10}\) of the fairground, games are in \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the fairground and Farm exhibits are in \(\frac{1}{10}\) of the fairground. So the fraction of the fairground with rides than the fraction with farm exhibits is \(\frac{6}{10}\)– \(\frac{1}{10}\)
= \(\frac{5}{10}\) greater than farm exhibits.

Question 29.
B. What fraction of the fairground has games and farm exhibits?
Write an equation to show your answer.

Answer: \(\frac{3}{10}\).

Explanation:
The fraction of the fairground has games and farm exhibits is \(\frac{2}{10}\)+\(\frac{1}{10}\)
= \(\frac{3}{10}\).

Question 29.
C. The rest of the fairground is refreshment booths. What fraction of the fairground is refreshment booths? Describe the steps you follow to solve the problem.

Answer: 9 \(\frac{1}{10}\).

Explanation:
As the fairground is divided into sections, rides are in \(\frac{6}{10}\) of the fairground, games are in \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the fairground and Farm exhibits are in \(\frac{1}{10}\) of the fairground. So the fraction of the fairground is refreshment booths \(\frac{6}{10}\)+\(\frac{2}{10}\)+\(\frac{1}{10}\)
= \(\frac{9}{10}\).
To find a fraction of the fairground is refreshment booths we will subtract \(\frac{9}{10}\) with 10, so
10- \(\frac{9}{10}\)
= \(\frac{100-9}{10}\)
= \(\frac{91}{10}\)
= 9 \(\frac{1}{10}\).

Conclusion:

Hoping the data gave above on Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 7 Add and Subtract Fractions Review/Test has benefited you a lot. For solving your doubts and need more questions related to the Ch 7 Add and Subtract Fraction refer to Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key & apply them in the real world.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13: Algebra: Perimeter and Area

go-math-grade-4-chapter-13-algebra-perimeter-and-area-pages-245-258-answer-key

Are you viewing for Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area? This is the correct page for you. We have listed chapterwise Go math grade 4 practice FL Answer key along with homework practice FL solution Key on our site. So, you can learn the concepts in an understanding manner & score maximum scores in the assessments and standardized tests. Hence, download the HMH Go Math 4th Grade Chapter 13 Perimeter and Area Answer key to find out the area & perimeter of the rectangle & square quickly & easily.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13: Algebra: Perimeter and Area

Go Math Grade 4 Ch 13 Answer Key includes topics covered in Algebra: Perimeter and Area. Students who are pursuing 4th grade can find the HMH Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area extremely useful. Simply identify your preparation level and weak areas by practicing and solving the questions from 4th Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area. Tap on the below provided links and check the detailed explanation for each and every question covered here.

Lesson: 1 – Perimeter

Lesson: 2 – Area

Lesson: 3 – Area of Combined Rectangles

Lesson: 4 – Find Unknown Measures

Lesson: 5 – Problem Solving Find the Area

Lesson: 6 

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 247

Perimeter

Find the perimeter of the rectangle or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 1
9 + 3 + 9 + 3 = 24
24 inches

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 2
_____ meters

Answer: 32

Explanation:
Given,
sides = 8 m
we know that the perimeter of a square is 4×s
P = 4 × s
P = 4 × 8m
P = 32m
Therefore the perimeter of the above square is 32m

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 3
_____ feet

Answer: 44

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 10 ft
Width (W) = 12 ft
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 10 ft + 10 ft + 12 ft + 12 ft
P = 44 ft
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 44 ft

Remember: The perimeter is the total distance around the outside, which can be found by adding together the length of each side. In the case of a rectangle, opposite sides are equal in length, so the perimeter is twice its width plus twice its height.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 4
____ centimeters

Answer: 108

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 30 cm
Width (W) = 24 cm
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 30 cm + 30 cm + 24 cm + 24 cm
P = 108 cm
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 108 cm

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 5
____ inches

Answer: 216

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 25 in.
Width (W) = 83 in.
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 25 in. + 25 in. + 83 in. + 83 in.
P = 216 in.
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 216 in.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 6
_____ meters

Answer: 240

Explanation:
Given,
sides = 60 m
we know that the perimeter of a square is 4×s
P = 4×s
P = 4×60 m
P = 240 m
Therefore the perimeter of the above square is 240 m

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Troy is making a flag shaped like a square. Each side measures 12 inches. He wants to add ribbon along the edges. He has 36 inches of ribbon. Does he have enough ribbon? Explain.
_____

Answer: no. He needs 48 inches of ribbon.

Explanation:
Since each side is 12 inches, then multiply 12 by 4 since it’s a square and has 4 sides which make 48.
48 is bigger than 36.
Therefore, Troy does not have enough ribbon.

Question 8.
The width of the Ochoa Community Pool is 20 feet. The length is twice as long as its width. What is the perimeter of the pool?
_____ feet

Answer: 120

Explanation:

Width of the Ochoa community pool = 20 feet
Length is twice as long as its width = 2(20) = 40 feet
Use this formula to get perimeter = 2(w) + 2(L)
then the perimeter equals to = 2(20)+ 2(40)
P = 40 feet + 80 feet  = 120 feet
Therefore The perimeter of the pool is 120 feet.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 248

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the perimeter of a square window with sides 36 inches long?
Options:
a. 40 inches
b. 72 inches
c. 144 inches
d. 1,296 inches

Answer: 144 inches

Explanation:
Perimeter of a square = L + L + L + L = 4L
From the question given L=36 inches
substitute the value of L into the formula
Perimeter of a square (P)= L + L + L + L
P = 36 in. + 36 in.. +36 in.+ 36 in.
P =144 inches
Therefore the perimeter of a square window with sides 36 inches long is 144 inches.

Question 2.
What is the perimeter of the rectangle below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 7
Options:
a. 11 meters
b. 14 meters
c. 18 meters
d. 400 meters

Answer: 18 meters

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 5 m
Width (W) = 4 m
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 5 m + 5 m + 4 m + 4 m
P = 18 m
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 18 m
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which is the most reasonable estimate for the measure of the angle Natalie drew?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 8
Options:
a. 30°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 210°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:
Right angle: An angle of 90°, as in a corner of a square or at the intersection of two perpendicular straight lines.
As we can see in the figure, that an angle is made at the intersection of the two perpendicular straight lines, thus the figure will be definitely a right-angled figure.
Therefore, the measure of the angle Natalie draw is 90°.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Ethan has 3 pounds of mixed nuts. How many ounces of mixed nuts does Ethan have?
Options:
a. 30 ounces
b. 36 ounces
c. 48 ounces
d. 54 ounces

Answer: 48 ounces

Explanation:
Since we have given that
Number of pounds of mixed nuts = 3
As we know that
1 pound = 16 ounces
So, we need to find the number of ounces of mixed nuts Ethan has.
So, the number of ounces of mixed nuts Ethan have is given by
= 3 × 16
= 48 ounces
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
How many lines of symmetry does the shape below appear to have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 9
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. more than 2

Answer: 1

Explanation:
It has only one line of symmetry on the horizontal axis because it is an arrow.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Which of the following comparisons is correct?
Options:
a. 0.70 > 7.0
b. 0.7 = 0.70
c. 0.7 < 0.70
d. 0.70 = 0.07

Answer: 0.7 = 0.70
The decimal 0.7 and 0.70 are the same so the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 249

Area

Find the area of the rectangle or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 10

Answer: 108 Square feet

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 9 ft.
Breath (b) = 12 ft.
Area of the rectangle  A = b×h
A = 12 ft × 9 ft
A = 108 Square feet.
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 108 Square feet.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 11
_____ square yards

Answer: 64

Explanation:
Given,
Sides (s) = 8 yd
Area of the square. A = s×s
A = 8 yd × 8 yd
A = 64 Square yards
Therefore the Area of the square is 64 Square yards.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 12
______ square meters

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 3 m
Breath (b) = 15 m
Area of the rectangle or square. A = b×h
A = 3 m× 15 m
A = 45 Square meters
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 45 Square meters

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 13
______ square inches

Answer: 78

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 6 in.
Breath (b) = 13 in.
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
A = 6 in. × 13 in.
A = 78 square inches
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 78 square inches.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 14
______ square centimeters

Answer: 150 square cm

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 5 cm
Breath (b) = 30 cm
Area of the rectangle or square. A = b×h
A =  5 cm × 30 cm
A = 150 square centimeters
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 150 square centimeters.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 15
______ square feet

Answer: 56 square ft

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 4 ft
Breath (b) = 14 ft
Area of the rectangle or square. A = b×h
A = 4 ft × 14 ft
A = 56 square feet
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 56 square feet.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Meghan is putting wallpaper on a wall that measures 8 feet by 12 feet. How much wallpaper does Meghan need to cover the wall?
_____ square feet wallpaper

Answer: 96 square feet wallpaper

Explanation:
Given,
Length = 8 feet.
Width = 12 feet.
the area (area=length × width)
area=8 × 12
area=96 square feets.
Therefore the area is always expressed in units squared it would be 96 square feet of wallpaper.

Question 8.
Bryson is laying down sod in his yard to grow a new lawn. Each piece of sod is a 1-foot by 1-foot square. How many pieces of sod will Bryson need to cover his yard if his yard measures 30 feet by 14 feet?
_____ pieces

Answer: 420 pieces

Explanation:
Given,
length (l) = 30 ft
Breath (b) = 14 ft
Area of the rectangle or square. A = l×b
A = 30 ft × 14 ft
A = 420
Therefore 420 pieces of sod will Bryson need to cover his yard if his yard measures 30 feet by 14 feet.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 250

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ellie and Heather drew floor models of their living rooms. Ellie’s model represented 20 feet by 15 feet. Heather’s model represented 18 feet by 18 feet. Whose floor model represents the greater area? How much greater?
Options:
a. Ellie; 138 square feet
b. Heather; 24 square feet
c. Ellie; 300 square feet
d. Heather; 324 square feet

Answer: Heather; 24 square feet

Explanation:

Given,
Ellie’s model represented 20 feet by 15 feet.
Heather’s model represented 18 feet by 18 feet.
Length of Ellie’s model = 20 feet
Width of Ellie’s model = 15 feet
Area = Length × Breadth
A = 20 × 15
A = 300 ft²
Length of Heather’s model = 18 feet
Width of Heather’s model = 18 feet
Area = Length × Breadth
A= 18 × 18
A= 324 ft²
Therefore Heather’s model has a greater area by (324-300)= 24 sq.ft.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Tyra is laying down square carpet pieces in her photography studio. Each square carpet piece is 1 yard by 1 yard. If Tyra’s photography studio is 7 yards long and 4 yards wide, how many pieces of square carpet will Tyra need?
Options:
a. 10
b. 11
c. 22
d. 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:
Given,
Tyra’s photography studio  length is 7 yards
Tyra’s photography studio width is  4 yards
Area = Length × Breadth
Area = 7 yards × 4 yards
Area = 28 square yards
Therefore as Each square carpet piece is 1 yard by 1 yard. No.of pieces of square carpet Tyra needed is 28.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Typically, blood fully circulates through the human body 8 times each minute. How many times does blood circulate through the body in 1 hour?
Options:
a. 48
b. 240
c. 480
d. 4,800

Answer: 480

Explanation:
Given,
blood fully circulates through the human body 8 times each minute
one hour = 60 minutes
blood circulates through the body in 1 hour = 8 times × 60 minutes.
= 480 Times.
Therefore blood circulates through the body in 1 hour is 480 times.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Each of the 28 students in Romi’s class raised at least $25 during the jump-a-thon. What is the least amount of money the class raised?
Options:
a. $5,200
b. $700
c. $660
d. $196

Answer: $700

explanation:
If each of the 28 students made at least $25,
you would multiply 28 and 25 together to obtain the least amount of money the class raised.
That gets,
28×25 = 700.
Therefore The class made at least $700.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
What is the perimeter of the shape below if 1 square is equal to 1 square foot?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 16
Options:
a. 12 feet
b. 14 feet
c. 24 feet
d. 28 feet

Answer: 28 feet

Explanation:
From the above figure we can observe that there area 2 rows and 12 columns.
L = 12 feet
W = 2 feet
We know that perimeter of the rectangle is 2l + 2w
P = 2l + 2w
P = 2(12) + 2(2)
P = 24 feet + 4 feet
P = 28 feet
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Ryan is making small meat loaves. Each small meat loaf uses \(\frac{3}{4 }\) pound of meat. How much meat does Ryan need to make 8 small meat loaves?
Options:
a. 4 pounds
b. 6 pounds
c. 8 pounds
d. 10 \(\frac{2}{3}\) pounds

Answer: 6 pounds

Explanation:
Given,
3/4 pound=1 small meatloaf
So Multiply 3/4 pound by 8
because he wants to make 8 small meatloaves.
= 3/4 × 8
= 24/4 (24 divided by 4)
= 6 pounds
Therefore Ryan need 6 pounds to make 8 small meat loaves.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 251

Area of Combined Rectangles

Find the area of the combined rectangles.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 17

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 18
_____ square feet

Answer: 143

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 9 ft
W = 5 ft
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 9 ft × 5 ft = 45 sq. ft
Figure 2:
L = 14 ft
W = 7 ft
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 14 ft × 7 ft = 98 sq. ft
Area of the combined rectangles = 98 sq. ft + 45 sq. ft = 143 sq. ft.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 19
_____ square inches

Answer: 63

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 9 in.
W = 5 in.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 9 in. × 5 in. = 45 sq. in.
Figure 2:
L = 3 in.
W = 6 in.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 3 in. × 6 in. = 18 sq. in.
Area of the combined rectangles = 45 sq. in + 18 sq. in = 63 square inches.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 20
_____ square feet

Answer: 50 square feet

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 4 ft
W = 2 ft
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 4 ft × 2 ft = 8 sq. ft
Figure 2:
L = 6 ft
W = 7 ft
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 6 ft × 7 ft = 42 sq. ft
Area of the combined rectangles = 8 sq. ft + 42 sq. ft = 50 sq. ft.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 21
_____ square centimeters

Answer: 180 square centimeters

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 12 cm
W = 7 cm
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 12 cm × 7 cm = 84 sq. cm.
Figure 2:
L = 16 cm
W = 6 cm
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 16 cm × 6 cm = 96 sq. cm
Area of the combined rectangles = 84 sq. cm + 96 sq. cm = 180 square centimeters

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 22
______ square yards

Answer: 68

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 20 yd
W = 1 yd
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 20 yd × 1 yd = 20 sq. yd.
Figure 2:
L = 6 yard
W = 8 yard
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 6 yard × 8 yard = 48 sq. yard
Area of the combined rectangles = 20 sq. yd + 48 sq. yd = 68 square yards

Problem Solving

Use the diagram for 7–8.

Nadia makes the diagram below to represent the counter space she wants to build in her craft room.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 23

Question 7.
What is the area of the space that Nadia has shown for scrapbooking?
_____ square feet

Answer: 52

Explanation:
The length of the Scrapbooking is 13 ft
Width of the Scrapbooking is 4 ft
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 13 ft × 4 ft = 52 square feet
Thus the area of the space that Nadia has shown for scrapbooking is 52 square feet.

Question 8.
What is the area of the space she has shown for painting?
_____ square feet

Answer: 25

Explanation:
The area of the space shown for painting is square.
side = 5 ft
The area of the square is 5 ft × 5 ft = 25 sq. ft
Thus the area of the space she has shown for painting is 25 square feet.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 252

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the area of the combined rectangles below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 24
Options:
a. 136 square yards
b. 100 square yards
c. 76 square yards
d. 64 square yards

Answer: 76 square yards

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 8 yd
W = 5 yd
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 8 yd × 5 yd = 40 sq. yd.
Figure 2:
L = 12 yard
W = 3 yard
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 12 yard × 3 yard = 36 sq. yard
Area of the combined rectangles = 40 sq. yd + 36 sq. yd = 76 square yards
Therefore the correct option is c.

Question 2.
Marquis is redecorating his bedroom. What could Marquis use the area formula to find?
Options:
a. how much space should be in a storage box
b. what length of wood is needed for a shelf
c. the amount of paint needed to cover a wall
d. how much water will fill up his new aquarium

Answer: the amount of paint needed to cover a wall
The correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Giraffes are the tallest land animals. A male giraffe can grow as tall as 6 yards. How tall would the giraffe be in feet?
Options:
a. 2 feet
b. 6 feet
c. 12 feet
d. 18 feet

Answer: 18 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Giraffes are the tallest land animals. A male giraffe can grow as tall as 6 yards.
we have to find How tall would the giraffe be in feet
Converting from Yards to feet.
one Yard = 3 Feet.
So 6 yards = 6 × 3 feet
= 18 feet
Therefore the correct option is d.

Question 4.
Drew purchased 3 books for $24. The cost of each book was a multiple of 4. Which of the following could be the prices of the 3 books?
Options:
a. $4, $10, $10
b. $4, $8, $12
c. $5, $8, $11
d. $3, $7, $14

Answer: $4, $8, $12

Explanation:
Given,
Drew purchased 3 books for $24. The cost of each book was a multiple of 4.
To find the prices of the 3 books
The cost of one book is $4
the cost of two books is $4 × 2 = $8
The cost of three books is $4 × 3 = $12
Therefore the correct option is b.

Question 5.
Esmeralda has a magnet in the shape of a square. Each side of the magnet is 3 inches long. What is the perimeter of her magnet?
Options:
a. 3 inches
b. 7 inches
c. 9 inches
d. 12 inches

Answer: 12 inches

Explanation:
Given,
Esmeralda has a magnet in the shape of a square.
Each side of the magnet is 3 inches long.
To find the perimeter of her magnet
P = 4 × s
P = 4 × 3 in.
P = 12 in.
Therefore the correct option is d.

Question 6.
What is the area of the rectangle below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 25
Options:
a. 63 square feet
b. 32 square feet
c. 18 square feet
d. 16 square feet

Answer: 63 square feet

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 7 ft.
Breath (b) = 9 ft.
Area of the rectangle  A = b×h
A = 7 ft × 9 ft
A = 63 Square feet.
The Area of the rectangle is 63 Square feet.
Therefore the correct option is a.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 253

Find Unknown Measures

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 26
Perimeter = 54 feet
width = 7 feet
Think: P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
54 = (2 × 20) + (2 × w)
54 = 40 + (2 × w)
Since 54 = 40 + 14, 2 × w = 14, and w = 7.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 27
Perimeter = 42 meters
length = _____ meters

Answer: 12 meters

Explanation:
Given
Perimeter = 42 meters
width = 9 m
To find Length (l) of the rectangle
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
42 = (2 × l ) + (2 × 9)
42 = 2l + 18
2l = 42 – 18
2l = 24
l = 24/2
l = 12 m
Thus the length of the above rectangle is 12 m

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 28
Area = 28 square centimeters
height = _____ centimeters

Answer: 7 centimeters

Explanation:
Given
Area = 28 square centimeters
length  = 4 cm
To find Height (w) of the rectangle
A = l × w
28 = 4 cm × w
w = 28/4
w = 7 cm
Thus the height of the above rectangle is 7 cm

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 29
Area = 200 square inches
base = _____ inches

Answer: 8 inches

Explanation:
Given
Area = 200 square inches
width  = 25 in.
To find Base (b) of the rectangle
A = w × b
200 = 25 in. × b
b = 200/25
b = 8 inches
Thus the base of the above rectangle is 8 inches

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Susie is an organic vegetable grower. The perimeter of her rectangular vegetable garden is 72 yards. The width of the vegetable garden is 9 yards. How long is the vegetable garden?
length = _____ yards

Answer: 27 yards

Explanation:
Given,
The perimeter (P) of her rectangular vegetable garden is 72 yards.
The width (w) of the vegetable garden is 9 yards.
to find length (l)
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
72 yards  = (2 × l ) + (2 × 9 yards)
72 = 2l + 18
2l = 72 – 18
2l = 54
l = 54/2
l = 27 yards
Therefore length = 27 yards

Question 6.
An artist is creating a rectangular mural for the Northfield Community Center. The mural is 7 feet tall and has an area of 84 square feet. What is the length of
the mural?
length = _____ feet

Answer: 12 feet

Explanation:
Given,
The mural is 7 feet (w) tall and has an area of 84 square feet(A).
To find the length (l)
A = l × w
84 = l × 7
l = 84 /7
l= 12 feets
Therefore the length is 12 feets

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 254

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The area of a rectangular photograph is 35 square inches. If the width of the photo is 5 inches, how tall is the photo?
Options:
a. 5 inches
b. 7 inches
c. 25 inches
d. 30 inches

Answer: 7 inches

Explanation:
Given,
The area of a rectangular photograph is 35 square inches (A)
The width of the photo is 5 inches (w)
To find how tall is the photo (l)
A= l × b
35 square in. = l × 5 in.
l = 35/5
l = 7 inches
Therefore the photo height is 7 inches.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Natalie used 112 inches of blue yarn as a border around her rectangular bulletin board. If the bulletin board is 36 inches wide, how long is it?
Options:
a. 20 inches
b. 38 inches
c. 40 inches
d. 76 inches

Answer: 20 inches

Explanation:
Given width is 36 in and the total inches used was 112.
To find length
Perimeter of Rectangle = 2(L + W)
Your equation is, 2(L + 36) = 112
Solving for L:
2(L + 36) = 112
L + 36 = 112 / 2
L + 36 = 56
L = 56 – 36
L = 20
Therefore the correct option is a.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A professional basketball court is in the shape of a rectangle. It is 50 feet wide and 94 feet long. A player ran one time around the edge of the court. How far did the player run?
Options:
a. 144 feet
b. 194 feet
c. 238 feet
d. 288 feet

Answer: 288 feet

Explanation:
Given, the basketball court is 50 feet wide and 94 feet long
The perimeter of the rectangle(P) is given by:
P = 2(length + width)
50 + 94 = 144
144 x 2 = 288
The player ran 288 feet
Therefore the correct option is d.

Question 4.
On a compass, due east is a \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise from due north. How many degrees are in a \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 60°
c. 90°
d. 180°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:
We have been given that on a compass, due east is a 1/4 turn clockwise from due north.
Since we know that a compass is in form of a circle and the measure of degrees in a circle is 360 degrees.
To find the number of degrees in a one-fourth turn, we will divide 360° by 4.
Number of degrees in a 1/4 turn of compass = 360°/4
Number of degrees in a 1/4 turn of compass = 90°
Therefore, there are 90 degrees in a 1/4 turn of the compass.
The correct option is c.

Question 5.
Hakeem’s frog made three quick jumps. The first was 1 meter. The second jump was 85 centimeters. The third jump was 400 millimeters. What was the total length of the frog’s three jumps?
Options:
a. 189 centimeters
b. 225 centimeters
c. 486 centimeters
d. 585 millimeters

Answer: 225 centimeters

Explanation:
Given:
distance of first jump = d1= 1 meter
distance of second jump = d2 = 85 centimeters
distance of third jump = d3 = 400 millimeters
This problem is about the conversion unit of length.
We have to recall that :
1 m = 100 cm
1 m = 1000 mm
Total distance = d = d1 + d2 + d3
d = 1 m + 85 m + 400 mm
d = 1 m + 85/100 m + 400/1000 m
d = 2.25  × 100 cm
d = 225 centimeters
Therefore the correct option is b.

Question 6.
Karen colors in squares on a grid. She colored \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the squares blue and \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the squares red. What fraction of the squares are not colored in?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
since karen colored in 1/8 and 5/8 you add the numerators to get 6/8 you subtract the 8/8 the whole grid from 6/8 to get 2/8
⇒ 1/8 + 5/8 = 6/8
⇒ 8/8 – 6/8 = 2/8
= 1/4
There fore the correct option is b.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 255

Problem Solving Find the Area

Solve each problem.

Question 1.
A room has a wooden floor. There is a rug in the center of the floor. The diagram shows the room and the rug. How many square feet of the wood floor still shows?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 30
82 square feet
Area of the floor: 13 × 10 = 130 square feet
Area of the rug: 8 × 6 = 48 square feet
Subtract to find the area of the floor still showing: 130 – 48 = 82 square feet

Question 2.
A rectangular wall has a square window, as shown in the diagram.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 31
What is the area of the wall NOT including the window?
The area of the wall NOT including the window = _____ square feet

Answer: 96 square feet

Explanation:
The area of the square window is 4 ft × 4 ft = 16 square feet.
Area of the rectangle = 14 ft × 8 ft = 112 square feet
Now we have to find the area of the wall NOT including the window
112 square feet – 16 square feet = 96 square feet
Thus the area of the wall NOT including the window is 96 square feet.

Question 3.
Bob wants to put down new sod in his backyard, except for the part set aside for his flower garden. The diagram shows Bob’s backyard and the flower garden.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 32
How much sod will Bob need?
The area covered with new sod = _____ square yards

Answer: 235 square yards

Explanation:
The area of the non-shaded rectangle is 5 yd × 9 yd = 45 square yards.
The area of the rectangle is 20 yd × 14 yd = 280 square yard
The area covered with new sod is 280 square yard – 45 square yard = 235 square yards.

Question 4.
A rectangular painting is 24 inches wide and 20 inches tall without the frame. With the frame, it is 28 inches wide and 24 inches tall. What is the area of the frame not covered by the painting?
The area of the frame = _____ square inches

Answer: 192 square inches

Explanation:
area of painting without frame
A1 = l × b
= 24 x 20
= 480 square inches
area of painting with frame
A2 = l × b
=28×24
=672 square inches
area of the frame not covered by paint
=area with frame(A1) – area without frame(A2)
=672 – 480
=192
Therefore the area of the frame is 192 square inches

Question 5.
One wall in Jeanne’s bedroom is 13 feet long and 8 feet tall. There is a door 3 feet wide and 6 feet tall. She has a poster on the wall that is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall. How much of the wall is visible?
The area of the wall visible = _____ square feet

Answer: 80

Explanation:
One wall in Jeanne’s bedroom is 13 feet long and 8 feet tall.
There is a door 3 feet wide and 6 feet tall.
She has a poster on the wall that is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall.
13 × 8 is 104. 104 – (3×6) and -(2 × 3) is 80
Thus the area of the wall visible is 80 square feet.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 256

Lesson Check

Question 1.
One wall in Zoe’s bedroom is 5 feet wide and 8 feet tall. Zoe puts up a poster of her favorite athlete. The poster is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall. How much of the wall is not covered by the poster?
Options:
a. 16 square feet
b. 34 square feet
c. 35 square feet
d. 46 square feet

Answer: 34 square feet

Explanation:
One wall in Zoe’s bedroom is 5 feet wide and 8 feet tall.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 5 feet × 8 feet
A = 40 square feet
Zoe puts up a poster of her favorite athlete. The poster is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 2 feet × 3 feet
S = 6 square feet
To find:
How much of the wall is not covered by the poster, we need to subtract 6 square feet from 40 square feet
40 square feet – 6 square feet = 34 square feet
Thus the are of the wall is not covered by the poster is 34 square feet.
The correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
A garage door is 15 feet wide and 6 feet high. It is painted white, except for a rectangular panel 1 foot high and 9 feet wide that is brown. How much of the garage door is white?
Options:
a. 22 square feet
b. 70 square feet
c. 80 square feet
d. 81 square feet

Answer: 81 square feet

Explanation:
Given that the garage door is 15 feet wide and 6 feet high.
W = 15 feet
H = 6 feet
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 6 feet × 15 feet
A = 90 square feet
It is painted white, except for a rectangular panel 1 foot high and 9 feet wide that is brown.
H = 1 foot
W = 9 feet
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 1 feet × 9 feet
A = 9 feet
To find:
How much of the garage door is white, we need to subtract 9 feet from 90 feet.
90 feet – 9 feet = 81 feet.
Thus the area of the garage door is white is 81 square feet.
The correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Kate baked a rectangular cake for a party. She used 42 inches of frosting around the edges of the cake. If the cake was 9 inches wide, how long was the cake?
Options:
a. 5 inches
b. 12 inches
c. 24 inches
d. 33 inches

Answer: 12 inches

Explanation:
Given,
Kate baked a rectangular cake for a party. She used 42 inches of frosting around the edges of the cake.
The width of the cake is 9 inches.
9 + 9 = 18
42 – 18 = 24
24 / 2 = 12
the length is 12 inches
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Larry, Mary, and Terry each had a full glass of juice. Larry drank \(\frac{3}{4}\) of his. Mary drank \(\frac{3}{8}\) of hers. Terry drank \(\frac{7}{10}\) of his. Who drank less than \(\frac{1}{2}\) of their juice?
Options:
a. Larry
b. Mary
c. Mary and Terry
d. Larry and Terry

Answer: Mary
Mary drank the least because when half of 8 is \(\frac{4}{8}\).
The correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Which of the following statements is NOT true about the numbers 7 and 9?
Options:
a. 7 is a prime number.
b. 9 is a composite number.
c. 7 and 9 have no common factors other than 1.
d. 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9.

Answer: 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9.

Explanation:
Statement 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9 is false because 27 is not the multiple of 7.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Tom and some friends went to a movie. The show started at 2:30 P.M. and ended at 4:15 P.M. How long did the movie last?
Options:
a. 1 hour 35 minutes
b. 1 hour 45 minutes
c. 1 hour 55 minutes
d. 2 hours 15 minutes

Answer: 1 hour 45 minutes

Explanation:
Given,
Tom and some friends went to a movie. The show started at 2:30 P.M. and ended at 4:15 P.M.
Subtract ending time and starting time.
4 hr 15 min
-2 hr 30 min
1 hr 45 min
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Common Core – Algebra: Perimeter and Area – Page No. 257

Lesson 13.1

Find the perimeter of the rectangle or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 33
P =____ ft

Answer: 50

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 16 ft
Width (W) = 9 ft
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 16 ft + 16 ft + 9 ft + 9 ft
P = 50 ft
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 50 ft

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 34
P =____ in.

Answer: 52

Explanation:
Given,
sides = 13 in.
we know that the perimeter of a square is 4×s
P = 4 × 13 in.
P = 4 × 13 in.
P = 52 in.
Therefore the perimeter of the above square is 52 in.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 35
P =____ cm

Answer: 130

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 40 cm
Width (W) = 25 cm
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 40 cm + 40 cm + 25 cm + 25 cm
P = 130 cm
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 130 cm.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 36
P =____ m

Answer: 68

Explanation:
Given,
Length (L) = 16 m
Width (W) = 18 m
we know that the perimeter of a Rectangle is L + L+ W + W
P = L + L+ W + W
P = 16 m+ 16 m+ 18 m+ 18 m
P = 68 m
Therefore the perimeter of the above Rectangle is 68 m.

Lesson 13.2

Find the area of the rectangle or square.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 37
A = ____ square inches

Answer: 180

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 15 in.
Breath (b) = 12 in.
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
A = 12 in. × 15 in.
A = 180 square inches
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 180 square inches.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 38
A = ____ square yards

Answer: 300

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 15 yd
Breath (b) = 20 yd
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
A = 15 yd. × 20 yd
A = 300 square yard
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 300 square yards.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 39
A = ____ square km

Answer: 25

Explanation:
Given,
Sides (s) = 5 km
Area of the square. A = s×s
A = 5 km × 5 km
A = 25 Square km
Therefore the Area of the square is 25 square km.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 40
A = ____ square ft

Answer: 98

Explanation:
Given,
Height (h) = 14 ft
Breath (b) = 7 ft
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
A = 14 ft. × 7 ft
A = 98 square ft
Therefore the Area of the rectangle is 98 square ft.

Page No: 258

Lesson 13.3

Find the area of the combined rectangles.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 41
A = ____ square cm

Answer: 116 square cm

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 6 cm
Area of the square = s × s
A = 6 cm × 6 cm = 36 sq. cm.
Figure 2:
L = 10 cm
W = 8 cm
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 10 cm × 8 cm = 80 sq. cm
Area of the combined rectangles = 36 sq. cm + 80 sq. cm = 116 square centimeters

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 42
A = ____ square in.

Answer: 112 square in.

Explanation:
Divide the figure into two parts
Figure 1:
L = 8 in.
W = 4 in.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 8 in. × 4 in. = 32 sq. in.
Figure 2:
L = 4 in.
W = 12 in.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 4 in. × 12 in. = 48 sq. in.
Figure 3:
L = 8 in.
W = 4 in.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 8 in. × 4 in. = 32 sq. in.
Area of the combined rectangles = 32 sq. in + 48 sq. in + 32 sq. in. = 112 square inches.

Lesson 13.4

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 43
base = ____ feet

Answer: 25 feet

Explanation:
A = 375 sq. ft
h = 15 ft
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
375 sq. ft = b × 15 ft
b = 375/15 = 25 ft
Thus the base of the figure is 25 ft.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - Algebra: Perimeter and Area img 44
height = ____ mi

Answer: 8 mi

Explanation:
A = 56 sq. mi
b = 7 mi
Area of the rectangle =  A = b×h
56 sq. mi = 7 mi × h
h = 56/7= 8 mi
Thus the height of the figure is 8 mi.

Lesson 13.5

Solve.

Question 5.
Jeanette is painting a rectangular wall that is 10 feet long and 8 feet tall. There is a window that is 5 feet wide and 3 feet tall on the wall. What is the area of the wall that Jeannette will paint?
____ square feet

Answer: 65 square feet

Explanation:
Given,
Jeanette is painting a rectangular wall that is 10 feet long and 8 feet tall.
There is a window that is 5 feet wide and 3 feet tall on the wall.
8 times 10 is eighty, then you need to subtract 3 times 5 (which is 15), and that makes it 65 feet squared.
80 sq. ft – 15 sq. ft = 65 square feet

Question 6.
Rob has a combined flower and vegetable garden that is 9 meters long and 11 meters wide. The flower garden is in the center and is a square with sides of 3 meters. How many square meters of the garden is used for vegetables?
____ square meters

Answer: 90 square meters

Explanation:
First, you would need to find the area of both the FULL veggie garden and flower garden.
Veggie Garden = 9×11 = 99
Flower Garden = 3×3 = 9
Then you would subtract the area of the veggie garden by the area of the flower garden.
99 – 9 = 90 meters squared

Conclusion:

Just solve all exercise questions and cross-check your solutions from Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 13  Algebra Perimeter and Area. Like this, you can easily examine your strengths and weaknesses and focus on the areas you are faltering. Step-by-step Solutions presented here in the 4th Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter Algebra Perimeter and Area useful for homework help and gain subject knowledge perfectly.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

go-math-grade-4-chapter-3-multiply-2-digit-numbers-answer-key

Parents are you searching for the best answer key resource to practice all the concepts of multiplication then here it is Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers. It aids your kid’s preparation and makes them grasp all the concepts clearly. One of the best ways to learn the grade 4 Ch 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers basics in primary schools is by referring to the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key.

However, it also supports students of grade 4 to overcome the difficulties of the basics of maths by presenting the Answer Key for Go Math Grade 4 Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

Remember that Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers are available in pdf format here to download easily and access them for free. So, check out the respective topic of Go Math grade 4 ch 3 Solutions key and learn the techniques by referring to the subject experts’ designed step by steps explanations. Just click on the link and solve complex questions with simple techniques.

Lesson: 1 – Multiply by Tens

Lesson: 2 – Estimate Products

Lesson: 3 – Investigate • Area Models and Partial Products

Lesson: 4 – Multiply Using Partial Products

Lesson: 5 – Multiply with Regrouping

Lesson: 6 – Choose a Multiplication Method

Lesson: 7 – Problem Solving • Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

Lesson: 8

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 51

Multiply by Tens

Choose a method. Then find the product.

Question 1.
16 × 60 = 960
Use the halving-and-doubling strategy.
Find half of 16: 16 ÷ 2 = 8.
Multiply this number by 60: 8 × 60 = 480
Double this result: 2 × 480 = 960

Question 2.
80 × 22 = _____

Answer: 1760

Explanation:
By using the place value method, Multiply 80 × 22
You can think of 80 as 8 tens
80 × 22 = (22 × 8) tens
= 176 tens
= 176 × 10 = 1760
80 × 22 = 1760

Question 3.
30 × 52 = _____

Answer: 1560

Explanation:
Use the Associative Property
You can think of 30 as 3 × 10
30 × 52 = (3 × 10) × 52
= 3 × (10 × 52)
= 3 × 520
= 1560
30 × 52 = 1560

Question 4.
60 × 20 = _____

Answer: 1200

Explanation:
60 × 20
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 60 to make the problem simpler
60/ 2 = 30
Multiply 30 with 20
30 × 20 = 600
Double the 600
2 × 600= 1200
60 × 20 = 1200

Question 5.
40 × 35 = _____

Answer: 1400

Explanation:
By using the Associative Property 40 × 35
You can think of 40 as 4 × 10
40 × 35 = (4 × 10) × 35
= 4 × (10 × 35)
= 4 × 350
= 1400
40 × 35 = 1400

Question 6.
10 × 90 = _____

Answer: 900

Explanation:
By using the place value method, Multiply 10 x 90
You can think of 90 as 9 tens
10 × 90 = (10 × 9) tens
= 90 tens
= 10 × 90 = 900

Question 7.
31 × 50 = _____

Answer: 1,550

Explanation:
Use the place value method to multiply 31 × 50
You can think of 50 as 5 tens
31 × 50 = 31 × 5 tens
= 155 tens
= 1,550
31 × 50 = 1,550

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Kenny bought 20 packs of baseball cards. There are 12 cards in each pack. How many cards did Kenny buy?
_____ cards

Answer: 240 cards

Explanation:
From the given data,
Kenny bought 20 packs of basketball cards
There are 12 cards in each pack = 12 × 20 cards
Use the associative property
You can write 20 as 2 × 10
12 × 20 = 12 × (2 × 10)
= (12 × 2) × 10
= (24) × 10
= 240 cards
Kenny bought 240 cards

Question 9.
The Hart family drove 10 hours to their vacation spot. They drove an average of 48 miles each hour. How many miles did they drive in all?
_____ miles

Answer: 480 miles

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Hart family drove 10 hours to their vacation spot
The average speed per each hour is = 48 miles
Total miles = 48 × 10
Use the halving and doubling strategy
Half of the 48 to make the problem simpler
48/ 2 = 24
Multiply 24 with 10 = 24 × 10 = 240
Double the value = 2 × 240 = 480 miles
Total miles drove by hart family = 480 miles.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 52

Lesson Check

Question 1.
For the school play, 40 rows of chairs are set up. There are 22 chairs in each row. How many chairs are there in all?
Options:
a. 800
b. 840
c. 880
d. 8,800

Answer: 880

Explanation:
As per the given data
For the school play, 40 rows of chairs are available. 22 chairs are available in each row.
Then total chairs in school play are = 22 × 40
By using the place value method
You can think of 40 as 4 tens
22 × 40 = 22 × 4 tens
= 88 tens
= 880
Total chairs in school are = 880
Thus the answer is option c.

Question 2.
At West School, there are 20 classrooms. Each classroom has 20 students. How many students are at West School?
Options:
a. 40
b. 400
c. 440
d. 4,000

Answer: 400

Explanation:
From the given data,
Total classrooms in west school = 20
Number of students per each classroom = 20
Then, total students at West School = 20 × 20
By using the associative property
You can think of 20 as 2 × 10
20 × 20 = 20 × (2 × 10)
= (20 × 2) × 10
=(40) × 10
=400
Total number of students at West School = 400
Thus the answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Alex has 48 stickers. This is 6 times the number of stickers Max has. How many stickers does Max have?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:
As per the give data,
Alex has 48 stickers
That means, X= 48
This is 6 times the number of stickers max has = Y = 6X = 48
Then, number of stickers with Max = Y = X = 48/6 = 8
Number of stickers with Max = Y = 8 Stickers.
Thus the answer is option c.

Question 4.
Ali’s dog weighs 8 times as much as her cat. Together, the two pets weigh 54 pounds. How much does Ali’s dog weigh?
Options:
a. 6 pounds
b. 42 pounds
c. 46 pounds
d. 48 pounds

Answer: 48 pounds

Explanation:
From the given data,
Ali’s cat weight = X
Ali’s dog weight = 8 times as much as Ali’s cat = 8X
Together, the two pets weight = (X + 8X) = 54 pounds
9X = 54 pounds
X = 54/9 pounds = 6 pounds
Then, Ali’s dog weight = 8X =8 x 6 = 48 pounds.
Thus the answer is option d.

Question 5.
Allison has 3 containers with 25 crayons in each. She also has 4 boxes of markers with 12 markers in each box. She gives 10 crayons to a friend. How many crayons and markers does Allison have now?
Options:
a. 34
b. 113
c. 123
d. 133

Answer: 113

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Allison has 3 containers with 25 crayons in each = X = 3 × 25 = 75
Allison has 4 boxes of markers with 12 markers in each box = Y = 4 × 12 = 48
Allison gives 10 crayons to a friend = Z = 75 – 10 = 65
Now, total number of crayons and markers with Allison = Y + Z = 48 + 65 = 113
Thus the answer is option b.

Question 6.
The state of Utah covers 82,144 square miles. The state of Montana covers 145,552 square miles. What is the total area of the two states?
Options:
a. 63,408 square miles
b. 223,408 square miles
c. 227,696 square miles
d. 966,992 square miles

Answer: 227,696 square miles

Explanation:
From the given data,
The state of Utah covers 82,144 square miles
The state of Montana covers 145,552 square miles
Then, Total area of the two states = 82,144 + 145,552
The total area of two states = 227,696 square miles.
Thus the answer is option c.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 53

Estimate Products

Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 1.
38 × 21
38 × 21
↓        ↓
40 × 20
800

Question 2.
63 × 19
Estimate: _______

Answer: 1200

Explanation:
63     19
↓        ↓
60     20
Use mental math
60 × 20 = 1200

Question 3.
27 × $42
Estimate: _______

Answer: 1200

Explanation:
27     42
↓        ↓
30      40
Use mental math
30 × $40 = $1200

Question 4.
73 × 67
Estimate: _______

Answer: 4900

Explanation:
73      67

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
70      70
Use mental math
70 × 70 = 4900

Question 5.
37 × $44
Estimate: _______

Answer: 1600

Explanation:
37     44
↓        ↓
40     40
Use mental math
40 × $40 = $1600

Question 6.
85 × 71
Estimate: _______

Answer: 6300

Explanation:
85     71
↓        ↓
90     70
Use mental math
90 × 70 = 6300

Question 7.
88 × 56
Estimate: _______

Answer: 5400

Explanation:
88     56
↓        ↓
90      60
Use mental math
90 × 60 = 5400

Question 8.
97 × 13
Estimate: _______

Answer: 1000

Explanation:
97     13
↓        ↓
100    10
Use mental math
100 × 10 = 1000

Question 9.
92 × 64
Estimate: _______

Answer: 5400

Explanation:
92     64
↓        ↓
90      60
Use mental math
90 × 60 = 5400

Problem Solving

Question 10.
A dime has a diameter of about 18 millimeters. About how many millimeters long would a row of 34 dimes be?
about ______ millimeters

Answer:

about 600 millimeters

Explanation:
From the given data,
A dime has a diameter of about 18 millimeters
Then, 34 dimes diameter = 18 × 34
18 x 34
↓        ↓
20 × 30 = 600
So, 34 dimes have a diameter of about 600 millimeters long

Question 11.
A half-dollar has a diameter of about 31 millimeters. About how many millimeters long would a row of 56 half-dollars be?
about ______ millimeters

Answer: 1800 millimeters

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A half – dollar has a diameter of about 31 millimeters
Then, 56 half-dollars diameter = 31 × 56
31     56
↓        ↓
30     60
So, 56 half-dollars have a diameter of about 1800 millimeters long.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 54

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which is the best estimate for the product
43 × 68?
Options:
a. 3,500
b. 2,800
c. 2,400
d. 280

Answer: 2,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens
43 × 68
↓        ↓
40 × 70
Use mental math
4 × 7 = 28
40 × 70 = 2800
Estimated product of 43 × 68 = 2800
The correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Marissa burns 93 calories each time she plays fetch with her dog. She plays fetch with her dog once a day. About how many calories will Marissa burn playing fetch with her dog in 28 days?
Options:
a. 4,000
b. 2,700
c. 2,000
d. 270

Answer: 2,700

Explanation:
From the given data,
Marissa burned calories each time when she plays fetch with her dog= 93 calories
Then, Marissa burned calories in 28 days while playing fetch with her dog = 28 × 93
Round to the nearest tens
28 × 93
↓        ↓
30 × 90
Then, estimated burned calories in 28 days by Marissa = 2700 calories
The correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Use the model to find 3 × 126.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core - Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 1
Options:
a. 368
b. 378
c. 468
d. 478

Answer: 378

Explanation:
From the above Figure,
3 × 126 = 3 × 100 + 3 × 20 + 3 × 6
= 300 + 60 + 18
= 378
3 × 126 = 378
The correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
A store sells a certain brand of jeans for $38. One day, the store sold 6 pairs of jeans of that brand. How much money did the store make from selling the 6 pairs of jeans?
Options:
a. $188
b. $228
c. $248
d. $288

Answer: $228

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A store sells a certain brand of jeans for rupees = $38
One day, the store sold 6 pairs of jeans of that brand = 6 × $38
6 × $38 = $228
The total amount of 6 pairs of jeans = $228
The correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
The Gateway Arch in St. Louis, Missouri, weighs about 20,000 tons. Which amount could be the exact number of tons the Arch weighs?
Options:
a. 31,093 tons
b. 25,812 tons
c. 17,246 tons
d. 14,096 tons

Answer: 17,246 tons

Explanation:
From the given data,
The Gateway Arch in St.Louis, Missouri weight = about 20,000 tons
From the available options, 17,246 tons is closer to 20,000 tons
Then, the exact number of tons the Arch weighs = 17,246 tons
The correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Which is another name for 23 ten thousands?
Options:
a. 23,000,000
b. 2,300,000
c. 230,000
d. 23,000

Answer: 230,000

Explanation:
As per the data,
Another name for 23 ten thousands = 23 × 10,000
= 230,000
Another name for 23 ten thousand = 230,000
The correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 55

Area Models and Partial Products

Draw a model to represent the product.
Then record the product.

Question 1.
13 × 42
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core - Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 2

Question 2.
18 × 34 = _____

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 1. jpg
300 + 40 + 240 + 32 = 612

Question 3.
22 × 26 = _____

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 2. jpg

400 + 120 + 40 + 12 = 572

Question 4.
15 × 33 = _____

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 3. jpg

300 + 30 + 150 + 15 = 495

Question 5.
23 × 29 = _____

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 4. jpg

400 + 180 + 60 + 27 = 667

Question 6.
19 × 36 = _____

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 5. jpg

300 + 60 + 270 + 54 = 684

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Sebastian made the following model to find the product 17 × 24.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core - Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 3
Is his model correct? Explain.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: no
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 6. jpg

200 + 40 + 140 + 28 = 408

Question 8.
Each student in Ms. Sike’s kindergarten class has a box of crayons. Each box has 36 crayons. If there are 18 students in Ms. Sike’s class, how many crayons are
there in all?
_____ crayons

Answer: 648 crayons

Explanation:
From the given information,
Each student in Ms.Sike’s kindergarten class has a box of crayons
Crayons in each box = 36 Crayons
Number of students in Mr.Sike’s class = 18 students
Total crayons = 18 × 36
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 7. jpg

300 + 60 + 240 + 48 = 648

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 56

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which product does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core - Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 4
Options:
a. 161
b. 230
c. 340
d. 391

Answer: 391

Explanation:
200 + 30 + 140 + 21 = 391
17 × 23 = 391
The correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Which product does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core - Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 5
Options:
a. 219
b. 225
c. 244
d. 275

Answer: 225

Explanation:
130 + 20 + 65 + 10 = 225
15 × 15 = 225
The correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mariah builds a tabletop using square tiles. There are 12 rows of tiles and 30 tiles in each row. How many tiles in all does Mariah use?
Options:
a. 100
b. 180
c. 360
d. 420

Answer: 360

Explanation:
From the given data,
Mariah builds a tabletop using square tiles
Square contains 12 rows of tiles and 30 tiles in each row = 12 × 30
12 × 30 = 360 tiles
Total tiles used by Mariah = 360 tiles
The correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Trevor bakes 8 batches of biscuits, with 14 biscuits in each batch. He sets aside 4 biscuits from each batch for a bake sale and puts the rest in a jar. How many biscuits does Trevor put in the jar?
Options:
a. 112
b. 80
c. 50
d. 32

Answer: 80

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Number of biscuits baked by Trevor = 8 batches
Number of biscuits in each batch = 14 biscuits
So, total biscuits = 14 × 8 = 112
Trevor sets aside 4 biscuits from each batch for a bake = 8 × 4 = 32 biscuits are aside for a bake
Trevor kept rest of biscuits in a jar = 112 – 32 = 80
So, 80 biscuits are put in the jar by Trevor.
The correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Li feeds her dog 3 cups of food each day. About how many cups of food does her dog eat in 28 days?
Options:
a. 60 cups
b. 70 cups
c. 80 cups
d. 90 cups

Answer: 80 cups

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Li feeds her dog per day = 3 cups of food
Then, Li feeds her dog for 28 days = 3 × 28 = 84 cups of food
So, Li feeds her dog with 84 cups of food in 28 days.
The correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Which symbol makes the number sentence true?
4 ■ 0 = 0
Options:
a. +
b. –
c. ×
d. ÷

Answer: ×

Explanation:
4 x 0 = 0

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 57

Multiply Using Partial Products

Record the product.

Question 1.
2 3
× 7 9
1, 4 0 0
———
2 1 0
1 8 0
+ 2 7
———
1, 8 17

Question 2.
5 6
× 3 2
———
________

Answer: 1,792

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 7

Question 3.
8 7
× 6 4
———
________

Answer: 5,568

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 8

Question 4.
3 3
× 2 5
———
________

Answer: 825

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 9

Question 5.
9 4
× 1 2
———
________

Answer: 1,128

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 10

Question 6.
5 1
× 7 7
———
________

Answer: 3,927

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 11

Question 7.
6 9
× 4 9
———
________

Answer: 3,381

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 12

Question 8.
8 6
× 8 4
———
________

Answer: 7,224

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 13

Question 9.
9 8
× 4 2
———
________

Answer: 4,116

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 14

Question 10.
7 3
× 3 7
———
________

Answer: 2,701

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 15

Question 11.
8 5
× 5 1
———
________

Answer: 4,335

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 16

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Evelyn drinks 8 glasses of water a day, which is 56 glasses of water a week. How many glasses of water does she drink in a year? (1 year = 52 weeks)
______ glasses

Answer: 2,912 glasses

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Evelyn drinks 8 glasses of water a day
Evelyn drinks water per week = 56 glasses
Then, the number of glasses per 52 weeks = 52 × 56
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 17
Total number of glasses of water drink by Evelyn per year = 2912 glasses of water

Question 13.
Joe wants to use the Hiking Club’s funds to purchase new walking sticks for each of its 19 members. The sticks cost $26 each. The club has $480. Is this enough money to buy each member a new walking stick? If not, how much more money is needed?
Is the money enough? ________
How much more is needed? ________

Answer:
This amount is not enough to buy walking sticks
Still, $14 amount is needed to buy walking sticks

Explanation:
From the given data,
Joe wants to use the Hiking club funds to purchase new walking sticks for each of its 19 members
Cost per each stick = $26
Total walking sticks cost per 19 members = $26 × 19
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 18

Total cost for walking sticks for 19 members = $494
The club has = $480
This amount is not enough to buy walking sticks.
Still, $14 amount is needed to buy walking sticks.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 58

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A carnival snack booth made $76 selling popcorn in one day. It made 22 times as much selling cotton candy. How much money did the snack booth make selling
cotton candy?
Options:
a. $284
b. $304
c. $1,562
d. $1,672

Answer: $1,672

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A carnival snack booth made popcorn in one day = $76
It made 22 times as much selling cotton candy
Then, total selling cotton candy made by snack booth = $76 × 22
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 19

So, $1672 money snack booth will get for selling cotton candy.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
What are the partial products of
42 × 28?
Options:
a. 800, 80, 40, 16
b. 800, 16
c. 800, 40, 320, 16
d. 80, 16

Answer: 800, 40, 320, 16

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 20

So, partial products of 42 x 28 are 800, 40, 320, 16
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Last year, the city library collected 117 used books for its shelves. This year, it collected 3 times as many books. How many books did it collect this year?
Options:
a. 832
b. 428
c. 351
d. 72

Answer: 351

Explanation:
From the given data,
Last year, the number of used books collected by the city library by its shelves = 117 books
This year, it collected 3 times as many books = 3 × 117 =351 books
Total number of books collected by the city library for this year = 351 books
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Washington Elementary has 232 students. Washington High has 6 times as many students. How many students does Washington High have?
Options:
a. 1,392
b. 1,382
c. 1,292
d. 1,281

Answer: 1,392

Explanation:
As per the given data,
The number of students in Washington elementary = 232 students
Washington High has 6 times as many students = 6 x 232 = 1392
Total number of students in Washington High = 1392 students
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
What are the partial products of 35 × 7?
Options:
a. 10, 12
b. 21, 35
c. 210, 35
d. 350, 21

Answer: 210, 35

Explanation:
Partial products of 35 x 7 are 210, 35
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Shelby has ten $5 bills and thirteen $10 bills. How much money does Shelby have in all?
Options:
a. $15
b. $60
c. $63
d. $180

Answer: $180

Explanation:
From the given data,
Shelby has ten $5 bills and thirteen $10 bills = (10 x $5) + (13 x $10)
= ($50) + ($130)
=$180
Total money with Shelby = $180
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 59

Multiply with Regrouping
Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 1.
Estimate: 2,700
Think: 87 is close to 90 and 32 is close to 30.
90 × 30 = 2,700
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core - Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 6

Question 2.
7 3
× 2 8
———
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,100
Product: 2,044

Explanation:
Estimate: 73 is close to 70; 28 is close to 30.
So, 70 × 30 = 2,100.
Product: Write 73 as 7 tens and 3 ones. Multiply 28 by 3 ones.
2
28
× 73
——–
84 <– 3 × 28
Multiply 28 by 7 tens
5
28
× 73
——–
1960 <– 70 × 28
Add the partial products.
84 + 1960 = 2,044.
So, 73 × 28 = 2,044.

Question 3.
4 8
× 3 8
———
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,000
Product: 1,824

Explanation:
48 is close to 50 and 38 is close to 40.
Estimate: 50 × 40 = 2,000
40 × 38 = 1520
8 × 38 = 304
1520 + 304 = 1824.
Product: 1,824

Question 4.
5 9
× 5 2
———
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 3,000
Product: 3,068

Explanation:
59 is close to 60 and 52 is close to 50.
Estimate: 60 × 50 = 3,000
50 × 52 = 2600
9 × 52 = 468
2600 + 468 = 3068.
Product: 3,068.

Question 5.
8 4
× 4 0
———
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 3,200
Product: 3,360

Explanation:
84 is close to 80 and 40 is close to 40.
Estimate: 80 × 40 = 3,200
80 × 40 = 3,200
4 × 40 = 160
3200 + 160 = 3,360.
Product: 3,360.

Question 6.
8 3
× 7 7
———
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 6,400
Product: 6,391

Explanation:
83 is close to 80 and 77 is close to 80.
Estimate: 80 × 80 = 6,400
80 × 77 = 6,160
3 × 77 = 231
6,160 + 231 = 6,391.
Product: 6,391.

Question 7.
9 1
× 1 9
———
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:

Estimate: 1,800
Product: 1,729

Explanation:
91 is close to 90 and 19 is close to 20.
Estimate: 90 × 20 = 1,800
90 × 19 = 1,710
1 × 19 = 19
1,710+ 19 = 1,729.
Product: 1,729.

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Baseballs come in cartons of 84 baseballs. A team orders 18 cartons of baseballs. How many baseballs does the team order?
______ baseballs

Answer: 1,512 baseballs

Explanation:
Given,
Baseballs come in cartons of 84 baseballs.
A team orders 18 cartons of baseballs.
To find total baseballs, 84 × 18
80 × 18 = 1,440
4 × 18 = 72
84 × 18 = 1,512
Thus the team order 1512 baseballs.

Question 9.
There are 16 tables in the school lunch room. Each table can seat 22 students. How many students can be seated at lunch at one time?
______ students

Answer: 352 students

Explanation:
Given,
There are 16 tables in the school lunch room.
Each table can seat 22 students.
Total Students = 16 × 22
10 × 22 = 220
6 × 22 = 132
220 + 132 = 352.
352 students can be seated at lunch at one time.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 60

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The art teacher has 48 boxes of crayons. There are 64 crayons in each box. Which is the best estimate of the number of crayons the art teacher has?
Options:
a. 2,400
b. 2,800
c. 3,000
d. 3,500

Answer: 3,000

Explanation:
Given,
The art teacher has 48 boxes of crayons. There are 64 crayons in each box.
Total number of crayons = 48 × 64
48 is close to 50; 64 is close to 60
50 × 60 = 3,000.
The art teacher has about 3, 000 crayons.
The correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
A basketball team scored an average of 52 points in each of 15 games. How many points did the team score in all?
Options:
a. 500
b. 312
c. 780
d. 1,000

Answer: 780

Explanation:
Given,
A basketball team scored an average of 52 points in each of 15 games.
Total Points = 52 × 15
50 × 15 = 750
2 × 15 = 30
750 + 30 = 780.
The basketball team scored 780 points in total.
The correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
One Saturday, an orchard sold 83 bags of apples. There are 27 apples in each bag. Which expression represents the total number of apples sold?
Options:
a. 16 + 6 + 56 + 21
b. 160 + 60 + 56 + 21
c. 160 + 60 + 560 + 21
d. 1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21

Answer: 1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21

Explanation:
Total number of apples sold = 83 × 27
80 × 27 = 2,160
3 × 27 = 81
2,160 + 81 = 2,241.
The total number of apples sold = 2,241.
16 + 6 + 56 + 21 = 99 not equal to 2,241
160 + 60 + 56 + 21 = 297 not equal to 2,241
160 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 801 not equal to 2,241
1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 2,241 equal to 2,241
1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 2,241 is correct.
The correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Hannah has a grid of squares that has 12 rows with 15 squares in each row. She colors 5 rows of 8 squares in the middle of the grid blue. She colors the rest of the squares red. How many squares does Hannah color red?
Options:
a. 40
b. 140
c. 180
d. 220

Answer: 140

Explanation:
Hannah has a grid of squares that has 12 rows with 15 squares in each row = 12 × 15 = 180.
She colors 5 rows of 8 squares in the middle of the grid blue.
The grid of squares in blue = 5 × 8 = 40.
The grid of squares in red = 180 – 40 = 140.
The correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Gabriella has 4 times as many erasers a Leona. Leona has 8 erasers. How many erasers does Gabriella have?
Options:
a. 32
b. 24
c. 12
d. 2

Answer: 32

Explanation:
Given,
Gabriella has 4 times as many erasers a Leona.
Leona has 8 erasers.
Gabriella have 4 x 8 = 32 erasers.
The correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
Phil has 3 times as many rocks as Peter. Together, they have 48 rocks. How many more rocks does Phil have than Peter?
Options:
a. 36
b. 24
c. 16
d. 12

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Phil has 3 times as many rocks as Peter. Together, they have 48 rocks
If Peter has x rocks, Phil has 3x rocks
3x + x = 48.
4x = 48.
x = 48/4 = 12.
Peter has 12 rocks. Phil has 3 × 12 = 36 rocks.
Phil has 36 – 12 = 24 more rocks than Peter.
The correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 61

Choose a Multiplication Method

Estimate. Then choose a method to find the product.

Question 1.
Estimate: 1,200
3 1
× 4 3
——-
9 3
+ 1, 2 4 0
———–
1, 3 3 3

Question 2.
6 7
× 8 5
———-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 6,300
Product: 5,695

Explanation:
Estimate: 67 is close to 70; 85 is close to 90.
70 × 90 = 6,300.
Product: 67 × 85
80 × 6 tens = 480 tens
80 × 7 ones = 560 ones
5 × 6 tens = 30 tens
5 × 7 ones = 35 ones.
Add partial products.
4800 + 560 + 300 + 35 = 5,695.

Question 3.
6 8
× 3 8
———-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,800
Product: 2,584

Explanation:
Estimate: 68 is close to 70; 38 is close to 40.
70 × 40 = 2,800.
Product: 68 × 38
30 × 6 tens = 180 tens
30 × 8 ones = 240 ones
8 × 6 tens = 48 tens
8 × 8 ones = 64 ones.
Add partial products.
1800 + 240 + 480 + 64 = 2,584.

Question 4.
9 5
× 1 7
———-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,700
Product: 1,615

Explanation:
Estimate: 95 is close to 100.
100 × 17 = 1,700.
Product: 95 × 17
10 × 9 tens = 90 tens
10 × 5 ones = 50 ones
7 × 9 tens = 63 tens
7 × 5 ones = 35 ones.
Add partial products.
900 + 50 + 630 + 35 = 1,615.

Question 5.
4 9
× 5 4
———-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,500
Product: 2,646

Explanation:
Estimate: 49 is close to 50; 54 is close to 50.
50 × 50 = 2,500.
Product: 49 × 54
50 × 4 tens = 200 tens
50 × 9 ones = 450 ones
4 × 4 tens = 16 tens
4 × 9 ones = 36 ones.
Add partial products.
2000 + 450 + 160 + 36 = 2,646.

Question 6.
9 1
× 2 6
———-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,700
Product: 2,366

Explanation:
Estimate: 91 is close to 90; 26 is close to 30.
90 × 30 = 2,700.
Product: 49 × 54
20 × 9 tens = 180 tens
20 × 1 ones = 20 ones
6 × 9 tens = 54 tens
6 × 1 ones = 6 ones.
Add partial products.
1800 + 20 + 540 + 6 = 2,366.

Question 7.
8 2
× 1 9
———-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,600
Product: 1,558

Explanation:
Estimate: 82 is close to 80; 19 is close to 20.
80 × 20 = 1,600.
Product: 82 × 19
10 × 8 tens = 80 tens
10 × 2 ones = 20 ones
9 × 8 tens = 72 tens
9 × 2 ones = 18 ones.
Add partial products.
800 + 20 + 720 + 18 = 1,558.

Question 8.
4 6
× 2 7
———-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,500
Product: 1,242

Explanation:
Estimate: 46 is close to 50; 27 is close to 30.
50 × 30 = 1,500.
Product: 46 × 27
20 × 4 tens = 80 tens
20 × 6 ones = 120 ones
7 × 4 tens = 28 tens
7 × 6 ones = 42 ones.
Add partial products.
800 + 120 + 280 + 42 = 1,242.

Question 9.
4 1
× 3 3
———-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,200
Product: 1,353

Explanation:
Estimate: 41 is close to 40; 33 is close to 30.
40 × 30 = 1,200.
Product: 41 × 33
30 × 4 tens = 120 tens
30 × 1 ones = 30 ones
3 × 4 tens = 12 tens
3 × 1 ones = 3 ones.
Add partial products.
1200 + 30 + 120 + 3 = 1,353.

Question 10.
9 7
× 1 3
———-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,300
Product: 1,261

Explanation:
Estimate: 97 is close to 100.
100 × 13 = 1,300.
Product: 97 × 13
10 × 9 tens = 90 tens
10 × 7 ones = 70 ones
3 × 9 tens = 27 tens
3 × 7 ones = 21 ones.
Add partial products.
900 + 70 + 270 + 21 = 1,261.

Question 11.
7 5
× 6 9
———-
Estimate: _________
Product: _________

Answer:
Estimate: 5,600
Product: 5,195

Explanation:
Estimate: 75 is close to 80; 69 is close to 70.
80 × 70 = 5,600.
Product: 75 × 69
60 × 7 tens = 420 tens
60 × 5 ones = 300 ones
9 × 7 tens = 63 tens
9 × 5 ones = 45 ones.
Add partial products.
4200 + 300 + 630 + 45 = 5,195.

Problem Solving

Question 12.
A movie theatre has 26 rows of seats. There are 18 seats in each row. How many seats are there in all?
_____ seats

Answer: 468 seats

Explanation:
Given,
A movie theatre has 26 rows of seats.
There are 18 seats in each row.
26 x 18 = 468 seats.
20 x 18 = 360
6 x 18 = 108
108+360 = 468.
Therefore there are 468 seats in all.

Question 13.
Each class at Briarwood Elementary collected at least 54 cans of food during the food drive. If there are 29 classes in the school, what was the least number of
cans collected?
_____ cans

Answer: 1,566 cans

Explanation:
Each class at Briarwood Elementary collected at least 54 cans of food.
If there are 29 classes in the school,
the least number of cans collected = 54 x 29 = 1,566 cans.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 62

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A choir needs new robes for each of its 46 singers. Each robe costs $32. What will be the total cost for all 46 robes?
Options:
a. $1,472
b. $1,372
c. $1,362
d. $230

Answer: $1,472

Explanation:
Given,
A choir needs new robes for each of its 46 singers. Each robe costs $32.
46 × $32
40 × $32 = $1,280
6 × $32 = $192
$1,280 + $192 = $1,472
The correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
A wall on the side of a building is made up of 52 rows of bricks with 44 bricks in each row. How many bricks make up the wall?
Options:
a. 3,080
b. 2,288
c. 488
d. 416

Answer: 2,288

Explanation:
Given,
A wall on the side of a building is made up of 52 rows of bricks with 44 bricks in each row.
52 × 44
50 × 44 = 2,200
2 × 44 = 88
2,200 + 88 = 2,288.
2,288 bricks make up the wall.
The correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which expression shows how to multiply 4 × 362 by using place value and expanded form?
Options:
a. (4 × 3) + (4 × 6) + (4 × 2)
b. (4 × 300) + (4 × 600) +(4 × 200)
c. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 20)
d. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2)

Answer: (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2)

Explanation:
4 × 362 = 1,448
a. (4 × 3) + (4 × 6) + (4 × 2) = 12 + 24 + 8 = 44 not equal to 1,448.
b. (4 × 300) + (4 × 600) +(4 × 200) = 1200 + 2400 + 800 = 4,400 not equal to 1,448.
c. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 20) = 1200 + 240 + 80 = 1,520 not equal to 1,448.
d. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2) = 1200 + 240 + 8 = 1,448 equal to 1,448.
The correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Use the model below. What is the product 4 × 492?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core - Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 7
Options:
a. 16 + 36 + 8 = 60
b. 160 + 36 + 8 = 204
c. 160 + 360 + 8 = 528
d. 1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968

Answer: 1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968

Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core 182

1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968
The correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
What is the sum 13,094 + 259,728?
Options:
a. 272,832
b. 272,822
c. 262,722
d. 262,712

Answer: 262,722

Explanation:
13,094 + 259,728 = 262,722
The correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
During the 2008–2009 season, there were 801,372 people who attended the home hockey games in Philadelphia. There were 609,907 people who attended the home hockey games in Phoenix. How much greater was the home attendance in Philadelphia than in Phoenix that season?
Options:
a. 101,475
b. 191,465
c. 201,465
d. 202,465

Answer: 191,465

Explanation:
Given,
During the 2008–2009 season, there were 801,372 people who attended the home hockey games in Philadelphia.
There were 609,907 people who attended the home hockey games in Phoenix.
801,372 – 609,907 = 191,465
Philadelphia attendance is 191,465 greater than in Phoenix that season.
The correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 63

Problem Solving Multiply 2 – Digit numbers

Solve each problem. Use a bar model to help.

Question 1.
Mason counted an average of 18 birds at his bird feeder each day for 20 days. Gloria counted an average of 21 birds at her bird feeder each day for 16 days. How many more birds did Mason count at his feeder than Gloria counted at hers?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core - Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 8
Birds counted by Mason: 18 × 20 = 360
Birds counted by Gloria: 21 × 16 = 336
Draw a bar model to compare.
Subtract. 360 – 336 = 24
So, Mason counted 24 more birds.

Question 2.
The 24 students in Ms. Lee’s class each collected an average of 18 cans for recycling. The 21 students in Mr. Galvez’s class each collected an average of 25 cans for recycling. How many more cans were collected by Mr. Galvez’s class than Ms. Lee’s class?
_____ more cans

Answer: 93 more cans

Explanation:
The number of cans collected by Ms. Lee’s class = 18 × 24 = 432.
The number of cans collected by Mr. Galvez’s class = 25 × 21 = 525.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core 187

Subtract. 525 – 432 = 93 more cans.
So, Mr. Galvez’s class collected 93 more cans than Ms. Lee’s class.

Question 3.
At East School, each of the 45 classrooms has an average of 22 students. At West School, each of the 42 classrooms has an average of 23 students. How many more students are at East School than at West School?
_____ more students

Answer: 24 more students

Explanation:
Students in East school = 45 × 22 = 990.
Students in West School = 42 × 23 = 966.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 2 187

Subtract. 990 – 966 = 24.
So, East School has 24 students more than West School.

Question 4.
A zoo gift shop orders 18 boxes of 75 key rings each and 15 boxes of 80 refrigerator magnets each. How many more key rings than refrigerator magnets does the gift shop order?
_____ more key rings

Answer: 150 more key rings

Explanation:
Number of Key Rings = 75 x 18 = 1,350.
Number of Refrigerator Magnets= 80 x 15 = 1,200.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 3 187
Subtract. 1,350 – 1,200 = 150.
So, key rings are 150 more than refrigerator magnets.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 64

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ace Manufacturing ordered 17 boxes with 85 ball bearings each. They also ordered 15 boxes with 90 springs each. How many more ball bearings than springs did they order?
Options:
a. 5
b. 85
c. 90
d. 95

Answer: 95

Explanation:
Number of ball bearings = 85 × 17 = 1,445.
Number of springs = 90 × 15 = 1,350.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 1 188

Subtract. 1,445 – 1,350 = 95.
So, ball bearings are 95 more than springs.
The correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Elton hiked 16 miles each day on a 12-day hiking trip. Lola hiked 14 miles each day on her 16-day hiking trip. In all, how many more miles did Lola hike than Elton hiked?
Options:
a. 2 miles
b. 18 miles
c. 32 miles
d. 118 miles

Answer: 32 miles

Explanation:
Hiking trip by Elton = 12 × 16 = 192.
Hiking trip by Lola = 16 × 14 = 224.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 2 188

Subtract. 224 – 192 = 32.
So, the Hiking trip by Lola is 32 times more than the Hiking trip by Elton.
The correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
An orchard has 24 rows of apple trees. There are 35 apple trees in each row. How many apple trees are in the orchard?
Options:
a. 59
b. 192
c. 740
d. 840

Answer: 840

Explanation:
An orchard has 24 rows of apple trees. There are 35 apple trees in each row.
24 × 35 = 840 apple trees are in the orchard.
The correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
An amusement park reported 354,605 visitors last summer. What is this number rounded to the nearest thousand?
Options:
a. 354,600
b. 355,000
c. 360,000
d. 400,000

Answer: 355,000

Explanation:
An amusement park reported 354,605 visitors last summer. 4,605 is close to 5,000.
So, the answer is 355,000.
The correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Attendance at the football game was 102,653. What is the value of the digit 6?
Options:
a. 6
b. 60
c. 600
d. 6,000

Answer: 600

Explanation:
Digit 6 is at hundreds of positions.
So, the answer is 6 x 100 = 600.
The correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Jill’s fish weighs 8 times as much as her parakeet. Together, the pets weigh 63 ounces. How much does the fish weigh?
Options:
a. 7 ounces
b. 49 ounces
c. 55 ounces
d. 56 ounces

Answer: 56 ounces

Explanation:
Let Jill’s parakeet = X.
Jill’s fish weighs 8 times as much as her parakeet = 8X.
Together, the pets weigh 63 ounces.
X + 8X = 63.
9X = 63.
X = 63/9 = 7.
So, Jill’s parakeet =7.
Jill’s fish = 7 × 8 = 56 ounces.
The correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 65

Lesson 3.1

Choose a method. Then find the product.

Question 1.
12 × 60 = _____

Answer: 720

Explanation:
By using the place value method
You can take 10 as 1 ten
12 × 60 = 12 × 6 ten
= 72 ten
12 × 60 = 720

Question 2.
56 × 40 = _____

Answer: 2240

Explanation:
56 × 40
By using the associative property
You can think of 40 as (4 × 10)
56 × 40 = 56 × (4 × 10)
= (56 × 4) × 10
= 224 × 10
56 × 40 = 2240

Question 3.
30 × 40 = _____

Answer: 1200

Explanation:
30 × 40
By using the place value method
You can take 30 as 3 tens
30 × 40 = 30 × 4 tens
= 120 tens
30 × 40 = 1200

Question 4.
50 × 67 = _____

Answer: 3350

Explanation:
By using the place value method
You can take 50 as 5 tens
50 x 67 = 67 x 5 tens
= 335 tens
50 × 67 = 3350

Lesson 3.2

Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 5.
33 × 76 = _____

Answer: 2400

Round to the nearest tens.
33 is close to 30; 76 is close to 80;
Use the mental math
30 × 80  = 2400
So, estimated product of 33 × 76 = 2400

Question 6.
43 × 90 = _____

Answer: 3600

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
43 is close to 40; 90 is close to 90;
Use the mental math, then
9 × 4 = 36
90 × 40 = 3,600
So, estimated product of 43 × 90 = 3,600

Question 7.
47 × $ 66 = _____

Answer: $3500

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
47 is close to 50; 66 is close to 70;
Use the mental math, then
50 × 70 = 3,500
So, estimated product of 50 × 70 = $3,500

Question 8.
12 × 81 = _____

Answer: 800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
12 is close to 10; 81 is close to 80;
Use mental math, then
10 × 80 = 800
So, the estimated product of 12 × 81 = 800

Question 9.
46 × 47 = _____

Answer: 2500

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
46 is close to 50; 47 is close to 50;
Use mental math, then
50 × 50 = 2500
So, the estimated product of 46 × 47 = 2500

Question 10.
58 × 79 = _____

Answer: 4800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
58 is close to 60; 79 is close to 80;
Use mental math, then
60 × 80 = 4800
So, the estimated product of 58 × 79 = 4800

Question 11.
24 × 73 = _____

Answer: 1400

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
24 is close to 20; 73 is close to 70;
Use mental math, then
20 × 70 = 1400
So, the estimated product of 24 × 73 = 1400

Question 12.
68 × 36 = _____

Answer: 2800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
68 is close to 70; 36 is close to 40;
Use mental math, then
70 × 40 = 2800
So, the estimated product of 68 × 36 = 2800

Lesson 3.3

Draw a model to represent the product.
Then record the product.

Question 13.
41 × 16 = _____

Answer: 656

Explanation:
Chapter-3-Common-core-image-2-1
400 + 240 + 10 + 6 = 656

Question 14.
39 × 52 = _____

Answer: 2028

Explanation:
Chapter-3-Common-core-image-2-2
1500 + 60 + 450 + 18 = 2028

Question 15.
94 × 36 = _____

Answer: 3384

Explanation:
Chapter-3-Common-core-image-2-3
2700 + 540 + 120 + 24 = 3384

Common Core – Multiply 2-Digit Numbers – Page No. 66

Lesson 3.4

Record the product.

Question 1.
5 3
× 3 7
———
________

Answer: 1961

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 3 img 3-1

Question 2.
4 8
× 47
———
________

Answer: 2256

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 3 img 3-2

Question 3.
6 5
× 2 8
———
________

Answer: 1820

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 3 img 3-3

Question 4.
9 2
× 7 9
———
________

Answer: 7268

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 3 img 3-4

Lessons 3.5–3.6

Estimate. Then choose a method to find the product.

Question 5.
4 8
× 2 1
———
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer:

Explanation:
48 × 21
Estimate: Think 48 is close to 50; 21 is close to 20.
50 x 20 = 1000
Product:
10 x 5 tens = 50 tens
50 x 2 ones = 100 ones
2 x 2 tens = 40 tens
4 x 2 ones = 8 ones.
Add partial products.
500 + 100 + 400 + 8 = 1008.

Question 6.
$ 7 2
× 4 6
———
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer: 3312

Estimate: Think 72 is close to 70; 46 is close to 50.
70 × 50 = 3500
Product:
70 x 4 tens = 280 tens
50 x 2 ones = 100 ones
4 x 10 tens = 40 tens
4 x 6 ones = 24 ones.
Add partial products.
2800 + 100 + 400 + 12 = 3312

Question 7.
$ 3 9
× 5 8
———
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer: 2262

Estimate: Think 39 is close to 40; 58 is close to 60.
40 × 60 = 2400
Product:
30 x 5 tens = 150 tens
9 x 8 ones = 72 ones
8 x 3 tens = 24 tens
9 x 5 tens = 45 tens.
Add partial products.
1500 + 240 + 450 + 72 = 2262

Question 8.
27 × $ 19
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer: 513

Estimate: Think 27 is close to 30; 19 is close to 20.
30 × 20 = 600
Product:
20 x 9 ones = 180 ones
9 x 7 ones = 63 ones
20 x 1 tens = 20 tens
7 x 10 ones = 70 ones.
Add partial products.
180 + 70 + 63 + 200 = 513

Question 9.
97 × 32
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer: 3104

Estimate: Think 97 is close to 100; 32 is close to 30.
100 × 30 = 3000
Product:
30 x 9 tens = 270 tens
30 x 7 ones = 210 ones
2 x 9 tens = 18 tens
2 x 7 ones = 14 ones.
Add partial products.
2700 + 210 + 14 + 180 = 3104

Question 10.
44 × 69
Estimate: ________
Product: ________

Answer: 3036

Estimate: Think 44 is close to 40; 69 is close to 70.
100 × 30 = 3000
Product:
40 x 6 tens = 240 tens
40 x 9 ones = 360 ones
4 x 6 tens = 24 tens
4 x 9 ones = 36 ones.
Add partial products
2400 + 360 + 240 + 36 = 3036

Question 11.
Last week, Ms. Simpson worked 28 hours. She stocked shelves for 45 minutes each hour for 14 of those hours. The rest of the time she worked in customer service. How many minutes last week did Ms. Simpson work in customer service? (Hint: 1 hour = 60 minutes)
______ minutes

Answer: 1050 minutes

Explanation:
Given,
Last week, Ms. Simpson worked 28 hours.
She stocked shelves for 45 minutes each hour for 14 of those hours.
The rest of the time she worked in customer service.
45 × 14 = 630
She worked 630 minutes stocking shelves, which equals 10 hours and 30 minutes.
After that, she worked another 17 hours and 30 minutes in customer service.
17 × 60 = 1020
1020 + 30 = 1050
Ms. Simpson worked 1050 minutes in customer service.

Question 12.
The after-school craft center has 15 boxes of 64 crayons each. In 12 of the boxes, 28 of the crayons have not been used. All the rest have been used. How many of the crayons in the center have been used?
______ crayons

Answer: 624 crayon

Explanation:
In 12 of the boxes, 28 crayons have not been used; this leaves 64-28=36 crayons that have been used. 12(36) = 432 crayons have been used in these boxes.
3 full boxes have been used; this is 3(64) = 192 crayons.
Together this makes 432 + 192 = 624 crayons that have been used.

Conclusion:

I hope the answers provided in our Go Math Grade Chapter 3 Homework Practice FL Multiply 2-Digit Numbers are helpful for all the 4th standard students in scoring the marks in the exams. For more questions refer to Go Math Grade Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers pdf. All the Best Guys!!!!

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra: Patterns and Graphing

go-math-grade-5-chapter-9-algebra-patterns-and-graphing-answer-key

Redefine your true self with the Go Math Answer Key for Grade 5 curated by subject experts. Score higher grades in your exams and refer to Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra: Patterns and Graphing to have strong command over fundamentals. Download the HMH Go Math 5th Grade Solution Key Chapter 9 free of cost and kick start your preparation immediately.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra: Patterns and Graphing

You will get the necessary skillset needed to draw the line plots and graphs from 5th Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 9. Access Detailed Solutions to all the problems and learn how to solve related problems when you encounter them during your exams. Seek Homework Help needed by accessing the Go Math Grade 5 Solution Key Chapter 9 Patterns and Graphing. Cross Check the Solutions from our Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Algebra: Patterns and Graphing and understand the areas you are facing difficulty.

Lesson 1: Line Plot

Lesson 2: Ordered Pairs

Lesson 3: Investigate • Graph Data

Lesson 4: Line Graphs

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Numerical Patterns

Lesson 6: Problem Solving • Find a Rule

Lesson 7: Graph and Analyze Relationships

Chapter 9 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 371

Use the data to complete the line plot. Then answer the questions.

Lilly needs to buy beads for a necklace. The beads are sold by mass. She sketches a design to determine what beads are needed and then writes down their sizes. The sizes are shown below.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 1
\(\frac{2}{5} g, \frac{2}{5} g, \frac{4}{5} g, \frac{2}{5} g, \frac{1}{5} g, \frac{1}{5} g, \frac{3}{5} g, \frac{4}{5} g, \frac{1}{5} g, \frac{2}{5} g, \frac{3}{5} g, \frac{3}{5} g, \frac{2}{5} g\)
Think: There are ___ Xs above \(\frac{1}{5}\) on the line plot, so the combined mass of the beads is _____ fifths, or _____ gram.

Question 1.
What is the combined mass of the beads with a mass of 1/5 gram?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) grams

Answer: \(\frac{3}{5}\) grams

Explanation:
For first we will count the number of \(\frac{1}{5}\) grams for each amount. Draw an x for the number of times each amount is recorded to complete the line plot.
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{5}\) on the line plot, so the combined mass of the beads is 3 fifths
3 × \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 3/5 gram.

Question 2.
What is the combined mass of all the beads with a mass of \(\frac{2}{5}\) gram?
_____ grams

Answer: 2

Explanation:
For first we will count the number of \(\frac{2}{5}\) grams for each amount. Draw an x for the number of times each amount is recorded to complete the line plot.
There are 5 xs above \(\frac{2}{5}\) on the line plot, so the combined mass of the beads is 5 two fifths.
5 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 2 grams

Question 3.
What is the combined mass of all the beads on the necklace?
_____ grams

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Total mass of all the beads on the necklace is \(\frac{3}{5}\) + 2 + \(\frac{8}{5}\) + \(\frac{9}{5}\) = \(\frac{30}{5}\) = 6
Therefore the combined mass of all the beads on the necklace is 6.

Question 4.
What is the average weight of the beads on the necklace?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) grams

Answer: \(\frac{3}{7}\) grams

Explanation:
Divide the sum by the number of beads to find the average.
The number of beads = 3 + 5 + 3 + 2 = 14
Divide by 6.
6 ÷ 14 = 3/7
So, the average mass of the beads on the necklace is 3/7 gram.

On Your Own

Use the data to complete the line plot. Then answer the questions.

A breakfast chef used different amounts of milk when making pancakes, depending on the number of pancakes ordered. The results are shown below.
\(\frac{1}{2} c, \frac{1}{4} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{3}{4} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{3}{4} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{1}{4} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{1}{2} c\)
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 2

Question 5.
How much milk combined is used in \(\frac{1}{4}\)-cup amounts?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) cup

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup

Explanation:
For first we will count the number of \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups for each amount.
2 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 6.
How much milk combined is used in \(\frac{1}{2}\)-cup amounts?
______ cups

Answer: 3 cups

Explanation:
For first we will count the number of \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups for each amount.
There are 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3 cups

Question 7.
How much milk combined is used in \(\frac{3}{4}\)-cup amounts?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cups

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Explanation:
For first we will count the number of \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups for each amount.
There are 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of milk.
2 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Question 8.
How much milk is used in all the orders of pancakes?
_____ cups

Answer: 5 cups

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2} c\) + [/latex]\frac{1}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{2} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{3}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{2} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{3}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{2} c[/latex] +[/latex]\frac{1}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{2} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{2} c[/latex]
= 3 + [/latex]\frac{1}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{3}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{3}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{4} c[/latex]
= 3 + 1 + 1 = 5cups
Therefore 5 cups of milk is used in all the orders of pancakes.

Question 9.
What is the average amount of milk used for an order of pancakes?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) cup of milk

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of milk

Explanation:
There are 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of milk.
The average amount of milk used for an order of pancakes is \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup.

Question 10.
Describe an amount you could add to the data that would make the average increase.
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup
We can add \(\frac{3}{4}\) to the data to increase the average amount of milk.

UNLOCK the Problem – Page No. 372

Question 11.
For 10 straight days, Samantha measured the amount of food that her cat Dewey ate, recording the results, which are shown below. Graph the results on the line plot. What is the average amount of cat food that Dewey ate daily?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 3
\(\frac{1}{2} c, \frac{3}{8} c, \frac{5}{8} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{5}{8} c, \frac{1}{4} c, \frac{3}{4} c, \frac{1}{4} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{5}{8} c\)
a. What do you need to know?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I need to know the average amount of cat food that Dewey ate daily.

Question 11.
b. How can you use a line plot to organize the information?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 4
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 10 Answer Key solution image-2
We can draw the line plot by using the given information.

Question 11.
c. What steps could you use to find the average amount of food that Dewey ate daily?
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup

Explanation:
Number of days = 10
1/4 + 1/4 + 3/8 + 1/2 + 1/2 + 1/2 + 5/8 + 5/8 + 5/8 + 3/4 = 1 + 1 + 1/4 + 3/8 + 1/2 + 15/8
2 + 18/8 + 3/4 = 2 + 3 = 5
The average amount of food is 5 ÷ 10 = 5/10 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup

Question 11.
d. Fill in the blanks for the totals of each amount measured.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) cup: __________
\(\frac{3}{8}\) cup: __________
\(\frac{1}{2}\) cup: __________
\(\frac{5}{8}\) cup: __________
\(\frac{3}{4}\) cup: __________
Type below:
_________

Answer:
There are 2 xs above \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup: 2
There is 1 x above \(\frac{3}{8}\) cup: 1
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup: 3
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{5}{8}\) cup: 3
There is 1 x above \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup: 1

Question 11.
e. Find the total amount of cat food eaten over 10 days.
_____ + _____ + _____ + _____ + _____ = _____
So, the average amount of food Dewey ate daily was ______.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Number of days = 10
1/4 + 1/4 + 3/8 + 1/2 + 1/2 + 1/2 + 5/8 + 5/8 + 5/8 + 3/4 = 1 + 1 + 1/4 + 3/8 + 1/2 + 15/8
2 + 18/8 + 3/4 = 2 + 3 = 5 cups

Question 12.
Test Prep How many days did Dewey eat the least amount of cat food?
Options:
a. 1 day
b. 2 day
c. 3 day
d. 4 day

Answer: 1 day
By seeing the above line plot we can say that Dewey eats the least amount of cat food on day 1.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Share and Show – Page No. 375

Use Coordinate Grid A to write an ordered pair for the given point.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 5

Question 1.
C( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 6, 3

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for C is (6, 3).

Question 2.
D( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 3, 0

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
Thus the ordered pair for D is (3, 0)

Question 3.
E( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
Thus the ordered pair for E (9, 9)

Question 4.
F( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 10, 5

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
Thus the ordered pair for F is (10, 5)

Plot and label the points on Coordinate Grid A.

Question 5.
M (0, 9)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5

Question 6.
H (8, 6)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5-1

Question 7.
K (10, 4)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5-2

Question 8.
T (4, 5)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5-3

Question 9.
W (5, 10)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5-4

Question 10.
R (1, 3)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5-5

On Your Own

Use Coordinate Grid B to write an ordered pair for the given point.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 6

Question 11.
G( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 6, 4

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for G is (6, 4)

Question 12.
H( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 4, 9

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for H is (4, 9)

Question 13.
I( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 0, 7

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for I is (0, 7)

Question 14.
J( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 9, 5

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for J is (9, 5)

Question 15.
K( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for K is (3, 3)

Question 16.
L( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 5, 2

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for L is (5, 2)

Question 17.
M( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 1, 1

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for M is (1, 1)

Question 18.
N( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 2, 5

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for N is (2, 5)

Question 19.
O( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 7, 8

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for O is (7, 8)

Question 20.
P( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 10, 10

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for P is (10, 10)

Plot and label the points on Coordinate Grid B.

Question 21.
W (8, 2)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-1

Question 22.
E (0, 4)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-2

Question 23.
X (2, 9)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-3

Question 24.
B (3, 4)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-4

Question 25.
R (4, 0)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-5

Question 26.
F (7, 6)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-6

Question 27.
T (5, 7)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-7

Question 28.
A (7, 1)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-8

Question 29.
S (10, 8)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-9

Question 30.
Y (1, 6)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-10

Question 31.
Q (3, 8)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-11

Question 32.
V (3, 1)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-12

Problem Solving – Page No. 376

Nathan and his friends are planning a trip to New York City. Use the map for 33–38. Each unit represents 1 city block.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 7

Question 33.
What ordered pair gives the location of Bryant Park?
( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 4, 8

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-7

Question 34.
What’s the Error? Nathan says that Madison Square Garden is located at (0, 3) on the map. Is his ordered pair correct? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: He needs to put point 3 on Y-axis but he placed on X-Axis.

Question 35.
The Empire State Building is located 5 blocks right and 1 block up from (0, 0). Write the ordered pair for this location. Plot and label a point for the Empire State Building.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 5, 1

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-7-1

Question 36.
Paulo walks from point B to Bryant Park. Raul walks from point B to Madison Square Garden. If they only walk along the grid lines, who walks farther? Explain.
__________

Answer: Paulo
By seeing the above graph we can say that Paulo walks farther along the grid lines.

Question 37.
Explain how to find the distance between Bryant Park and a hot dog stand at the point (4, 2).
_____ city blocks

Answer: 6

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-7-2

Question 38.
Test Prep Use the map above. Suppose a pizzeria is located at point B. What ordered pair describes this point?
Options:
a. (4,2)
b. (3,4)
c. (2,4)
d. (4,4)

Answer: (2,4)

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-7-3

Share and Show – Page No. 379

Graph the data on the coordinate grid.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 8
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 9

Question 1.
a. Write the ordered pairs for each point.
Type below:
__________

Answer: A(1, 30), B (2, 35), C (3, 38), D (4, 41), E (5, 44)

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-9

Question 1.
b. What does the ordered pair (3, 38) tell you about Ryan’s age and height?
Type below:
__________

Answer: The ordered pair tells that the age of Ryan is 3 and height is 38 inches.

Question 1.
c. Why would the point (6, 42) be nonsense?
Type below:
__________

Answer: The point (6, 42) be nonsense because the height will be increased. In the above-ordered pair the height is decreased. So, the statement is nonsense.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 10
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 11

Question 2.
a. Write the ordered pairs for each point.
Type below:
__________

Answer: We can write the ordered pairs by using the above table Day is the x-axis and height is the y-axis. The coordinates are A (5,1), B (10,3), C (15, 8), D (20,12), E (25,16), F(30,19).

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-11

Question 2.
b. How would the ordered pairs be different if the heights of the plants were measured every 6 days for 30 days instead of every 5 days?

Answer:
If the heights of the plants were measured every 6 days for 30 days instead of every 5 days the coordinates will be A (6,1), B (12,3), C (18, 8), D (24,12), E (30,16)

Problem Solving – Page No. 380

What’s the Error?

Question 3.
Mary places a miniature car onto a track with launchers. The speed of the car is recorded every foot. Some of the data is shown in the table. Mary graphs the data on the coordinate grid below.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 12
Look at Mary’s graphed data.
Find her error.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 14
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 13
Graph the data and correct
the error.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 15
• Describe the error Mary made.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-14-1

Graph the data and correct the error
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-15

Share and Show – Page No. 383

Use the table at the right for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 16

Question 1.
What scale and intervals would be appropriate to make a graph of the data?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Scale is 1 cm = 10°F
Months will be on the x-axis.
The temperature will be on the y-axis.

Question 2.
Write the related pairs as ordered pairs.
Type below:
__________

Answer: The related pairs are A (Jan, 40), B (Feb, 44), C (Mar, 54), D (Apr, 62), E (May, 70)

Question 3.
Make a line graph of the data.
Type below:
__________

Question 4.
Use the graph to determine between which two months the least change in average temperature occurs.
Type below:
__________

Answer: By seeing the above graph we can say that Jan and Feb has the least change in the average temperature.

On Your Own

Use the table at the right for 5–7.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 17

Question 5.
Write the related number pairs for the plant height as ordered pairs.
Type below:
__________

Answer: The related number pairs of the above table are A (1, 20), B(2, 25), C (3, 29), D (4, 32)

Question 6.
What scale and intervals would be appropriate to make a graph of the data?
Type below:
__________

Answer: The above table says that the X-Axis is Month and Y-Axis is Height in inches.
Scale is 1 cm = 5 inches.

Explanation:
The horizontal axis could represent months from 1 to 4. In this case, the scale interval is one month.
The vertical axis could represent height from 20 inches to 32 inches but we can show a break in the scale between 1 inch and 16 inches since there are no heights between 0 inches and 20 inches, the scale interval is 1 inch.

Question 7.
Make a line graph of the data.
Type below:
__________

Question 8.
Use the graph to find the difference in height between Month 1 and Month 2.
Type below:
__________

Answer: By observing the above graph we can say that the difference between months 1 and 2 is 5 inches.
25 – 20 = 5 inches
From the graph we can see that the plant grew the most between 1 and 2 months (about 5 inches), the least change is between 3 and 4 months (about 3 inches).

Question 9.
Use the graph to estimate the height at 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) months.
_____ in.

Answer: The estimated height at 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) months is 22.5 inches.
The average of month 1 and month 2 is (20 + 25) ÷ 2 = 45/2 = 22.5 inches.

Connect to science – Page No. 384

Evaporation changes water on Earth’s surface into water vapor. Water vapor condenses in the atmosphere and returns to the surface as precipitation. This process is called the water cycle. The ocean is an important part of this cycle. It influences the average temperature and precipitation of a place.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 18
The overlay graph below uses two vertical scales to show monthly average precipitation and temperatures for Redding, California.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 19

Use the graph for 10–13.

Question 10.
About how much precipitation falls in Redding, California, in February?
_____ inches

Answer: From the graph, we can see that the precipitation in February is 4.2 inches.

Question 11.
What is the average temperature for Redding, California, in February?
_____ °F

Answer: From the graph, we can see that the temperature in February is 50°F.

Question 12.
Explain how the overlay graph helps you relate precipitation and temperature for each month.
Type below:
__________

Answer: The average temperature for each month is plotted on the graph with the blue line and the red bar graph represents the precipitation. As the temperature increases the precipitation decreases.

Question 13.
Describe how the average temperature changes in the first 5 months of the year.
Type below:
__________

Answer: From the graph, we can see that the temperature in the first 5 months of the year but the amount of precipitation is decreasing. It’s logical because when the temperature is increasing the amount of precipitation is decreasing.

Question 14.
Test Prep Which day had an increase of 3 feet of snow from the previous day?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 20
Options:
a. Day 2
b. Day 3
c. Day 5
d. Day 6

Answer: Day 5

Explanation:
By seeing the above graph we can say that the snow level has increased 3 feet from day 4 to Day 5.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 385

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 21

Question 1.
The ______ is the horizontal number line on the coordinate grid.
__________

Answer: X-Axis
The X-Axis is the horizontal number line on the coordinate grid.

Question 2.
A ______ is a graph that uses line segments to show how data changes over time.
__________

Answer: Line graph
A Line graph is a graph that uses line segments to show how data changes over time.

Concepts and Skills

Use the line plot at the right for 3–5.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 22

Question 3.
How many kittens weigh at least \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a pound?
______ kittens

Answer: 9

Explanation:
The line plot shows that there are 4 xs above \(\frac{3}{8}\), 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 2 xs on \(\frac{5}{8}\).
To find the kittens weigh at least \(\frac{3}{8}\) we need to add all above \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= 4 + 3 + 2 = 9

Question 4.
What is the combined weight of all the kittens?
______ lb

Answer: 5

Explanation:
There are 3 xs above 1/4 on the line plot, so the combined weight of Kitten in the animal shelter is 3 fourths
3 × 1/4 = 3/4.
There are 4 xs above 3/8 on the line plot, so the combined weight of kittens in the animal shelter is 4 three eights or
4 × 3/8 = 12/8 = 3/2
There are 3 xs above 1/2 on the line plot, so the combined weight of kittens in the animal shelter is 3 halves = 3/2
There are 2 xs above 5/8 on the line plot, so the combined weight of kittens in the animal shelter is 10/8
3/4 + 1 4/8 + 1 1/2 + 1 2/8
= 3/4 + 12/8 + 3/2 + 10/8 = 6/8 + 12/8 + 12/8 + 10/8 = 40/8 = 5 lb

Question 5.
What is the average weight of the kittens in the shelter?
______ lb

Answer: 5/12

Explanation:
Divide the sum you found in example 4. 5 lb by the number of the kittens to find the average. The number of kittens is 12 so we will divide 5 lb by 12.
5 ÷ 12 = 5/12.
Thus the average weight of the kittens in the shelter as 5/12 lb.

Use the coordinate grid at the right for 6–13.

Write an ordered pair for the given point.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 23

Question 6.
A( ______ , ______ )

Answer: 1, 6
The ordered pair for A is (1,6)

Question 7.
B( ______ , ______ )

Answer: 2, 2
The ordered pair for B is (2, 2)

Question 8.
C( ______ , ______ )

Answer: 4, 4
The ordered pair for C is (4, 4)

Question 9.
D( ______ , ______ )

Answer: 0, 3
The ordered pair for D is (0, 3)

Plot and label the point on the coordinate grid.

Question 10.
E(6, 2)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-23-1

Question 11.
F(5, 0)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-23-2

Question 12.
G(3, 4)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-23-3

Question 13.
H(3, 1)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-23-4

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 386

Question 14.
Jane drew a point that was 1 unit to the right of the y-axis and 7 units above the x-axis. What is the ordered pair for this location?
( ______ , ______ )

Answer: (1, 7)
The ordered pair for the location is (1, 7).

Question 15.
The graph below shows the amount of snowfall in a 6-hour period.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 24
Between which hours did the least amount of snow fall?
between hour ______ and hour ______

Answer: From the graph, we can see that the least amount of snow fall between 2 hours and 4 hours, 0 inches.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 mid chapter solution

Question 16.
Joy recorded the distances she walked each day for five days. How far did she walk in 5 days?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 25
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\) miles

Explanation:
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 1
There are 1 x above \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
There is 1 x above \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 1 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
1 + \(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = (6 + 3 + 4)/6 = 13/6
The mixed fraction of 13/6 is 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\) miles
Thus she walked 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\) miles in 5 days.

Share and Show – Page No. 389

Use the given rules to complete each sequence. Then, complete the rule that describes how nickels are related to dimes.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 26
Type below:
__________

Answer: The number of Dimes is 2 times the number of Nickels.
We need to add 5 to Nickels = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 25
We need to add 10 to Dimes = 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 = 50

Complete the rule that describes how one sequence is related to the other. Use the rule to find the unknown term.

Question 2.
Multiply the number of books by ______ to find the amount spent.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 27
______
Explain:
__________

Answer: The amount spent is 4 times the number of books so we multiply the number of books by 4 to find the amount spent.
Multiply 4 to the amount spent = 24 × 4 = 96

Question 3.
Divide the weight of the bag by _____ to find the number of marbles.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 28
______
Explain:
__________

Answer: The weight of Bag is 3 times the number of marbles So, we divide the weight of Bag by 3 to find the number of marbles.
Divide 360 by 3
360/3 = 120

On Your Own

Complete the rule that describes how one sequence is related to the other. Use the rule to find the unknown term.

Question 4.
Multiply the number of eggs by _______ to find the number of muffins.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 29
Type below:
__________

Answer: The muffins is 6 times the number of eggs so we multiply the number of eggs by 6 to find the muffins.
The unknown term in the table we will find when multiply 18 by 6.
18 × 6 = 108
The unknown term is 108.

Question 5.
Divide the number of meters by _______ to find the number of laps.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 30
Type below:
__________

Answer: The number of meters is 400 times the number of laps so we divide the number of meters by 400 to find the number of laps.
The unknown term in the table we will find when divide 6400 by 400.
6400 ÷ 400 = 16
The unknown term is 16.

Question 6.
Suppose the number of eggs used in Exercise 4 is changed to 3 eggs for each batch of 12 muffins, and 48 eggs are used. How many batches and how many muffins will be made?
______ batches
______ muffins

Answer: 16 batches 192 muffins will be made.

Explanation:
If we change to 3 eggs for each batch of 12 muffins and 48 eggs are used we will have 16 batches.
16 × 3 = 48
The muffins are 4 times the number of eggs so we multiply the number of eggs by 4 to fins the number of muffins.
If the number of batches is 16 and there are 48 eggs to find the number of muffins we will multiply the number of eggs 48 with 4:
48 × 4 = 192
192 muffins will be made.

Problem Solving – Page No. 390

Question 7.
Emily has a road map with a key that shows an inch on the map equals 5 miles of actual distance. If a distance measured on the map is 12 inches, what is the actual distance? Write the rule you used to find the actual distance.
______ miles

Answer: 60 miles

Explanation:
For first the total length of roads is 5 inches + 7 inches = 12 inches
1 inch on the map represents 5 miles of actual distance so to find what actual distance corresponding to 12 inches we will find with using proportion.
1 inch : 5 inches = 12 inches: x inches
1 × x = 5 × 12
x = 60 miles
The actual distance which Emily will drive is 60 miles.
The rule which we used to find the actual distance is multiplied by 5 which is a mark in solution.

Question 8.
To make a shade of lavender paint, Jon mixes 4 ounces of red tint and 28 ounces of blue tint into one gallon of white paint. If 20 gallons of white paint and 80 ounces of red tint are used, how much blue tint should be added? Write a rule that you can use to find the amount of blue tint needed.
______ oz

Answer: 560 oz

Explanation:
For one gallon of white paint, Jon mixed 28 ounces of blue tint so to find how much tint corresponding to 20 gallons of white paint we will find with using proportion.
1 gallon of white paint:28 ounces of blue tint = 20 gallons of white paint:x ounces of the blue tint.
1 × x = 28 × 20
x = 560
560 ounces of blue tint should be added.
The rule which we used to find the amount of blue tint needed is to multiply by 28 which is the mark in solution.

Question 9.
In the cafeteria, tables are arranged in groups of 4, with each table seating 8 students. How many students can sit at 10 groups of tables? Write the rule you used to find the number of students.
______ students

Answer: 320 students

Explanation:
Tables are arranged in groups of 4, with each table seating 8 students, so in one group sit
4 × 8 = 32 students
To find how many students can sit at 10 groups of tables, we will find when multiplying 32 students with 10.
32 × 10 = 320
Finally, 320 students can sit at 10 groups of tables. The rule which we used to find the number of students is to multiply by 32 which is marked is a solution.

Question 10.
Test Prep What is the unknown number in Sequence 2 in the chart? What rule could you write that relates Sequence 1 to Sequence 2?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 31
Options:
a. 70; Multiply by 2.
b. 100; Add 25.
c. 105; Multiply by 3.
d. 150; Add 150.

Answer: 105; Multiply by 3.

Explanation:
The unknown number in Sequence number 7 we will get when multiply 35 with 3 because the rule that releases the number of miles to the number of runners is multiplying by 3.
The unknown number is: 35 × 3 = 105
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Share and Show – Page No. 393

Question 1.
Max builds rail fences. For one style of fence, each section uses 3 vertical fence posts and 6 horizontal rails. How many posts and rails does he need for a fence that will be 9 sections long?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 32
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 33
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 34
First, think about what the problem is asking and what you know. As each section of fence is added, how does the number of posts and the number of rails change?

Next, make a table and look for a pattern. Use what you know about 1, 2, and 3 sections. Write a rule for the number of posts and rails needed for 9 sections
of fence.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 35
Possible rule for posts: _____________
Possible rule for rails: ______________
Finally, use the rule to solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Possible rule for posts: 27
Possible rule for rails: 54

Explanation:
The number of posts is 3 times the number of sections. So, we multiply the number of posts by 3.
With using the rule the unknown number is 9 × 3 = 27
Thus the possible rule for posts is 27.
Now multiply the number of rails by 2.
With using the rule the unknown number is 27 × 2 = 54
Thus the possible rule for rails is 54.

Question 2.
What if another style of rail fencing has 6 rails between each pair of posts? How many rails are needed for 9 sections of this fence?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 36
Possible rule for rails: ____________________
______ rails

Answer: 108 rails

Explanation:
The number of posts is 3 times the number of sections. So, we multiply the number of posts by 3.
With using the rule the unknown number is 9 × 3 = 27
Thus the possible rule for posts is 27.
Now multiply the number of rails by 4.
With using the rule the unknown number is 27 × 4 = 108
Thus the possible rule for rails is 108.

Question 3.
Leslie is buying a coat on layaway for $135. She will pay $15 each week until the coat is paid for. How much will she have left to pay after 8 weeks?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 37
$ ______

Answer: $15

Explanation:
Leslie is buying a coat on layaway for $135. She will pay $15 each week until the coat is paid for.
Multiply the number of weeks by 15.
15 × 8 = $120
Now subtract $120 from $135
= $135 – $120 = $15

On Your Own – Page No. 394

Question 4.
Jane works as a limousine driver. She earns $50 for every 2 hours that she works. How much does Jane earn in one week if she works 40 hours per week? Write a rule and complete the table.
Possible rule: _____________
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 38
$ ______

Answer: 1000

Explanation:
The possible rule for Hour Worked: We can see that the difference between terms is 2.
So, the rule which describes this is Add 2.
The possible rule for Jane’s Pay: We can see that the difference between terms is 50.
So, the rule which describes this is Add 50.
Jane’s Pay is 25 times the hours worked so, we will multiply the hours worked by 25 to find Jane’s Pay.
The unknown number Jane’s Pay we will find when multiplying 40 with 25:
40 × 25 = 1000
She earns 1000 dollars.

Question 5.
Rosa joins a paperback book club. Members pay $8 to buy 2 tokens, and can trade 2 tokens for 4 paperback books. Rosa buys 30 tokens and trades them for 60 paperback books. How much money does she spend? Write a rule and complete the table.
Possible rule: _______________
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 39
$ ______

Answer: 120

Explanation:
Possible rule for Tokens: We can see that the difference between terms is 8.
So, the rule which describes this is Add 8.
Possible rule for Games: We can see that the difference between terms is 4.
So, the rule which describes this is Add 4.
Tokens are 2 times the games so, we will divide the tokens by 2 to find how many games can she3 play.
The unknown number of games we will find when dividing 120 with 2:
120 ÷ 2 = 60
She can play 60 games for 120 tokens.

Question 6.
Paul is taking a taxicab to a museum. The taxi driver charges a $3 fee plus $2 for each mile traveled. How much does the ride to the museum cost if it is 8 miles away?

Answer: $40

Explanation:
Paul is taking a taxicab to a museum. The taxi driver charges a $3 fee plus $2 for each mile traveled.
That means the driver charged $5 per mile.
For 8 miles = 8 × $5 = $40.

Question 7.
Test Prep Which expression could describe the next figure in the pattern, Figure 4?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 40
Options:
a. 2 × 5
b. 2 + 4 + 4
c. 2 + 4 + 4 + 4
d. 16

Answer: 2 + 4 + 4 + 4

Explanation:
We can see that the difference between two consecutive figures is 4 squares.
So, the rule which describes this is Add 4.
Thus figure 4 has 14 squares.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Share and Show – Page No. 397

Graph and label the related number pairs as ordered pairs.
Then complete and use the rule to find the unknown term.

Question 1.
Multiply the number of tablespoons by ___ to find its weight in ounces.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 41
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 42
Type below:
_________

Answer: Multiply the number of tablespoons by 2 to find its weight in ounces.
5 × 2 = 10
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-42-1

Question 2.
Multiply the number of hours by ____ to find the distance in miles.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 43
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 44
Type below:
_________

Answer: Multiply the number of hours by 3 to find the distance in miles.
4 × 3 = 12 miles
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-42-2

On Your Own

Graph and label the related number pairs as ordered pairs.
Then complete and use the rule to find the unknown term.

Question 3.
Multiply the number of inches by ____ to find the distance in miles.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 45
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 46
Type below:
_________

Answer: Multiply the number of inches by 5 to find the distance in miles.
10 × 5 = 50
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-46-1

Question 4.
Multiply the number of centiliters by ____ to find the equivalent number of milliliters.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 47
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 48

Answer:
Multiply the number of centiliters by 10 to find the equivalent number of milliliters.
5 × 10 = 50 milliliters
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-46-2

Problem Solving – Page No. 398

Sense or Nonsense?

Question 5.
Elsa solved the following problem.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 49
Lou and George are making chili for the Annual Firefighter’s Ball. Lou uses 2 teaspoons of hot sauce for every 2 cups of chili that he makes, and George uses 3 teaspoons of the same hot sauce for every cup of chili in his recipe. Who has the hotter chili, George or Lou?

Write the related number pairs as ordered pairs and then graph them. Use the graph to compare who has the hotter chili, George or Lou.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 50
Lou’s chili: (2, 2), (4, 4), (6, 6), (8, 8)
George’s chili: (1, 3), (2, 6), (3, 9), (4, 12)

Elsa said that George’s chili was hotter than Lou’s because the graph showed that the amount of hot sauce in George’s chili was always 3 times as great as the amount of hot sauce in Lou’s chili.

Does Elsa’s answer make sense, or is it nonsense?
Explain.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 51

Answer: Elsa’s Answer makes sense.

Explanation:
Elsa’s answer makes sense because the amount of hot sauce in George’s chili was always 3 times as great as the amount of hot sauce in Lou’s chili. To prove this we will take two points from the graph which has an equal amount of cups of chili and compares the amount of hot sauce in George’s chili with the amount of hot sauce in Lou’s chili.
If we take 4 cups of George’s chili and Lou’s chili the amount of hot sauce in George’s chili is 12 teaspoons and the amount of hot sauce in Lou’s chili is 4 teaspoons.
12 is 3 times greater than 4 so Elsa’s answer makes sense.

Chapter Review/Test – Vocabulary – Page No. 399

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 52

Question 1.
The __________ is the point where the x-axis and y-axis meet. Its __________ is 0, and its __________ is 0.
The ________ is the point where the x-axis and y-axis meet.
Its ________ is 0,
and its ________ is 0.

Answer:
The Origin is the point where the x-axis and y-axis meet.
Its x-coordinate is 0,
and its y-coordinate is 0.

Question 2.
A __________ uses line segments to show how data changes over time.

Answer: A line graph uses line segments to show how data changes over time.

Check Concepts

Use the table for 3–4.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 53

Question 3.
Write related number pairs of data as ordered pairs.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The ordered pair for week 1 is (1, 2)
The ordered pair for week 2 is (2, 6)
The ordered pair for week 3 is (3, 14)
The ordered pair for week 4 is (4, 16)

Question 4.
Make a line graph of the data.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 54
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-54

The ordered pair for week 1 is (1, 2)
The ordered pair for week 2 is (2, 6)
The ordered pair for week 3 is (3, 14)
The ordered pair for week 4 is (4, 16)

Complete the rule that describes how one sequence is related to the other. Use the rule to find the unknown term.

Question 5.
Multiply the number of eggs by ________ to find the number of cupcakes.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 55
_______

Answer:
Multiply the number of eggs by 6 to find the number of cupcakes.
The unknown number in batches 6 we will get when multiply 18 with 6 because the rule that releases the number of eggs to the number of cupcakes is multiplying by 6.
The number of eggs is multiple of 3 and the number of cupcakes is multiple of 6.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 400

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 6.
The letters on the coordinate grid represent the locations of the first four holes on a golf course.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 56
Which ordered pair describes the location of the hole labeled T?
Options:
a. (0, 7)
b. (1, 7)
c. (7, 0)
d. (7, 1)

Answer: (0, 7)
By seeing the above graph we can find the location of the hole label T i.e., (0, 7)

Use the line plot at the right for 7–8.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 57

Question 7.
What is the average of the data in the line plot?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound
b. 1 pound
c. 6 pounds
d. 6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds

Answer: 6 pounds

Explanation:
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound = 3 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3/2
There are 4 xs above \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound = 4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 8/3
There is 1 x above \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound = 5/6
There are 2 xs above \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 2/6
There are 2 xs above \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 2/3
3/2 + 8/3 + 5/6 + 2/6 + 2/3 = 6 pounds
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 8.
How many bags of rice weigh at least \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 5
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:
By seeing the above line plot we can find the number of bags of rice weigh at least \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound = 3 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3/2
There are 4 xs above \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound = 4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 8/3
There is 1 x above \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound = 5/6
Total number of bags of rice weigh at least \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound = 3 + 4 + 1 = 8
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 401

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Use the table for 9–10.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 58

Question 9.
Compare Tori’s and Martin’s savings. Which of the following statements is true?
Options:
a. Tori saves 4 times as much per week as Martin.
b. Tori will always have exactly $15 more in savings than Martin has.
c. Tori will save 15 times as much as Martin will.
d. On week 5, Martin will have $30 and Tori will have $90.

Answer: Tori saves 4 times as much per week as Martin.

Explanation:
By seeing the above table we can say that Tori saves 4 times as much per week as Martin.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 10.
What rule could you use to find Tori’s savings after 10 weeks?
Options:
a. Add 10 from one week to the next.
b. Multiply the week by 2.
c. Multiply Martin’s savings by 4.
d. Divide Martin’s savings by 4.

Answer: Multiply Martin’s savings by 4.

Explanation:
We can find the savings of Tori by multiplying the savings of Martins by 4.
Thus the suitable statement is Multiply Martin’s savings by 4.
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 11.
In an ordered pair, the x-coordinate represents the number of hexagons and the y-coordinate represents the total number of sides. If the x-coordinate is 7, what is the y-coordinate?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 13
d. 42

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given that x-coordinate represents the number of hexagons.
Thus x-coordinate is 6.
And also given that the y-coordinate represents the number of sides.
The figure hexagon contains 6 sides.
So, the y-coordinate is 6.
Thus the ordered pair is (7, 6)
Therefore the correct answer is option A.

Question 12.
Point A is 2 units to the right and 4 units up from the origin. What ordered pair describes point A?
Options:
a. (2, 0)
b. (2, 4)
c. (4, 2)
d. (0, 4)

Answer: (2, 4)

Explanation:
Point A is 2 units to the right and 4 units up from the origin.
2 units will be located on the x-axis and 4 units will be on the y-axis.
Thus the ordered pair for point A is (2, 4)
Therefore the correct answer is option B.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 402

Constructed Response

Question 13.
Mr. Stevens drives 110 miles in 2 hours, 165 miles in 3 hours, and 220 miles in 4 hours. How many miles will he drive in 5 hours?
Explain how the number of hours he drives is related to the number of miles he drives.
_____ miles

Answer: 275 miles

Explanation:
Given that, Mr. Stevens drives 110 miles in 2 hours, 165 miles in 3 hours, and 220 miles in 4 hours.
We have to divide the number of miles by number of hours
That means, 110/2, 165/3, 220/4
the distance gone in 5 hours can be found with this equation
110/2 x ?/5
multiply 110 by 5 then divide the product by 2
110 × 5= 550
550/2 =275
Thus the answer is Mr. Stevens goes 275 miles in 5 hr.

Performance Task

Question 14.
Tim opens the freezer door and measures the temperature of the air inside. He continues to measure the temperature every 2 minutes, as the door stays open, and records the data in the table.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 59
A). On the grid below, make a line graph showing the data in the table.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 60
Type below:
__________

Question 14.
B). Use the graph to estimate the temperature at 7 minutes.
Estimate: _____ °F

Answer: By seeing the above graph we can say that the estimated temperature at 7 minutes is 15°F.

Question 14.
C). Write a question that can be answered by making a prediction. Then answer your question and explain how you made your prediction.
Type below:
__________

Question: Estimate the temperature at 5 minutes by using the graph.
Answer: By seeing the above table we can say that the estimated temperature at 5 minutes is 13°F

Conclusion

Fall in love with Maths by utilizing the Go Math 5th Standard 5 Answer Key. Make use of the Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra: Patterns and Graphing as a reference for all your queries. Keep in touch with our site to avail updates on Class Specific Go Math Answer Key at your fingertips.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice

go-math-grade-3-chapter-8-understand-fractions-extra-practice-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice includes different questions from exercises, practice tests, chapter tests. Enhance your Math proficiency by solving the 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 on a regular basis. Kick start your preparation by taking the help of the Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Extra Practice. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions has detailed solutions for all the problems and makes it easy for you to understand the concepts.

3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice

Improve your subject knowledge and prepare effectively taking the help of the 3rd Grade HMH Go Math Solutions Key. Support your Child’s learning with our Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3 Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice. Solve different questions and attempt the exam with full confidence and score well. 

Common Core – Page No. 171000

Lesson 8.1

Write the number of equal parts. Then write the name for the parts.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 1
Equal parts: _________
Name: _________

Answer:

i. 4
ii. Fourths

Explanation:

The figure shows that the square is divided into 4 equal parts. So, the name for the parts is fourths.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 2
Equal parts: _________
Name: _________

Answer:

i. 2
ii. Halves

Explanation:

The circle is divided into two equal parts. Thus the name for the parts is halves.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 3
Equal parts: _________
Name: _________

Answer:

i. 6
ii. Sixths

Explanation:

The hexagon is divided into six equal parts. Thus the name for the parts is sixths.

Lesson 8.2

Draw lines to show how much each person gets. Write the answer.

Question 4.
4 friends share 3 oranges equally.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 4
Type below:
___________

Answer: 3 fourths of an orange

Explanation:

There are 3 oranges and
The total number of friends = 4
We need to divide the 3 oranges for 4 friends equally
= 3/4
So, each friend gets 3 fourth of the orange.

Question 5.
6 sisters share 4 sandwiches equally.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 5
Type below:
___________

Answer: 4 sixths of a sandwich

Explanation:

Total number of sandwiches = 4
Number of friends = 6
To share the sandwiches equally we need to divide the number of sandwiches by a number of friends.
4/6
So, each friend gets 4 sixths of the sandwich.

Lessons 8.3–8.4

Write the number of equal parts in the whole. Write a fraction in words and in numbers to name the shaded part.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 6
_________ equal parts
_________ eighths

Question 6.
\(\frac{□} {□}\)

Answer:

i. 8
ii. Five
iii. \(\frac{5} {8}\)

Explanation:

The square is divided into 8 eight equal parts.
Among them, five parts are shaded.
So, the fraction name for the shaded part is \(\frac{5} {8}\).

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 7
_________ equal parts
_________ thirds

Question 7.
\(\frac{□} {□}\)

Answer:

i. 3
ii. Two
iii. \(\frac{2} {3}\)

Explanation:

The aboved figure shows that the rectangle is divided into 3 equal parts. And 2 parts are shaded among them.
The fraction name for the shaded part is 2 thirds i.e, \(\frac{2} {3}\)

Common Core – Page No. 172000

Lesson 8.5

Write the fraction that names the point.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 8

Question 1.
point A: \(\frac{□} {□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1} {6}\)

Explanation:

The number lies between 0 and 1. Each point is 1 sixth of the number line. So, it starts with 0/6 and ends on 6/6.
Now we have to locate the point A.
The point A lies between 0/6 and 2/6. The number between 0 and 2 is 1.
Thus the point A is \(\frac{1} {6}\)

Question 2.
point B: \(\frac{□} {□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3} {6}\)

Explanation:

The point B lies between \(\frac{2} {6}\) and \(\frac{4} {6}\). The number between 2 and 4 is 3. Thus the location of point B is \(\frac{3} {6}\).

Question 3.
point C: \(\frac{□} {□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5} {6}\)

Explanation:

The point C is located between \(\frac{4} {6}\) and \(\frac{6} {6}\).
The number between 4 and 6 is 5. Thus the location of Point C is \(\frac{5} {6}\)

Lesson 8.6

Each shape is 1 whole. Write a fraction greater than 1 for the parts that are shaded.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 9
2 = \(\frac{□} {□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8} {4}\)

Explanation:

There are 2 circles and each circle is equally divided into 4 groups.
Number in each group = 4
Number of equal parts = 8
The shaded part of the circle = \(\frac{8} {4}\)

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 10
3 = \(\frac{□} {□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{18} {6}\)

Explanation:

Number of circles = 3
Number of equal parts = 18
Number of shaded part in each circle = 6
So, the fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{18} {6}\)

Lesson 8.7

Write a fraction to name the shaded part of each group.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 11
\(\frac{□} {□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3} {6}\) or \(\frac{1} {2}\)

Explanation:

There are 6 circles, in which 3 circles are shaded and 3 circles are not shaded.
So, the fraction name for the shaded part is \(\frac{3} {6}\) or \(\frac{1} {2}\)

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice Common Core img 12
\(\frac{□} {□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1} {4}\) or \(\frac{2} {8}\)

Explanation:

The figure shows that there are 8 circles and in that 2 circles are shaded.
So, the fraction name for the shaded part is \(\frac{2} {8}\) or \(\frac{1} {4}\)

Lessons 8.8–8.9

Draw a quick picture to solve.

Question 8.
Charlotte has 12 T-shirts. One-fourth of her T-shirts is green. How many of Charlotte’s T-shirts are green?
_________ green T-shirts

Answer: 3 T-shirts

Explanation:

Given,
Charlotte has 12 T-shirts.
One-fourth of her T-shirts is green.
To know how many of Charlotte’s T-shirts are green we need to multiply 12 with 1/4
12 × \(\frac{1} {4}\)
12/4 = 3
Therefore there are 3 green T-shirts.

Question 9.
Josh walks 18 dogs each week. Today, he is walking \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the dogs. How many dogs is he walking today?
_________ dogs

Answer: 6 dogs

Explanation:

Given that Josh walks 18 dogs each week.
Today, he is walking \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the dogs.
To find how many dogs he walked today
We need to multiply 18 and \(\frac{1}{3}\)
18 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 18/3 = 6
Thus he walked 6 dogs today.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice helps you to test your preparation standards. You can see the topics like Equal parts of a whole, unit fractions, relate fractions and whole numbers. We even considered images for a few questions for a better understanding of the concepts.

Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation

go-math-grade-8-chapter-2-exponents-and-scientific-notation-answer-key

Get Free Access to Download Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation PDF from here. Start your preparation with the help of Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key. It is essential for all the students to learn the concepts of this chapter in-depth. So, make use of the Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation Solution Key links and go through the solutions.

Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation Answer Key

Check out the list of the topics before you start your preparation. You can step by step explanation for all the questions in HMH Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation for free of cost. Quickly download Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Answer Key PDF and fix the timetable to prepare.

Lesson 1: Integer Exponents

Lesson 2: Scientific Notation with Positive Powers of 10

Lesson 3: Scientific Notation with Negative Powers of 10

Lesson 4: Operations with Scientific Notation

Model Quiz

Mixed Review

Guided Practice – Integer Exponents – Page No. 36

Find the value of each power.

Question 1.
8−1 =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
Base = 8
Exponent = 1
8−1 = (1/8)1 = 1/8

Question 2.
6−2 =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{36}\)

Explanation:
Base = 6
Exponent = 2
6−2 = (1/6)2 = 1/36

Question 3.
2560 =
______

Answer:
1

Explanation:
2560
Base = 256
Exponent = 0
Anything raised to the zeroth power is 1.
2560 = 1

Question 4.
102 =
______

Answer:
100

Explanation:
Base = 10
Exponent = 2
102 = 10 × 10 = 100

Question 5.
54 =
______

Answer:
625

Explanation:
Base = 5
Exponent = 4
54 = 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 625

Question 6.
2−5 =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{32}\)

Explanation:
Base = 2
Exponent = 5
2−5 = (1/2)5 = (1/2) × (1/2) × (1/2) × (1/2) × (1/2) = 1/32

Question 7.
4−5 =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{1,024}\)

Explanation:
Base = 4
Exponent = 5
4−5 = (1/4)5 = (1/4) × (1/4) × (1/4) × (1/4) × (1/4) = 1/1,024

Question 8.
890 =
______

Answer:
1

Explanation:
890
Base = 89
Exponent = 0
Anything raised to the zeroth power is 1.
890 = 1

Question 9.
11−3 =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{1,331}\)

Explanation:
Base = 11
Exponent = 3
11−3 = (1/11)3 = (1/11) × (1/11) × (1/11) = 1/1,331

Use properties of exponents to write an equivalent expression.

Question 10.
4 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 4 = 4?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
43

Explanation:
The same number 4 is multiplying 3 times.
The number of times a term is multiplied called the exponent.
So the base is 4 and the exponent is 3
4 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 4 = 43

Question 11.
(2 ⋅ 2) ⋅ (2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 2) = 2? ⋅ 2? = 2?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
25

Explanation:
The same number 2 is multiplying 5 times.
The number of times a term is multiplied called the exponent.
So the base is 2 and the exponent is 5
(2 ⋅ 2) ⋅ (2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 2) = 22 ⋅ 23 = 25

Question 12.
\(\frac { { 6 }^{ 7 } }{ { 6 }^{ 5 } } \) = \(\frac{6⋅6⋅6⋅6⋅6⋅6⋅6}{6⋅6⋅6⋅6⋅6}\) = 6?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
62

Explanation:
\(\frac { { 6 }^{ 7 } }{ { 6 }^{ 5 } } \) = \(\frac{6⋅6⋅6⋅6⋅6⋅6⋅6}{6⋅6⋅6⋅6⋅6}\)
Cancel the common factors
6.6
Base = 6
Exponent = 2
62

Question 13.
\(\frac { { 8 }^{ 12 } }{ { 8 }^{ 9 } } \) = 8?-? = 8?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
83

Explanation:
\(\frac { { 8 }^{ 12 } }{ { 8 }^{ 9 } } \)
Bases are common. So, the exponents are subtracted
812-9 = 83

Question 14.
510 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 5 = 5?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
512

Explanation:
Bases are common and multiplied. So, the exponents are added
Base = 5
Exponents = 10 + 1 + 1 = 12
512

Question 15.
78 ⋅ 75 = 7?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
713

Explanation:
Bases are common and multiplied. So, the exponents are added
Base = 7
Exponents = 8 + 5 = 13
713

Question 16.
(62)4 = (6 ⋅ 6)? = (6 ⋅ 6) ⋅ (6 ⋅ 6) ⋅ (? ⋅ ?) ⋅ ? = 6?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
68

Explanation:
(62)4 = (6 ⋅ 6)4 = (6 ⋅ 6) ⋅ (6 ⋅ 6) ⋅ (6 ⋅ 6) ⋅ (6 ⋅ 6) = 62 ⋅ 62 . 62 ⋅ 62
Bases are common and multiplied. So, the exponents are added
= 62+2+2+2
68

Question 17.
(33)3 = (3 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3)3 = (3 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3) ⋅ (? ⋅ ? ⋅ ?) ⋅ ? = 3?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
39

Explanation:
(3 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3) ⋅ (3 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3) ⋅ (3 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3) = 33 ⋅ 33 ⋅ 33
Bases are common and multiplied. So, the exponents are added
33 + 3 + 3
39

Simplify each expression.

Question 18.
(10 − 6)3⋅42 + (10 + 2)2
______

Answer:
1,168

Explanation:
4³. 4² + (12)² = 45 + (12)² = 45 + (12 . 12)²
45 + (144) = 1,024 + 144 = 1,168

Question 19.
\(\frac { { (12-5) }^{ 7 } }{ { [(3+4)^{ 2 }] }^{ 2 } } \)
________

Answer:
343

Explanation:
77 ÷ (7²)² = 77 ÷ 74
77-4

7 . 7 . 7 = 343

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 20.
Summarize the rules for multiplying powers with the same base, dividing powers with the same base, and raising a power to a power.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The exponent “product rule” tells us that, when multiplying two powers that have the same base, you can add the exponents.
The quotient rule tells us that we can divide two powers with the same base by subtracting the exponents.
The “power rule” tells us that to raise a power to a power, just multiply the exponents.

Independent Practice – Integer Exponents – Page No. 37

Question 21.
Explain why the exponents cannot be added in the product 123 ⋅ 113.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The exponent “product rule” tells us that, when multiplying two powers that have the same base, you can add the exponents.
The bases are not the same in the given problem.
=> (12)³ x (11)³
If we solve this equation following the rule of exponent will get the correct answer:
=> (12 x 12 x 12) x (11 x 11 x 11)
=> 1728 X 1331
=> the answer is 2 299 968
But if we add the exponent, the answer would be wrong
=> (12)³ x (11)³
=> 132^6
=> 5289852801024 which is wrong.

Question 22.
List three ways to express 35 as a product of powers.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
3¹ . 34
3² . 33
3³ . 32

Question 23.
Astronomy
The distance from Earth to the moon is about 224 miles. The distance from Earth to Neptune is about 227 miles. Which distance is the greater distance and about how many times greater is it?
_______ times

Answer:
(22)³ or 10,648 times

Explanation:
The distance from Earth to the moon is about 224 miles. The distance from Earth to Neptune is about 227 miles.
227 – 224  = (22)³
The greatest distance is from Earth to Neptune
The distance from Earth to Neptune is greater by (22)³ or 10,648 miles

Question 24.
Critique Reasoning
A student claims that 83 ⋅ 8-5 is greater than 1. Explain whether the student is correct or not.
______________

Answer:
83 ⋅ 8-5 is = 8-2
(1/8)²
(1/8) . (1/8) = 1/64 = 0.015
The student is not correct.

Find the missing exponent.

Question 25.
(b2)? = b-6
_______

Answer:
(b2)-8

Explanation:
(b2)? = b-6
(b-6) = b2-8
(b2-8) = b2 . b-8
(b2)-8 = b-6

Question 26.
x? ⋅ x6 = x9
_______

Answer:

Explanation:
x? ⋅ x6 = x9
x9 = x3 + 6
x³ x6

Question 27.
\(\frac { { y }^{ 25 } }{ { y }^{ ? } } \) = y6
_______

Answer:
y25 ÷ y16

Explanation:
\(\frac { { y }^{ 25 } }{ { y }^{ ? } } \) = y
y6 = y25 – 16
y25 ÷ y16

Question 28.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Why do you subtract exponents when dividing powers with the same base?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
To divide exponents (or powers) with the same base, subtract the exponents. The division is the opposite of multiplication, so it makes sense that because you add exponents when multiplying numbers with the same base, you subtract the exponents when dividing numbers with the same base.

Question 29.
Astronomy
The mass of the Sun is about 2 × 1027 metric tons, or 2 × 1030 kilograms. How many kilograms are in one metric ton?
________ kgs in one metric ton

Answer:
1,000 kgs in one metric ton

Explanation:
The mass of the Sun is about 2 × 1027 metric tons, or 2 × 1030 kilograms.
2 × 1027 metric tons = 2 × 1030 ki
1 metric ton = 2 × 1030 ki ÷ 2 × 1027 = (10)³ = 1,000 kgs in one metric ton

Question 30.
Represent Real-World Problems
In computer technology, a kilobyte is 210 bytes in size. A gigabyte is 230 bytes in size. The size of a terabyte is the product of the size of a kilobyte and the size of a gigabyte. What is the size of a terabyte?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
240 bytes

Explanation:
In computer technology, a kilobyte is 210 bytes in size. A gigabyte is 230 bytes in size. The size of a terabyte is the product of the size of a kilobyte and the size of a gigabyte.
terabyte = 210 bytes × 230 bytes = 210+30 bytes = 240 bytes

Integer Exponents – Page No. 38

Question 31.
Write equivalent expressions for x7 ⋅ x-2 and \(\frac { { x }^{ 7 } }{ { x }^{ 2 } } \). What do you notice? Explain how your results relate to the properties of integer exponents.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
x^a * x^b = x^(a+b)
and
x^-a = 1/x^a
Therefore, x^7 * x^-2 = x^7/x^2 = x^5
or
x^7 * x^-2 = x^(7-2) = x^5
x^7 / x^2 = x^7 * x^-2

A toy store is creating a large window display of different colored cubes stacked in a triangle shape. The table shows the number of cubes in each row of the triangle, starting with the top row.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation Lesson 1: Integer Exponents img 1

Question 32.
Look for a Pattern
Describe any pattern you see in the table.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
As the number of rows increased, the number of cubes in each row by multiple of 3.

Question 33.
Using exponents, how many cubes will be in Row 6? How many times as many cubes will be in Row 6 than in Row 3?
_______ times more cubes

Answer:
(33) times more cubes

Explanation:
For row 6, the number of cubes in each row = (36)
(36) ÷ (33) = (36-3) = (33)
(33) times more cubes

Question 34.
Justify Reasoning
If there are 6 rows in the triangle, what is the total number of cubes in the triangle? Explain how you found your answer.
______ cubes

Answer:
1,092 cubes

Explanation:
(31) + (32) + (33) + (34) + (35) + (36)
3 + 9 + 27 + 81 + 243 + 729 = 1,092

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 35.
Critique Reasoning
A student simplified the expression \(\frac { { 6 }^{ 2 } }{ { 36 }^{ 2 } } \) as \(\frac{1}{3}\). Do you agree with this student? Explain why or why not.
______________

Answer:
\(\frac { { 6 }^{ 2 } }{ { 36 }^{ 2 } } \)
(62) ÷ (62
(62) ÷ (64)
(62 – 4)
(6-2) = 1/36
I don’t agree with the student

Question 36.
Draw Conclusions
Evaluate –an when a = 3 and n = 2, 3, 4, and 5. Now evaluate (–a)n when a = 3 and n = 2, 3, 4, and 5. Based on this sample, does it appear that –an = (–a)n? If not, state the relationships, if any, between –an and (–a)n.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
–an when a = 3 and n = 2, 3, 4, and 5.
-3n
-(32 )= -9
(–a)n = -3 . -3 = 9
–an = (–a)n are not equal.

Question 37.
Persevere in Problem Solving
A number to the 12th power divided by the same number to the 9th power equals 125. What is the number?
_______

Answer:
Let’s call our number a.
(a12 ) ÷ (a9 )
(a12-9 ) = (a3 )
(a3 ) = 125
a = (125)1/3
a = 5

Guided Practice – Scientific Notation with Positive Powers of 10 – Page No. 42

Write each number in scientific notation.

Question 1.
58,927
(Hint: Move the decimal left 4 places)
Type below:
______________

Answer:
5.8927 × (10)4

Explanation:
58,927
Move the decimal left 4 places
5.8927 × (10)4

Question 2.
1,304,000,000
(Hint: Move the decimal left 9 places.)
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.304 × (10)9

Explanation:
1,304,000,000
Move the decimal left 9 places
1.304 × (10)9

Question 3.
6,730,000
Type below:
______________

Answer:

Explanation:
6,730,000
Move the decimal left 6 places
6.73 × (10)6

Question 4.
13,300
Type below:
______________

Answer:

Explanation:
13,300
Move the decimal left 4 places
1.33 × (10)4

Question 5.
An ordinary quarter contains about 97,700,000,000,000,000,000,000 atoms.
Type below:
______________

Answer:

Explanation:
97,700,000,000,000,000,000,000
Move the decimal left 22 places
9.77 × (10)22

Question 6.
The distance from Earth to the Moon is about 384,000 kilometers.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
3.84 × (10)6

Explanation:
384,000
Move the decimal left 6 places
3.84 × (10)6

Write each number in standard notation.

Question 7.
4 × 105
(Hint: Move the decimal right 5 places.)
Type below:
______________

Answer:
400,000

Explanation:
4 × 105
Move the decimal right 5 places
400,000

Question 8.
1.8499 × 109
(Hint: Move the decimal right 9 places.)
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1849900000

Explanation:
1.8499 × 109
Move the decimal right 9 places
1849900000

Question 9.
6.41 × 103
Type below:
______________

Answer:
6410

Explanation:
6.41 × 103
Move the decimal right 3 places
6410

Question 10.
8.456 × 107
Type below:
______________

Answer:
84560000

Explanation:
8.456 × 107
Move the decimal right 7 places
84560000

Question 11.
8 × 105
Type below:
______________

Answer:
800,000

Explanation:
8 × 105
Move the decimal right 5 places
800,000

Question 12.
9 × 1010
Type below:
______________

Answer:
90000000000

Explanation:
9 × 1010
Move the decimal right 10 places
90000000000

Question 13.
Diana calculated that she spent about 5.4 × 104 seconds doing her math homework during October. Write this time in standard notation.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
5400

Explanation:
Diana calculated that she spent about 5.4 × 104 seconds doing her math homework during October.
5.4 × 104
Move the decimal right 4 places

5400

Question 14.
The town recycled 7.6 × 106 cans this year. Write the number of cans in standard notation
Type below:
______________

Answer:
7600000

Explanation:
The town recycled 7.6 × 106 cans this year.
7.6 × 106
Move the decimal right 10 places
7600000

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 15.
Describe how to write 3,482,000,000 in scientific notation.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
3.482 × (10)9

Explanation:
3,482,000,000
Move the decimal left 9 places
3.482 × (10)9

Independent Practice – Scientific Notation with Positive Powers of 10 – Page No. 43

Paleontology

Use the table for problems 16–21. Write the estimated weight of each dinosaur in scientific notation.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation Lesson 2: Scientific Notation with Positive Powers of 10 img 2

Question 16.
Apatosaurus ______________
Type below:
______________

Answer:
6.6 × (10)4

Explanation:
66,000
Move the decimal left 4 places
6.6 × (10)4

Question 17.
Argentinosaurus ___________
Type below:
______________

Answer:
2.2 × (10)5

Explanation:
220,000
Move the decimal left 5 places
2.2 × (10)5

Question 18.
Brachiosaurus ______________
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1 × (10)5

Explanation:
100,000
Move the decimal left 5 places
1 × (10)5

Question 19.
Camarasaurus ______________
Type below:
______________

Answer:
4 × (10)4

Explanation:
40,000
Move the decimal left 4 places
4 × (10)4

Question 20.
Cetiosauriscus ____________
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.985 × (10)4

Explanation:
19,850
Move the decimal left 4 places
1.985 × (10)4

Question 21.
Diplodocus _____________
Type below:
______________

Answer:
5 × (10)4

Explanation:
50,000
Move the decimal left 4 places
5 × (10)4

Question 22.
A single little brown bat can eat up to 1,000 mosquitoes in a single hour. Express in scientific notation how many mosquitoes a little brown bat might eat in 10.5 hours.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.05 × (10)4

Explanation:
(1000 x 10.5) = 10500.
The little brown bat can eat 10500 mosquitoes in 10.5 hours.
1.05 × (10)4

Question 23.
Multistep
Samuel can type nearly 40 words per minute. Use this information to find the number of hours it would take him to type 2.6 × 105 words.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
Samuel can type 40 words per minute.
Then how many hours will it take for him to type 2.6 words times 10 to the power of five words
2.6 words time 10 to the power of 5
2.6 × (10)4
2.6 x 100 000 = 260 000 words in all.
Now, we need to find the number of words Samuel can type in an hour
40 words/minutes, in 1 hour there are 60 minutes
40 x 60
2,400 words /hour
Now, let’s divide the total of words he needs to type to the number of words he can type in an hour
260 000 / 2 400
108.33 hours.

Question 24.
Entomology
A tropical species of mite named Archegozetes longisetosus is the record holder for the strongest insect in the world. It can lift up to 1.182 × 103 times its own weight.
a. If you were as strong as this insect, explain how you could find how many pounds you could lift.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
Number of pounds you can lift by 1.182 × 103 by your weight

Question 24.
b. Complete the calculation to find how much you could lift, in pounds, if you were as strong as an Archegozetes longisetosus mite. Express your answer in both scientific notation and standard notation.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
scientific notation: 1.182 × 105
standard notation: 118200

Explanation:
1.182 × 103 × 102
1.182 × 105
118200

Question 25.
During a discussion in science class, Sharon learns that at birth an elephant weighs around 230 pounds. In four herds of elephants tracked by conservationists, about 20 calves were born during the summer. In scientific notation, express approximately how much the calves weighed all together.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
4.6 × 103

Explanation:
During a discussion in science class, Sharon learns that at birth an elephant weighs around 230 pounds. In four herds of elephants tracked by conservationists, about 20 calves were born during the summer.
Total weight of the claves = 230 × 20 = 4600
Move the decimal left 3 places
4.6 × 103

Question 26.
Classifying Numbers
Which of the following numbers are written in scientific notation?
0.641 × 103          9.999 × 104
2 × 101                 4.38 × 510
Type below:
______________

Answer:
0.641 × 103
4.38 × 510

Scientific Notation with Positive Powers of 10 – Page No. 44

Question 27.
Explain the Error
Polly’s parents’ car weighs about 3500 pounds. Samantha, Esther, and Polly each wrote the weight of the car in scientific notation. Polly wrote 35.0 × 102, Samantha wrote 0.35 × 104, and Esther wrote 3.5 × 104.
a. Which of these girls, if any, is correct?
______________

Answer:
None of the girls is correct

Question 27.
b. Explain the mistakes of those who got the question wrong.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
Polly did not express the number such first part is greater than or equal to 1 and less than 10
Samantha did not express the number such first part is greater than or equal to 1 and less than 10
Esther did not express the exponent of 10 correctly

Question 28.
Justify Reasoning
If you were a biologist counting very large numbers of cells as part of your research, give several reasons why you might prefer to record your cell counts in scientific notation instead of standard notation.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
It is easier to comprehend the magnitude of large numbers when in scientific notation as multiple zeros in the number are removed and express as an exponent of 10.
It is easier to compare large numbers when in scientific notation as numbers are be expressed as a product of a number greater than or equal to 1 and less than 10
It is easier to multiply the numbers in scientific notation.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 29.
Draw Conclusions
Which measurement would be least likely to be written in scientific notation: number of stars in a galaxy, number of grains of sand on a beach, speed of a car, or population of a country? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
speed of a car

Explanation:
As we know scientific notation is used to express measurements that are extremely large or extremely small.
The first two are extremely large, then, they could be expressed in scientific notation.
If we compare the speed of a car and the population of a country, it is clear that the larger will be the population of a country.
Therefore, it is more likely to express that in scientific notation, so the answer is the speed of a car.

Question 30.
Analyze Relationships
Compare the two numbers to find which is greater. Explain how you can compare them without writing them in standard notation first.
4.5 × 106              2.1 × 108
Type below:
______________

Answer:
2.1 × 108

Explanation:
2.1 × 108 is greater because the power of 10 is greater in  2.1 × 108

Question 31.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
To determine whether a number is written in scientific notation, what test can you apply to the first factor, and what test can you apply to the second factor?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The first term must have one number before the decimal point
the second term (factor) must be 10 having some power.

Guided Practice – Scientific Notation with Negative Powers of 10 – Page No. 48

Write each number in scientific notation.

Question 1.
0.000487
Hint: Move the decimal right 4 places.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
4.87 × 10-4

Explanation:
0.000487
Move the decimal right 4 places
4.87 × 10-4

Question 2.
0.000028
Hint: Move the decimal right 5 places
Type below:
______________

Answer:
2.8 × 10-5

Explanation:
0.000028
Move the decimal right 5 places
2.8 × 10-5

Question 3.
0.000059
Type below:
______________

Answer:
5.9 × 10-5

Explanation:
0.000059
Move the decimal right 5 places
5.9 × 10-5

Question 4.
0.0417
Type below:
______________

Answer:
4.17 × 10-2

Explanation:
0.0417
Move the decimal right 2 places
4.17 × 10-2

Question 5.
Picoplankton can be as small as 0.00002 centimeters.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
2 × 10-5

Explanation:
0.00002
Move the decimal right 5 places
2 × 10-5

Question 6.
The average mass of a grain of sand on a beach is about 0.000015 gram.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.5 × 10-5

Explanation:
0.000015
Move the decimal right 5 places
1.5 × 10-5

Write each number in standard notation.

Question 7.
2 × 10-5
Hint: Move the decimal left 5 places.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
0.00002

Explanation:
2 × 10-5
Move the decimal left 5 places
0.00002

Question 8.
3.582 × 10-6
Hint: Move the decimal left 6 places.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
0.000003582

Explanation:
3.582 × 10-6
Move the decimal left 6 places
0.000003582

Question 9.
8.3 × 10-4
Type below:
______________

Answer:
0.00083

Explanation:
8.3 × 10-4
Move the decimal left 4 places
0.00083

Question 10.
2.97 × 10-2
Type below:
______________

Answer:
0.0297

Explanation:
2.97 × 10-2
Move the decimal left 2 places
0.0297

Question 11.
9.06 × 10-5
Type below:
______________

Answer:
0.0000906

Explanation:
9.06 × 10-5
Move the decimal left 5 places
0.0000906

Question 12.
4 × 10-5
Type below:
______________

Answer:
0.00004

Explanation:
4 × 10-5
Move the decimal left 5 places
0.00004

Question 13.
The average length of a dust mite is approximately 0.0001 meters. Write this number in scientific notation.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1 × 10-4

Explanation:
The average length of a dust mite is approximately 0.0001 meters.
0.0001
Move the decimal right 4 places
1 × 10-4

Question 14.
The mass of a proton is about 1.7 × 10-24 grams. Write this number in standard notation.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
0.000000000000000000000017

Explanation:
The mass of a proton is about 1.7 × 10-24 grams.
1.7 × 10-24
Move the decimal left 24 places
0.000000000000000000000017

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 15.
Describe how to write 0.0000672 in scientific notation.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
6.72 × 10-5

Explanation:
0.0000672
Move the decimal right 5 places
6.72 × 10-5

Independent Practice – Scientific Notation with Negative Powers of 10 – Page No. 49

Use the table for problems 16–21. Write the diameter of the fibers in scientific notation.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation Lesson 3: Scientific Notation with Negative Powers of 10 img 3

Question 16.
Alpaca _______
Type below:
______________

Answer:
2.77 × 10-3

Explanation:
0.00277
Move the decimal right 3 places
2.77 × 10-3

Question 17.
Angora rabbit _____________
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.3 × 10-3

Explanation:
0.0013
Move the decimal right 3 places
1.3 × 10-3

Question 18.
Llama ____________
Type below:
______________

Answer:
3.5 × 10-3

Explanation:
0.0035
Move the decimal right 3 places
3.5 × 10-3

Question 19.
Angora goat ____________
Type below:
______________

Answer:
4.5 × 10-3

Explanation:
0.0045
Move the decimal right 3 places
4.5 × 10-3

Question 20.
Orb web spider ___________
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.5 × 10-2

Explanation:
0.015
Move the decimal right 2 places
1.5 × 10-2

Question 21.
Vicuña __________
Type below:
______________

Answer:
8 × 10-4

Explanation:
0.0008
Move the decimal right 4 places
8 × 10-4

Question 22.
Make a Conjecture
Which measurement would be least likely to be written in scientific notation: the thickness of a dog hair, the radius of a period on this page, the ounces in a cup of milk? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The ounces in a cup of milk would be least likely to be written in scientific notation. The ounces in a cup of milk is correct.
Scientific notation is used for either very large or extremely small numbers.
The thickness of dog hair is very small as the hair is thin. Hence can be converted to scientific notation.
The radius of a period on this page is also pretty small. Hence can be converted to scientific notation.
The ounces in a cup of milk. There are 8 ounces in a cup, so this is least likely to be written in scientific notation.

Question 23.
Multiple Representations
Convert the length 7 centimeters to meters. Compare the numerical values when both numbers are written in scientific notation
Type below:
______________

Answer:
7 centimeters convert to meters
In every 1 meter, there are 100 centimeters = 7/100 = 0.07
Therefore, in 7 centimeters there are 0.07 meters.
7 cm is a whole number while 0.07 m is a decimal number
Scientific Notation of each number
7 cm = 7 x 10°
7 m = 1 x 10¯²
Scientific notation, by the way, is an expression used by the scientist to make a large number of very small number easy to handle.

Question 24.
Draw Conclusions
A graphing calculator displays 1.89 × 1012 as 1.89E12. How do you think it would display 1.89 × 10-12? What does the E stand for?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.89E-12. E= Exponent

Explanation:

Question 25.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
When a number is written in scientific notation, how can you tell right away whether or not it is greater than or equal to 1?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
A number written in scientific notation is of the form
a × 10-n where 1 ≤ a < 10 and n is an integer
The number is greater than or equal to one if n ≥ 0.

Question 26.
The volume of a drop of a certain liquid is 0.000047 liter. Write the volume of the drop of liquid in scientific notation.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
4.7 × 10-5

Explanation:
The volume of a drop of a certain liquid is 0.000047 liter.
Move the decimal right 5 places
4.7 × 10-5

Question 27.
Justify Reasoning
If you were asked to express the weight in ounces of a ladybug in scientific notation, would the exponent of the 10 be positive or negative? Justify your response.
______________

Answer:
Negative

Explanation:
Scientific notation is used to express very small or very large numbers.
Very small numbers are written in scientific notation using negative exponents.
Very large numbers are written in scientific notation using positive exponents.
Since a ladybug is very small, we would use the very small scientific notation, which uses negative exponents.

Physical Science – Scientific Notation with Negative Powers of 10 – Page No. 50

The table shows the length of the radii of several very small or very large items. Complete the table.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation Lesson 3: Scientific Notation with Negative Powers of 10 img 4

Question 28.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.74 × (10)6

Explanation:
The moon = 1,740,000
Move the decimal left 6 places
1.74 × (10)6

Question 29.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.25e-10

Explanation:
1.25 × (10)-10
Move the decimal left 10 places
1.25e-10

Question 30.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
2.8 × (10)3

Explanation:
0.0028
Move the decimal left 3 places
2.8 × (10)3

Question 31.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
71490000

Explanation:
7.149 × (10)7
Move the decimal left 7 places
71490000
Question 32.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.82 × (10)-10

Explanation:
0.000000000182
Move the decimal right 10 places
1.82 × (10)-10

Question 33.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
3397000

Explanation:
3.397 × (10)6
Move the decimal left 6 places
3397000

Question 34.
List the items in the table in order from the smallest to the largest.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.82 × (10)-10
1.25 × (10)-10
2.8 × (10)3
1.74 × (10)6
3.397 × (10)6
7.149 × (10)7

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 35.
Analyze Relationships
Write the following diameters from least to greatest. 1.5 × 10-2m ; 1.2 × 102 m ; 5.85 × 10-3 m ; 2.3 × 10-2 m ; 9.6 × 10-1 m.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
5.85 × 10-3 m, 1.5 × 10-2m, 2.3 × 10-2 m, 9.6 × 10-1 m, 1.2 × 102 m

Explanation:
1.5 × 10-2m = 0.015
1.2 × 102 m = 120
5.85 × 10-3 m = 0.00585
2.3 × 10-2 m = 0.023
9.6 × 10-1 m = 0.96
0.00585, 0.015, 0.023, 0.96, 120

Question 36.
Critique Reasoning
Jerod’s friend Al had the following homework problem:
Express 5.6 × 10-7 in standard form.
Al wrote 56,000,000. How can Jerod explain Al’s error and how to correct it?
Type below:
______________

Answer:

Explanation:
5.6 × 10-7 in
0.000000056
Al wrote 56,000,000. AI wrote the zeroes to the right side of the 56 which is not correct. As the exponent of 10 is negative zero’s need to add to the left of the number.

Question 37.
Make a Conjecture
Two numbers are written in scientific notation. The number with a positive exponent is divided by the number with a negative exponent. Describe the result. Explain your answer.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
When the division is performed, the denominator exponent is subtracted from the numerator exponent. Subtracting a negative value from the numerator exponent will increase its value.

Guided Practice – Operations with Scientific Notation – Page No. 54

Add or subtract. Write your answer in scientific notation.

Question 1.
4.2 × 106 + 2.25 × 105 + 2.8 × 106
4.2 × 106 + ? × 10 ? + 2.8 × 106
4.2 + ? + ?
? × 10?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
4.2 × 106 + 0.225 × 10 × 105 + 2.8 × 106
Rewrite 2.25 = 0.225 × 10
(4.2 + 0.225 + 2.8) × 106
7.225 × 106

Question 2.
8.5 × 103 − 5.3 × 103 − 1.0 × 102
8.5 × 103 − 5.3 × 103 − ? × 10?
? − ? − ?
? × 10?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
8.5 × 103 − 5.3 × 103 − 0.1 × 103
(8.5 − 5.3 − 0.1) × 103
(3.1) × 103

Question 3.
1.25 × 102 + 0.50 × 102 + 3.25 × 102
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.25 × 102 + 0.50 × 102 + 3.25 × 102
(1.25 + 0.50 + 3.25) × 102
5 × 102

Question 4.
6.2 × 105 − 2.6 × 104 − 1.9 × 102
Type below:
______________

Answer:
6.2 × 105 − 2.6 × 104 − 1.9 × 102
6.2 × 105 − 0.26 × 105 − 0.0019 × 105
(6.2 – 0.26 – 0.0019) × 105
5.9381 × 105

Multiply or divide. Write your answer in scientific notation.

Question 5.
(1.8 × 109)(6.7 × 1012)
Type below:
______________

Answer:
12.06 × 1021

Explanation:
(1.8 × 109)(6.7 × 1012)
1.8 × 6.7 = 12.06
109+12 = 1021
12.06 × 1021

Question 6.
\(\frac { { 3.46×10 }^{ 17 } }{ { 2×10 }^{ 9 } } \)
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.73 × 108

Explanation:
3.46/2 = 1.73
1017/109 = 1017-9 = 108
1.73 × 108

Question 7.
(5 × 1012)(3.38 × 106)
Type below:
______________

Answer:
16.9 × 1018

Explanation:
(5 × 1012)(3.38 × 106)
5 × 3.38 = 16.9
106+12 = 1018
16.9 × 1018

Question 8.
\(\frac { { 8.4×10 }^{ 21 } }{ { 4.2×10 }^{ 14 } } \)
Type below:
______________

Answer:
2 × 107

Explanation:
8.4/4.2 = 2
1021/1014 = 1021-14 = 107
2 × 107

Write each number using calculator notation.

Question 9.
3.6 × 1011
Type below:
______________

Answer:
3.6e11

Question 10.
7.25 × 10-5
Type below:
______________

Answer:
7.25e-5

Question 11.
8 × 10-1
Type below:
______________

Answer:
8e-1

Write each number using scientific notation.

Question 12.
7.6E − 4
Type below:
______________

Answer:
7.6 × 10-4

Question 13.
1.2E16
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.2 × 1016

Question 14.
9E1
Type below:
______________

Answer:
9 × 101

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 15.
How do you add, subtract, multiply, and divide numbers written in scientific notation?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
Numbers with exponents can be added and subtracted only when they have the same base and exponent.
To multiply two numbers in scientific notation, multiply their coefficients and add their exponents.
To divide two numbers in scientific notation, divide their coefficients, and subtract their exponents.

Independent Practice – Operations with Scientific Notation – Page No. 55

Question 16.
An adult blue whale can eat 4.0 × 107 krill in a day. At that rate, how many krill can an adult blue whale eat in 3.65 × 102 days?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
14.6 × 109

Explanation:
(4.0 × 107 )(3.65 × 102 )
4.0 × 3.65 = 14.6
107+2  =  109
14.6 × 109

Question 17.
A newborn baby has about 26,000,000,000 cells. An adult has about 4.94 × 1013 cells. How many times as many cells does an adult have than a newborn? Write your answer in scientific notation.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
1.9 × 103

Explanation:
26,000,000,000 = 2.6 × 1010
4.94 × 1013
(4.94 × 1013 )/(2.6 × 1010 )
1.9 × 103

Represent Real-World Problems

The table shows the number of tons of waste generated and recovered (recycled) in 2010.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation Lesson 4: Operations with Scientific Notation img 5

Question 18.
What is the total amount of paper, glass, and plastic waste generated?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
11.388 × 107

Explanation:
7.131 × 107 + 1.153 × 107 + 3.104 × 107
11.388 × 107

Question 19.
What is the total amount of paper, glass, and plastic waste recovered?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
5.025 × 107

Explanation:
4.457 × 107  + 0.313 × 107  + 0.255 × 107
5.025 × 107

Question 20.
What is the total amount of paper, glass, and plastic waste not recovered?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
6.363 × 107

Explanation:
(11.388 × 107 )  – (5.025 × 107)
6.363 × 107

Question 21.
Which type of waste has the lowest recovery ratio?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
Plastics

Explanation:
7.131 × 107  – 4.457 × 107 = 2.674 × 107
1.153 × 107  – 0.313 × 107 = 0.84 × 107
3.104 × 107  – 0.255 × 107 = 2.849 × 107
Plastics has the lowest recovery ratio

Social Studies

The table shows the approximate populations of three countries.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation Lesson 4: Operations with Scientific Notation img 6

Question 22.
How many more people live in France than in Australia?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
4.33 × 107

Explanation:
(6.48 × 107 )  – (2.15× 107)
4.33 × 107

Question 23.
The area of Australia is 2.95 × 106 square miles. What is the approximate average number of people per square mile in Australia?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
About 7 people per square mile

Explanation:
2.95 × 106 square miles = (2.15× 107)
1 square mile = (2.15× 107)/(2.95 × 106) = 7.288

Question 24.
How many times greater is the population of China than the population of France? Write your answer in standard notation.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
20.52; there are about 20 people in china for every 1 person in France.

Question 25.
Mia is 7.01568 × 106 minutes old. Convert her age to more appropriate units using years, months, and days. Assume each month to have 30.5 days.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
13 years 3 months 22.5 days

Explanation:
7.01568 × 106 minutes
(7.01568 × 106 minutes) ÷ (6 × 101)(2.4 × 101)(1.2 × 101)(3.05 × 101)
= (1.331 × 101)
= 13 years 3 months 22.5 days

Operations with Scientific Notation – Page No. 56

Question 26.
Courtney takes 2.4 × 104 steps during her a long-distance run. Each step covers an average of 810 mm. What total distance (in mm) did Courtney cover during her run? Write your answer in scientific notation. Then convert the distance to the more appropriate unit kilometers. Write that answer in standard form.
______ km

Answer:
19.4 km

Explanation:
Courtney takes 2.4 × 104 steps during her a long-distance run. Each step covers an average of 810 mm.
(2.4 × 104 steps) × 810mm
(2.4 × 104 ) × (8.1 × 102 )
The total distance covered = (19.44 × 106 )
Convert to unit kilometers:
(19.44 × 106 ) × (1 × 10-6 )
(1.94 × 101 )
19.4 km

Question 27.
Social Studies
The U.S. public debt as of October 2010 was $9.06 × 1012. What was the average U.S. public debt per American if the population in 2010 was 3.08 × 108 people?
$ _______

Answer:
$29,400 per American

Explanation:
($9.06 × 1012.)/(3.08 × 108 )
($2.94 × 104.) = $29,400 per American

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 28.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
How is multiplying and dividing numbers in scientific notation different from adding and subtracting numbers in scientific notation?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
When you multiply or divide in scientific notation, you just add or subtract the exponents. When you add or subtract in scientific notation, you have to make the exponents the same before you can do anything else.

Question 29.
Explain the Error
A student found the product of 8 × 106 and 5 × 109 to be 4 × 1015. What is the error? What is the correct product?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The error student makes is he multiply the terms instead of addition.

Explanation:
product of 8 × 106 and 5 × 109
40 × 1015
4 × 1016
The student missed the 10 while multiplying the product of 8 × 106 and 5 × 109

Question 30.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Describe a procedure that can be used to simplify \(\frac { { (4.87×10 }^{ 12 }) – { (7×10 }^{ 10 }) }{ { (3×10 }^{ 7 })-{ (6.1×10 }^{ 8 }) } \). Write the expression in scientific notation in simplified form.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
\(\frac { { (4.87×10 }^{ 12 }) – { (7×10 }^{ 10 }) }{ { (3×10 }^{ 7 })-{ (6.1×10 }^{ 8 }) } \)
\(\frac { { (487×10 }^{ 10 }) – { (7×10 }^{ 10 }) }{ { (3×10 }^{ 7 })-{ (61×10 }^{ 7 }) } \)
(480 × 1010 )/(64 × 107 )
7.50 × 10³

2.1 Integer Exponents – Model Quiz – Page No. 57

Find the value of each power.

Question 1.
3-4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{81}\)

Explanation:
Base = 3
Exponent = 4
3-4 = (1/3)4 = 1/81

Question 2.
350
______

Answer:
1

Explanation:
350
Base = 35
Exponent = 0
Anything raised to the zeroth power is 1.
350 = 1

Question 3.
44
______

Answer:
256

Explanation:
Base = 4
Exponent = 4
44 = 4 . 4 . 4 . 4 = 2561

Use the properties of exponents to write an equivalent expression.

Question 4.
83 ⋅ 87
Type below:
____________

Answer:
810

Explanation:
83 ⋅ 87
83+7
810

Question 5.
\(\frac { 12^{ 6 } }{ 12^{ 2 } } \)
Type below:
____________

Answer:
124

Explanation:
126 ÷ 122
126-2
124

Question 6.
(103)5
Type below:
____________

Answer:
108

Explanation:
(103)5
(103+5)
(108)

2.2 Scientific Notation with Positive Powers of 10

Convert each number to scientific notation or standard notation.

Question 7.
2,000
Type below:
____________

Answer:
2 × (103)

Explanation:
2 × 1,000
Move the decimal left 3 places
2 × (103)

Question 8.
91,007,500
Type below:
____________

Answer:
9.10075 × (107)

Explanation:
91,007,500
Move the decimal left 7 places
9.10075 × (107)

Question 9.
1.0395 × 109
Type below:
____________

Answer:
1039500000

Explanation:
1.0395 × 109
Move the decimal right 9 places
1039500000

Question 10.
4 × 102
Type below:
____________

Answer:
400

Explanation:
4 × 102
Move the decimal right 2 places
400

2.3 Scientific Notation with Negative Powers of 10

Convert each number to scientific notation or standard notation.

Question 11.
0.02
Type below:
____________

Answer:
2 × 10-2

Explanation:
0.02
Move the decimal right 2 places
2 × 10-2

Question 12.
0.000701
Type below:
____________

Answer:
7.01 × 10-4

Explanation:
0.000701
Move the decimal right 4 places
7.01 × 10-4

Question 13.
8.9 × 10-5
Type below:
____________

Answer:
0.000089

Explanation:
8.9 × 10-5
Move the decimal left 5 places
0.000089

Question 14.
4.41 × 10-2
Type below:
____________

Answer:
0.0441

Explanation:
4.41 × 10-2
Move the decimal left 2 places
0.0441

2.4 Operations with Scientific Notation

Perform the operation. Write your answer in scientific notation.

Question 15.
7 × 106 − 5.3 × 106
Type below:
____________

Answer:
1.7 × 106

Explanation:
7 × 106 − 5.3 × 106
(7 – 5.3) × 106
1.7 × 106

Question 16.
3.4 × 104 + 7.1 × 105
Type below:
____________

Answer:
7.44 × 104

Explanation:
3.4 × 104 + 7.1 × 105
0.34 × 105 + 7.1 × 105
(0.34 + 7.1) × 105
7.44 × 105

Question 17.
(2 × 104)(5.4 × 106)
Type below:
____________

Answer:
10.8 × 1010

Explanation:
(2 × 104)(5.4 × 106)
(2 × 5.4)(104 × 106)
10.8 × 1010

Question 18.
\(\frac { 7.86×10^{ 9 } }{ 3×10^{ 4 } } \)
Type below:
____________

Answer:
2.62 × 105

Explanation:
7.86/3 = 2.62
109/104 = 105
2.62 × 105

Question 19.
Neptune’s average distance from the Sun is 4.503×109 km. Mercury’s average distance from the Sun is 5.791 × 107 km. About how many times farther from the Sun is Neptune than Mercury? Write your answer in scientific notation.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
(0.7776 × 102 km) = 77.76 times

Explanation:
As Neptune’s average distance from the sun is 4.503×109 km and Mercury is 5.791 × 107 km
(4.503×109 km)/(5.791 × 107 km)
(0.7776 × 109-7 km)
(0.7776 × 102 km)
77.76 times

Essential Question

Question 20.
How is scientific notation used in the real world?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Scientific notation is used to write very large or very small numbers using less digits.

Selected Response – Mixed Review – Page No. 58

Question 1.
Which of the following is equivalent to 6-3?
Options:
a. 216
b. \(\frac{1}{216}\)
c. −\(\frac{1}{216}\)
d. -216

Answer:
b. \(\frac{1}{216}\)

Explanation:
Base = 6
Exponent = 3
63 = (1/6)3 = 1/216

Question 2.
About 786,700,000 passengers traveled by plane in the United States in 2010. What is this number written in scientific notation?
Options:
a. 7,867 × 105 passengers
b. 7.867 × 102 passengers
c. 7.867 × 108 passengers
d. 7.867 × 109 passengers

Answer:
c. 7.867 × 108 passengers

Explanation:
786,700,000
Move the decimal left 8 places
7.867 × 108 passengers

Question 3.
In 2011, the population of Mali was about 1.584 × 107 people. What is this number written in standard notation?
Options:
a. 1.584 people
b. 1,584 people
c. 15,840,000 people
d. 158,400,000 people

Answer:
c. 15,840,000 people

Explanation:
1.584 × 107
Move the decimal right 7 places
15,840,000 people

Question 4.
The square root of a number is between 7 and 8. Which could be the number?
Options:
a. 72
b. 83
c. 51
d. 66

Answer:
c. 51

Explanation:
7²= 49
8²=64
(49+64)/2
56.5

Question 5.
Each entry-level account executive in a large company makes an annual salary of $3.48 × 104. If there are 5.2 × 102 account executives in the company, how much do they make in all?
Options:
a. $6.69 × 101
b. $3.428 × 104
c. $3.532 × 104
d. $1.8096 × 107

Answer:
d. $1.8096 × 107

Explanation:
Each entry-level account executive in a large company makes an annual salary of $3.48 × 104. If there are 5.2 × 102 account executives in the company,
($3.48 × 104)( 5.2 × 102)
$1.8096 × 107

Question 6.
Place the numbers in order from least to greatest.
0.24,4 × 10-2, 0.042, 2 × 10-4, 0.004
Options:
a. 2 × 10-4, 4 × 10-2, 0.004, 0.042, 0.24
b. 0.004, 2 × 10-4, 0.042, 4 × 10-2, 0.24
c. 0.004, 2 × 10-4, 4 × 10-2, 0.042, 0.24
d. 2 × 10-4, 0.004, 4 × 10-2, 0.042, 0.24

Answer:
d. 2 × 10-4, 0.004, 4 × 10-2, 0.042, 0.24

Explanation:
2 × 10-4 = 0.0002
4 × 10-2 = 0.04

Question 7.
Guillermo is 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet tall. What is this number of feet written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 5.7 feet
b. 5.\(\bar{7}\) feet
c. 5.83 feet
d. 5.8\(\bar{3}\) feet

Answer:
c. 5.83 feet

Question 8.
A human hair has a width of about 6.5 × 10-5 meters. What is this width written in standard notation?
Options:
a. 0.00000065 meter
b. 0.0000065 meter
c. 0.000065 meter
d. 0.00065 meter

Answer:
c. 0.000065 meter

Explanation:
6.5 × 10-5 meter = 0.000065

Mini-Task

Question 9.
Consider the following numbers: 7000, 700, 70, 0.7, 0.07, 0.007
a. Write the numbers in scientific notation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
7000 = 7 × 10³
700 = 7 × 10²
70 = 7 × 10¹
0.7 = 7 × 10¯¹
0.07 = 7 × 10¯²
0.007 = 7 × 10¯³

Question 9.
b. Look for a pattern in the given list and the list in scientific notation. Which numbers are missing from the lists?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
In the given list the decimal is moving to the left by one place. From the scientific notation, numbers are decreasing by 10. The number missing is 7

Question 9.
c. Make a conjecture about the missing numbers.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The numbers will continue to decrease by 10 in the given list.

Conclusion:

We wish the information provided in the Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation for all the students. Go through the solved examples to have a complete grip on the subject and also on the way of solving each problem. Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 2 Exponents and Scientific Notation Key will help the students to score the highest marks in the exam.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice

go-math-grade-3-chapter-12-two-dimensional-shapes-extra-practice-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice makes it easy for you to test your preparation level. Solve all the practice questions on Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice. We even provided the Step by Step Solutions for all the 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes by which you can verify your answers. HMH Go Math Grade 3 gives you a new way of problem-solving and makes it easy for you to get a good grip on the concepts underlying.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Answer Key

Download Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice and prepare whenever you want. Grab the required knowledge and solve the problems of Grade 3 Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice on a regular basis. Check out the Step by Step Solutions provided Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Answer Key and cross-check your answers.

Common Core – Page No. 257000

Chapter 12 Extra Practice

Lessons 12.1–12.3

Name the polygon.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 1
_________

Answer:
quadrilateral

Explanation:
Chapter 12 Common Core image 1 257000
4 sides; 4 angles; quadrilateral

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 2
_________

Answer:
decagon

Explanation:
Chapter 12 Common Core image 2 257000
10 sides; 10 angles; decagon

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 3
_________

Answer:
hexagon

Explanation:
Chapter 12 Common Core image 3 257000
6 sides; 6 angles; hexagon

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 4
_________

Answer:
triangle

Explanation:
Chapter 12 Common Core image 4 257000
3 sides; 3 angles; triangle

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 5
_________

Answer:
octagon

Explanation:
Chapter 12 Common Core image 5 257000
8 sides; 8 angles; octagon

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 6
_________

Answer:
pentagon

Explanation:
Chapter 12 Common Core image 6 257000
5 sides; 5 angles; pentagon

Lesson 12.4

Look at the dashed sides of the polygon. Tell if they appear to be intersecting, perpendicular, or parallel. Write all the words that describe the sides.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 7
_________
_________

Answer:
perpendicular lines

Explanation:
The dashed sides are meeting to form a right angle. So, they are perpendicular lines.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 8
_________

Answer:
parallel lines

Explanation:
The dashed sides are not intersecting with each other. So, the given lines are parallel lines.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 9
_________

Answer:
intersecting lines

Explanation:
The dashed line segments meet and form an angle. So, they are intersecting lines.

Lesson 12.5

Circle all the words that describe the quadrilateral.

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 10
Options:
a. rhombus
b. trapezoid
c. rectangle

Answer:
c. rectangle

Explanation:
The given shape has two pairs opposite with the same length. Also, all the angles are right angles. The given shape is a rectangle.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 11
Options:
a. square
b. rhombus
c. trapezoid

Answer:
a. square
b. rhombus

Explanation:
The given shape has 4 sides with equal lengths. Also, all the angles are right angles. So, a possible answer is a square and rhombus.

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 12
Options:
a. trapezoid
b. rectangle
c. rhombus

Answer:
a. trapezoid

Explanation:
Even though the given shape has four sides, they are not equal. Also, it has only two right angles. The given shape is a trapezoid.

Common Core – Page No. 258000

Lesson 12.6

Draw a quadrilateral that does not belong. Then explain why.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 13
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Chapter 12 Common Core image 1 258000

Explanation:
The shape is a trapezoid. Even though the given shape has four sides, they are not equal. Also, the angles are not right angles.

Lesson 12.7

Use the triangles for 1–2. Write A, B, or C.
Then complete the sentences.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 14

Question 2.
Triangle ____ has 1 angle greater than a right angle and appears to have ____ sides of equal length.

Answer:
Triangle C has 1 angle greater than a right angle and appears to have 0 sides of equal length.

Question 3.
Triangle____ has 1 right angle and appears to have ____ sides of equal length.

Answer:
Triangle A has 1 right angle and appears to have 2 sides of equal length.

Lesson 12.8
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 15

Question 4.
What label could you use to describe Circle A?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
All sides of Equal Lengths

Question 5.
What label could you use to describe Circle B?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Right Angle

Lesson 12.9

Draw lines to divide the shape into equal parts that show the fraction given.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 16 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer:
Chapter 12 Common Core image 2 258000

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice Common Core img 17 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer:
Chapter 12 Relate Shapes, Fractions, and Area image 2 752

Conclusion

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice helps you understand various topics in the Chapter easily. Download Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key PDF free of cost and prepare offline too. Each Problem is clearly explained with images and graphs so that you can better understand the concepts. For more assistance Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes and achieve valuable knowledge.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units

Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Length in Customary Units Concepts

Length in Customary Units Show What You Know

Compare Lengths
Question 1.
Order the pencils from shortest to longest.
Write 1, 2, 3.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 1.1
Answer:

Explanation:
The yellow color pencil is longest and the green color pencil is shortest pencil.

Use Nonstandard Units to Measure Length
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 1.2
Question 2.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 1.3
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 6 color tiles that cover the object.Each color tile is 1 inch.So, the object given above is 6 inches long.

Question 3.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 1.4
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 5 color tiles that cover the object.Each color tile is 1 inch.So, the object given above is 5 inches long.

Measure Length Twice: Nonstandard Units
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 1.5
Question 4.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 1.6
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 9 push pins that cover the object.So, the length of the given object is 9.

Question 5.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 1.7
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 23 linking cubes that cover the object.So, the length of the object is 23.

Length in Customary Units Vocabulary Builder

2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 2.1
Visualize It
Fill in the graphic organizer to describe the lengths of different objects.

Understand Vocabulary
Use review words. Complete the sentences.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 2.3

Question 1.
The blue pencil is the _______ pencil.
Answer:
The blue pencil is the longest pencil

Question 2.
The red pencil is the _______ pencil.
Answer:
The red pencil is the sortest pencil

Question 3.
The red pencil is ______ than the yellow pencil.
Answer:
The red pencil is shorter than the yellow pencil.

Question 4.
The blue pencil is _______ than the yellow pencil.
Answer:
The blue pencil is longer than the yellow pencil.

Length in Customary Units Game Longer or Shorter?

Materials
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 2.4

  1. Each player chooses a picture on the board and then finds a real object that matches that picture.
  2. Place the objects next to each other to find which is longer and which is shorter. If the objects are the same length, choose another object.
  3. Spin the pointer on the spinner. The player with the object that matches the spinner puts a cube on that picture on the board.
  4. Take turns until all the pictures have cubes. The player with more cubes on the board wins.
    2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 2.5

Length in Customary Units Vocabulary Game

2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 3.1
Guess the Word
For 3 to 4 players
Materials

  • timer

How to Play

  1. Take turns to play.
  2. Choose a math word, but do not say it aloud.
  3. Set the timer for 1 minute.
  4. Give a one-word clue about your word. Give each player one chance to guess your word.
  5. If nobody guesses correctly, repeat Step 4 with a different clue. Repeat until a player guesses the word or time runs out. Give a different one-word clue each time.
  6. The first player to guess the word gets 1 point. If the player can use the word in a sentence, he or she gets 1 more point. Then that player gets the next turn.
  7. The first player to score 5 points wins.

The Write Way
Reflect
Choose one idea. Write about it in the space below.

  • When would you measure the length of an object? When would you estimate its length? Write 2–3 sentences to explain.
  • Explain when you would use each measuring tool. measuring tape yardstick inch ruler
  • Tell at least two things you know about a line plot.
    2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 3.2

Lesson 8.1 Measure with Inch Models

Essential Question How can you use inch models to measure length?

2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 1 ______ color tiles

Answer:
6 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 6 color tiles long.
So, the object is 6 inches long.

2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 2 ______ color tiles

Answer:
7 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 7 color tiles long.
So, the object is 7 inches long.

2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 3 ______ color tiles

Answer:
4 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 4 color tiles long.
So, the object is 4 inches long.

HOME CONNECTION • Your child used color tiles as an introduction to measurement of length before using standard measurement tools.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Attend to Precision Describe how to use color tiles to measure the length of an object.
Answer:
To measure the length of an object place the color tiles side by side and count the number of tiles that cover the object.Each tile is about 1 inch.Therefore the length of the object will be the total number of tiles.

Share and Show

Use color tiles. Measure the length of the object in inches.
Question 1.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 4 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
6 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 6 color tiles long.
So, the object is 6 inches long.

Question 2.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 5 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
9 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 9 color tiles long.
So, the object is 9 inches long.

Question 3.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 6 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
6 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 6 color tiles long.
So, the object is 6 inches long.

Question 4.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 7 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
10 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 10 color tiles long.
So, the object is 10 inches long.

On Your Own

Use color tiles. Measure the length of the object in inches.
Question 5.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 8 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
5 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 5 color tiles long.
So, the object is 5 inches long.

Question 6.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 9 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
9 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 9 color tiles long.
So, the object is 9 inches long.

Question 7.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 10 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
13 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 13 color tiles long.
So, the object is 13 inches long.

Question 8.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 11 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
7 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 7 color tiles long.
So, the object is 7 inches long.

Question 9.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 12 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
9 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 9 color tiles long.
So, the object is 9 inches long.

Question 10.
GO DEEPER
Blue paper chains are 4 inches long. Red paper chains are 3 inches long. How many are needed to have 10 inches of paper chains?
______ blue paper chain
_______ red paper chains
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 11.
THINK SMARTER
Blue paper chains are 8 inches long. Red paper chains are 6 inches long. How many are needed to have 22 inches of paper chains?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 13
______ blue paper chains
_______ red paper chain
Answer:

Question 12.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Use Reasoning
Liza has a ribbon that is 12 inches long. She needs to cut it into pieces that are each 4 inches long. How many pieces can she make?
______ Pieces
Answer:

Question 13.
THINK SMARTER +
Jeremy used color tiles to measure a string. Each tile is 1 inch long. How long is the string? Circle the number in the box to make the sentence true.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 14
Answer:

Explanation:
There are 2 color tiles that cover the length of the string.Each color tile measures 1 inch.So, the string is about 2 inches long.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child use several of the same small item (such as paper clips) to measure the lengths of some objects at home.

Measure with Inch Models Homework & Practice 8.1

Use color tiles. Measure the length of the object in inches.
Question 1.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 15 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
13 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 13 color tiles long.
So, the object is 13 inches long.

Question 2.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 16 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
4 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 4 color tiles long.
So, the object is 4 inches long.

Question 3.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 17 about ______ inches
Answer:

Answer:
8 inches long

Explanation:
The object is 8 color tiles long.
So, the object is 8 inches long.

Problem Solving
Question 4.
Look around your classroom. Find an object that is about 4 inches long. Draw and label the object.
Answer:

Explanation:
The pencil i use is 4 inches long.

Question 5.
WRITE
Describe how you would find an object that is about 8 inches long.
Answer:
We can find an object that is about 8 inches long by placing color tiles along the object if the is about 8 color tiles then it is about 8 inches long.

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Jessie used color tiles to measure the rope. Each color tile measures 1 inch. The rope is about _____ inches long.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 18
Answer:
3 inches long

Explanation:
There are 3 color tiles that cover the lengthe of the rope.Each color tile measures 1 inch. The rope is about 3 inches long.

Spiral Review
Question 2.
Adam has these coins. How much money is this?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 19
Answer:

Question 3.
Look at the clock hands. What time does this clock show?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 20
Answer:

Explanation:
The clock has the hours hand on 4 and the minutes hand on the 6 ie 30 mins.So, the time shown in the above watch is 4.30.

Question 4.
Hank has 84 marbles in a bag. His friend Mario has 71 marbles in his bag. How many marbles do they have altogether?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.1 21
Answer:

Explanation:
Hank has 84 marbles in a bag. His friend Mario has 71 marbles in his bag.Therefore they have 84+71=155 marbles altogether.

Lesson 8.2 Make and Use a Ruler

Essential Question Why is using a ruler similar to using a row of color tiles to measure length?

Listen and Draw

Use color tiles. Make the given length. Trace along the edge to show the length.
4 inches

2 inches

3 inches

HOME CONNECTION • Your child used color tiles as 1-inch models to show different lengths. This activity helps to make inch units a more familiar concept.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Describe how you knew how many color tiles to use for each length.
Answer:

Share and Show

Measure the length with your ruler. Count the inches.
Question 1.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 1 about ______ inches
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 2 about ______ inches
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 3 about ______ inches
Answer:

On Your Own

Measure the length with your ruler. Count the inches.

Question 4.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 4 about ______ inches
Answer:

Question 5.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 5 about ______ inches
Answer:

Question 6.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 6 about ______ inches
Answer:

Question 7.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 7 about ______ inches
Answer:

Question 8.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 8 about ______ inches
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
Work with a classmate. Use both of your rulers to measure the length of a bulletin board or a window. What is the length?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 9
about _____ inches
Answer:

Question 10.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Explain Describe what you did in Exercise 9. How did you measure a length that is longer than your rulers?
______________________
______________________
Answer:

Question 11.
THINK SMARTER
Measure the length of the yarn with your ruler. Does the sentence describe the yarn. Choose Yes or No.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 10
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Choose one object in this lesson. Have your child find objects that are longer, about the same length, and shorter.

Make and Use a Ruler Homework & Practice 8.2

Measure the length with your ruler.
Count the inches.
Question 1.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 11 about _____ inches
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 12 about ______ inches
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 13 about ______ inches
Answer:

Problem Solving
Question 4.
Use your ruler. Measure the width of this page in inches.
about ______ inches
Answer:

Question 5.
WRITE
Would you rather use color tiles or your ruler to measure the length of an object? Explain your choice.
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Use your ruler. What is the length of this ribbon?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 14
about _____ inches
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 2.
What time is shown on this clock?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 15
Answer:

Question 3.
What is the total value of these coins?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.2 16
_____ cents
Answer:

Question 4.
The first group collected 238 cans. The second group collected 345 cans. How many cans did the two groups collect?
_________
Answer:

Question 5.
There are 2 children in each row. How many children are in 5 rows?
_____ children
Answer:

Lesson 8.3 Estimate Lengths in Inches

Essential Question How do you estimate the lengths of objects in inches?

Listen and Draw

Choose three objects. Measure their lengths with your ruler. Draw the objects and write their lengths.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 1

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe how the three lengths compare. Which is the longest object?
Answer:

Share and Show

Circle the best estimate for the length of the string.
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 2
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 3
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 4
Answer:

On Your Own

Circle the best estimate for the length of the string.
Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 5
Answer:

Question 5.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 6
Answer:

Question 6.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 7
Answer:

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
Use the 1 -inch mark. Estimate the length of each ribbon.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 8
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Analyze Relationships
Question 8.
Sasha has a string that is the length of 5 beads. Each bead is 2 inches long. What is the length of the string?
_______ inches
Answer:

Question 9.
Maurice has a string that is 15 inches long. He has beads that are each 3 inches long. How many beads will fit on the string?
________ beads
Answer:

Question 10.
THINK SMARTER
Tameka has this string. She has many beads that are 1 inch long, like this blue bead. What is the best estimate for the length of the string? Draw more beads on the string to show your estimate.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 9
______ inches
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • With your child, estimate the lengths in inches of some small objects, such as books.

Estimate Lengths in Inches Homework & Practice 8.3

The bead is 1 inch long.
Circle the best estimate for the length of the string.
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 10
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 11
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 12
Answer:

Problem Solving
Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 4.
Ashley has some beads. Each bead is 2 inches long. How many beads will fit on a string that is 8 inches long?
______ beads
Answer:

Question 5.
WRITE
Describe a way that someone could estimate the length of a book.
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
The bead is 1 inch long. Estimate the length of the string.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 13
______ inches
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 2.
Draw hands on the clock to show 5 minutes after 6.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.3 14
Answer:

Question 3.
Ella read 16 pages of her book on Monday and 26 pages on Tuesday. There are 64 pages in the book. How many more pages are left for Ella to read?
_______ pages
Answer:

Question 4.
What is the sum?
38 + 24 = _____
Answer:

Lesson 8.4 Measure with an Inch Ruler

Essential Question How do you use an inch ruler to measure lengths?

Listen and Draw

Draw each worm to match the given length.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Use Reasoning Describe how you decided how long to draw the 2-inch and 3-inch worms.
Answer:

Share and Show

Measure the length to the nearest inch.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 1 ______ inches
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 2 ______ inches
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 3 ______ inches
Answer:

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 4 ______ inches
Answer:

On Your Own

Measure the length to the nearest inch.
Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 5 ______ inches
Answer:

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 6 ______ inches
Answer:

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 7 ______ inches
Answer:

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 8 ______ inches
Answer:

Question 9.
GO DEEPER
Measure the lengths to the nearest inch. How much shorter is the ribbon than the yarn?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 9
______ inch shorter
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 10
Question 10.
THINK SMARTER
How much longer is the red string than the blue string?
_______ inch longer
Answer:

Question 11.
THINK SMARTER
If the red and
blue strings were straight and placed end to end, what would the total length be?
______ inches
Answer:

Question 12.
THINK SMARTER
Mrs. Grant’s pencil is 5 inches long. Is this Mrs. Grant’s pencil? Use an inch ruler to find out. Use the numbers and words on the tiles to make the sentences true.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 11
The pencil is ______ inches long.
This pencil _____ Mrs. Grant’s pencil.
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child measure the lengths of some objects to the nearest inch using a ruler or a similar measuring tool.

Measure with an Inch Ruler Homework & Practice 8.4

Measure the length to the nearest inch.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 12 ______ inches
Answer:

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 13 ______ inches
Answer:

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 14 ______ inches
Answer:

Problem Solving
Question 4.
Measure the string. What is its total length?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 15 _______ inches
Answer:

Question 5.
WRITE
Compare the ruler you made to an inch ruler. Describe how they are alike and how they are different.
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Use an inch ruler. What is the length to the nearest inch?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 16
_____ inches
Answer:

Question 2.
Use an inch ruler. What is the length to the nearest inch?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 17
______ inches
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 3.
The clock shows the time that Jen got to school. What time did Jen get to school?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 18
Answer:

Question 4.
What is the difference?
13 – 5 = _______
Answer:

Question 5.
Each color tile is about 1 inch long. About how long is the ribbon?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.4 19
Answer:

Lesson 8.5 Problem Solving • Add and Subtract in Inches

Essential Question How can drawing a diagram help when solving problems about length?

There is a paper clip chain that is 16 inches long. Aliyah removes 9 inches of paper clips from the chain. How long is the paper clip chain now?

Unlock the Problem
What information do I need to use?
The chain is _____ inches long. ______ inches of paper clips are removed from the chain.

Show how to solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 1
The paper clip chain is ______ inches long now.

HOME CONNECTION • Your child drew a diagram to represent a problem about lengths. The diagram can be used to choose the operation for solving the problem.

Try Another Problem

Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 2
Draw a diagram. Write a number sentence using a ☐ for the missing number. Solve.
Question 1.
Carmen has a string that is 13 inches long and a string that is 8 inches long. How many inches of string does she have?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 3
_________________
Carmen has ________ inches of string.
Answer:

Question 2.
Eli has a cube train that is 24 inches long. He removes 9 inches of cubes from the train. How long is Eli’s cube train now?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 4
______________
Eli’s cube train is ______ inches long now.
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe how your diagram shows what happened in the second problem.
Answer:

Share and Show

Draw a diagram. Write a number sentence using a ☐ for the missing number. Solve.
Question 3.
Lee has a paper strip chain that is 25 inches long. He unhooks 13 inches from the chain. How long is Lee’s paper strip chain now?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 5
______________
Lee’s paper strip chain is _______ inches long now.
Answer:

Question 4.
THINK SMARTER
Sue has two ribbons that have the same length. She has 18 inches of ribbon in all. How long is each ribbon?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 6
_____________
Each ribbon is _______ inches long.
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how he or she used a diagram to solve a problem in this lesson.

Problem Solving • Add and Subtract in Inches Homework & Practice 8.5

Draw a diagram. Write a number sentence using a ☐ for the missing number. Solve.
Question 1.
Molly had a ribbon that was 23 inches long. She cut 7 inches off the ribbon. How long is her ribbon now?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 7
_______________
Molly’s ribbon is _________ inches long now.
Answer:

Question 2.
WRITE
Describe how you could draw a diagram for a problem about finding the total length for two strings, 15 inches long and 7 inches long
______________________
________________________
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Allie has two pieces of string. Each one is 8 inches long. How many inches of string does she have altogether?
_______ inches
Answer:

Question 2.
Jeff has a cube train that is 26 inches long. He removes 12 inches of cubes from the train. How long is Jeff’s cube train now?
_______ inches
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 3.
Ann buys a pencil for 45 cents. Make a list of coins that would equal 45 cents.
__________
Answer:

Question 4.
Use an inch ruler. About how long is the string?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 8
about _______ inch
Answer:

Question 5.
Jason has these coins in a jar.
What is the total value of these coins?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 9
$ ______ or _______ cents
Answer:

Length in Customary Units Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Concepts and Skills

Use color tiles. Measure the length of the object in inches.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 10 about _______ inches
Answer:

The bead is one inch long. Circle the best estimate for the length of the string.
Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 11
Answer:

Draw a diagram. Write a number sentence using a ☐ for the missing number. Solve.
Question 3.
A mark is 17 inches long. Katy erases 9 inches from the mark. How long is the mark now?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 12
___________________
The mark is ________ inches long now.
Answer:

Question 4.
THINK SMARTER
Use an inch ruler. What is the length of the string to the nearest inch?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts 8.5 13 _______ inches
Answer:

Lesson 8.6 Measure in Inches and Feet

Essential Question Why is measuring in feet different from measuring in inches?

Listen and Draw

Draw or write to describe how you did each measurement.
First Measurement

Second Measurement

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Use Reasoning Describe how the length of a sheet of paper and the length of a paper clip are different.
Answer:

Share and Show

Measure to the nearest inch.
Then measure to the nearest foot.
Question 1.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 1
______ inches
______ feet
Answer:

Question 2.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 2
______ inches
______ feet
Answer:

Question 3.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 3
______ inches
______ feet
Answer:

On Your Own

Measure to the nearest inch.
Then measure to the nearest foot.
Question 4.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 4
______ inches
______ feet
Answer:

Question 5.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 5
______ inches
______ feet
Answer:

Question 6.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 6
______ inches
______ feet
Answer:

Question 7.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 7
______ inches
______ feet
Answer:

Question 8.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 8
______ inches
______ feet
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
Estimate the length of a real shelf in inches and in feet. Then measure.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 9
Answer:

Question 10.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE Explain
Look at your measurements for the shelf. Why is the number of inches different from the number of feet?
________________
__________________
Answer:

Question 11.
THINK SMARTER
Use the words on the tiles that make the sentence true.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 10
A book shelf is 4 ______ long.
Deb’s necklace is 20 ______ long.
A marker is 3 _______ long.
Jim’s bicycle is 4 _____ long.
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child measure the distance of a few footsteps in inches and then in feet.

Measure in Inches and Feet Homework & Practice 8.6

Measure to the nearest inch.
Then measure to the nearest foot.
Question 1.
bookcase
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 11
______ inches
______ feet
Answer:

Question 2.
window
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 12
______ inches
______ feet
Answer:

Problem Solving
Question 3.
Jake has a piece of yarn that is 4 feet long. Blair has a piece of yarn that is 4 inches long. Who has the longer piece of yarn? Explain.
___________________
_____________________
Answer:

Question 4.
WRITE
Would you measure the length of a jump rope in inches or in feet? Explain your choice.
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Larry is telling his sister about using a ruler to measure length. Fill in the blanks with ‘inch’ or ‘foot’ to make the sentence true.
I ______ is longer than I ______.
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 2.
Matt put this money in his pocket. What is the total value of this money?
$ ______
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 13
Answer:

Question 3.
What time is shown on this clock?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.6 14
Answer:

Question 4.
Ali had 38 game cards. Her friend gave her 15 more game cards. How many game cards does Ali have now?
_____ cards
Answer:

Lesson 8.7 Estimate Lengths in Feet

Essential Question How do you estimate the lengths of objects in feet?

Look for 3 classroom objects that are about the same length as a 12-inch ruler. Draw and label the objects.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Which objects have a greater length than the ruler? Explain.
Answer:

Model and Draw

Estimate how many 12-inch rulers will be about the same length as this bulletin board.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.7 1
_______ rulers, or ______ feet

Share and Show

Find each object. Estimate how many 12-inch rulers will be about the same length as the object.
Question 1.
bookshelf
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.7 2
Estimate: ______ rulers, or ______ feet
Answer:

Question 2.
chair
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.7 3
Estimate: ______ rulers, or ______ feet
Answer:

On Your Own

Find each object. Estimate how many 12-inch rulers will be about the same length as the object.
Question 3.
desktop
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.7 4
Estimate: ______ rulers, or ______ feet
Answer:

Question 4.
wall map
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.7 5
Estimate: ______ rulers, or ______ feet
Answer:

Question 5.
window
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.7 6
Estimate: ______ rulers, or ______ feet
Answer:

Question 6.
teacher’s desk
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.7 7
Estimate: ______ rulers, or ______ feet
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
Estimate the distance from your desk to the door in feet. Then estimate the same distance in inches.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.7 8
______ feet
_______ inches
Explain how you made your estimates for the number of feet and for the number of inches.
___________________
___________________
Answer:

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
Match the object with the estimate of its length in feet.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.7 9
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • With your child, estimate the lengths of some objects in feet.

Estimate Lengths in Feet Homework & Practice 8.7

Find each object.
Estimate how many 12-inch rulers will be about the same length as the object.
Question 1.
door
Estimate: ______ rulers, or _____ feet
Answer:

Question 2.
flag
Estimate: ______ rulers, or _____ feet
Answer:

Problem Solving
Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 3.
Mr. and Mrs. Baker place 12-inch rulers along the length of a rug. They each line up 3 rulers along the edge of the rug. What is the length of the rug?
about ______ feet
Answer:

Question 4.
WRITE
Choose an object that is a few feet long. Explain how to estimate its length in feet.
___________________
___________________
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Estimate how many 12 inch rulers will be about the same length as a bike.
_____ rulers, or ______ feet
Answer:

Question 2.
Estimate how many 12 inch rulers will be about the same length as a keyboard.
_______ rulers, or _____ feet
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 3.
What is the total value of 2 quarters, 3 dimes, and 4 nickels?
$ ______
Answer:

Question 4.
What is the total value of 2 dimes, 3 nickels, and 2 pennies?
$ _____ or _____ cents
Answer:

Question 5.
There are 68 children in the school. There are 19 children on the playground. How many more children are in the school than on the playground?
_______ children
Answer:

Question 6.
What is the sum?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.7 10
Answer:

Lesson 8.8 Choose a Tool

Essential Question How do you choose a measuring tool to use when measuring lengths?

Listen and Draw

Draw or write to describe how you measured the distances with the yarn.
Distance 1

Distance 2

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Which distance was longer? Explain how you know.
Answer:

Share and Show

Choose the best tool for measuring the real object.
Then measure and record the length or distance.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 1
Question 1.
the length of a book
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 2
Tool : ________
Length : __________
Answer:

Question 2.
the distance around a cup
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 3
Tool : ________
Length : __________
Answer:

On Your Own

Choose the best tool for measuring the real object.
Then measure and record the length or distance.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 4
Question 3.
the length of a chalkboard
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 5
Tool : ________
Length : __________
Answer:

Question 4.
the length of a marker
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 6
Tool : ________
Length : __________
Answer:

Question 5.
the distance around a globe
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 7
Tool : ________
Length : __________
Answer:

Question 6.
the length of a classroom wall
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 8
Tool : ________
Length : __________
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
Rachel wants to measure the length of a sidewalk. Should she use an inch ruler or a yardstick? Explain.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 9
Rachel should use _______ because
___________________
Answer:

Question 8.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE Apply
What is an object that you would measure with a measuring tape? Explain why you would use this tool.
________________________
________________________
Answer:

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER+
Jim measures the length of a picnic table with an inch ruler. Is Jim using the best tool for measuring? Explain.
_________________________
________________________
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child name some objects that he or she would measure using a yardstick.

Choose a Tool Homework & Practice 8.8

Choose the best tool for measuring the real object. Then measure and record the length or distance.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 10
Question 1.
the length of your desk
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 11
Tool : _____________
Length : ___________
Answer:

Question 2.
the distance around a basket
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 12
Tool : _____________
Length : ___________
Answer:

Problem Solving
Choose the better tool for measuring.
Explain your choice.
Question 3.
Mark wants to measure the length of his room. Should he use an inch ruler or a yardstick?
Mark should use ________ because
______________________
Answer:

Question 4.
WRITE
Describe how you would use a yardstick to measure the length of a rug.
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Kim wants to measure the distance around her bike tire. Circle the best tool for her to use.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 13
Answer:

Question 2.
Ben wants to measure the length of a seesaw. Circle the best tool for him to use.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.8 14
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 3.
Estimate how many 12 inch rulers will be about the same length as a sheet of paper.
______ ruler, or _____ foot
Answer:

Question 4.
Andy has a rope that is 24 inches long. He cuts off 7 inches from the rope. How long is the rope now?
_____ inches
Answer:

Question 5.
Jan is telling her friend about using a ruler to measure length. Fill in the blanks with inches or foot to make the sentence true.
12 ______ is the same length as 1 _______.
Answer:

Lesson 8.9 Display Measurement Data

Essential Question How can a line plot be used to show measurement data?

Listen and Draw

Use an inch ruler. Measure and record each length.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 1 ______ inches

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 2 ______ inches

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 3 ______ inches

HOME CONNECTION • Your child practiced measuring different lengths in inches in preparation for collecting measurement data in this lesson.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe how the lengths of the three strings are different.
Answer:

Share and Show

Question 1.
Use an inch ruler. Measure and record the lengths of 5 books in inches.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 4
Answer:

Question 2.
Write a title for the line plot. Then write the numbers and draw the Xs.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 5
Answer:

On Your Own

Question 3.
Use an inch ruler. Measure and record the lengths of 5 pencils in inches.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 6
Answer:

Question 4.
Write a title for the line plot. Then write the numbers and draw the Xs.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 7
Answer:

Question 5.
Use an inch ruler. Measure and record the lengths of 4 crayons in inches. Then complete the line plot.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 8
Answer:

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 6.
THINK SMARTER
Use the data in the list to complete the line plot.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 9
Answer:

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
Sarah made a line plot to show the data about the length of leaves. Is Sarah’s line plot correct? Tell why or why not.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 10
________________________
_________________________
Answer:

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child describe how to make a line plot.

Display Measurement Data Homework & Practice 8.9

Question 1.
Use an inch ruler. Measure and record the lengths of 4 different books in inches.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 11
Answer:

Question 2.
Make a line plot of the information above. Write a title for a line plot. Then write the numbers and draw the Xs.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 12
Answer:

Problem Solving
Question 3.
Jesse measured the lengths of some strings. Use his list to complete the line plot.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 13
Answer:

Question 4.
WRITE
Describe how you made a line plot in this lesson.
Answer:

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Use the line plot. How many sticks are 4 inches long?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 14
______ sticks
Answer:

Spiral Review
Question 2.
Kim wants to measure a ball. Circle the best tool for Kim
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 8 Length in Customary Units 8.9 15
Answer:

Question 3.
Estimate how many 12 inch rulers will be about the same length as a teacher’s desk.
_____ rulers, or _____ feet
Answer:

Question 4.
Kurt has a string that is 12 inches long and another string that is 5 inches long. How many inches of string does he have altogether?
_______ inches
Answer:

Question 5.
One box has 147 books. The other box has 216 books. How many books are there in both boxes?
_______ books
Answer:

Length in Customary Units Review/Test

Question 1.
THINK SMARTER
Josh wants to measures the distance around a soccer ball.
Circle the best choice of tool.
inch ruler
yardstick
measuring tape
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts rt 1
Explain your choice of tool.
Answer:

Question 2.
GO DEEPER
Luke has a string that is 6 inches long and a string that is 11 inches long. How many inches of string does Luke have?
Draw a diagram. Write a number sentence using a ☐ for the missing number. Solve.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts rt 2
Luke has ______ inches of string.
Answer:

Question 3.
Use an inch ruler. What is the length of the lip balm to the nearest inch?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts rt 3
Circle the number in the box to make the sentence true.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts rt 4
Answer:

Question 4.
Tom uses tiles to measure a string. Each tile is 1 inch long. Tom says the string is 3 inches long. Is he correct? Explain.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts rt 5.1
___________________
___________________
Answer:

Question 5.
Dalia made a line plot to show the lengths of her ribbons. How many ribbons are shown in the line plot?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts rt 5
The line plot shows ______ ribbons.
Suppose Dalia cut one of the ribbons that is 6 inches long into two pieces that are each 3 inches long. Explain how she should change the line plot.
_________________
_________________
Answer:

Question 6.
Use the words on the tiles to make the sentence true.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts rt 6
The table is 3 ______ long.
The belt is 30 ______ long.
The hallway is 15 ______ long.
Answer:

Question 7.
Use the 1-inch mark. Estimate the length of each object.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts rt 7
Answer:

Question 8.
Use an inch ruler. What is the length of the paper clip to the nearest inch?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts rt 8
______ inches
Answer:

Question 9.
Estimate how many 12-inch rulers will be about the same height as a classroom door. Does the sentence describe the door? Choose Yes or No.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 Answer Key Pdf Length in Customary Units Concepts rt 9
What is your estimate of how wide the door is?
Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

go-math-grade-4-chapter-3-multiply-2-digit-numbers-answer-key

Are you seeing everywhere to find Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers in pdf? If so, you have stepped onto the right page. On this page, we have compiled a pdf formatted HMH Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Answer Key. Take the help of the Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key during your practice sessions and clear your queries. Assess your preparation standards and concentrate on the areas you are flagging.

Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Pdf Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

With the help of HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Ch 3, you can learn the easy methods to solve problems. Answer Key for HMH Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers consists of all the questions from practice tests, exercises, assessments tests. You guys are recommended to solve the 4th grade Go Math Answers of Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers regularly & attempt the exams with confidence. The topics covered in the Go Math HMH grade 4 Solutions are designed perfectly & in an understandable way.

Lesson 1: Multiply by Tens

Lesson 2: Estimate Products

Lesson 3: Investigate • Area Models and Partial Products

Lesson 4: Multiply Using Partial Products

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Multiply with Regrouping

Lesson 6: Choose a Multiplication Method

Lesson 7: Problem Solving • Multiply 2-Digit Numbers

Review/Test

Common Core – Page No. 149

Multiply by Tens

Choose a method. Then find the product.

Question 1.
16 × 60 = 960
Use the halving-and-doubling strategy.
Find half of 16: 16 ÷ 2 = 8.
Multiply this number by 60: 8 × 60 = 480
Double this result: 2 × 480 = 960

Answer:
960

Explanation:
Use the halving-and-doubling strategy.
Find half of 16: 16 ÷ 2 = 8.
Multiply this number by 60: 8 × 60 = 480
Double this result: 2 × 480 = 960

Question 2.
80 × 22 = ______

Answer:
1760

Explanation:
By using the place value method, Multiply 80 x 22
You can think of 80 as 8 tens
80 x 22 = (22 x 8) tens
= 176 tens
= 176 x 10 = 1760
80 x 22 = 1760

Question 3.
30 × 52 = ______

Answer:
1560

Explanation:
Use the Associative Property
You can think of 30 as 3 x 10
30 x 52 = (3 x 10) x 52
= 3 x (10 x 52)
=  3 x 520
= 1560
30 x 52 = 1560

Question 4.
60 × 20 = ______

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
60 x 20
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 60 to make the problem simpler
60/ 2 = 30
Multiply 30 with 20
30 x 20 = 600
Double the 600
2 x 600= 1200
60 x 20 = 1200

Question 5.
40 × 35 = ______

Answer:
1400

Explanation:
By using the Associative Property 40 x 35
You can think of 40 as 4 x 10
40 x 35 = (4 x 10) x 35
= 4  x (10 x 35)
= 4 x 350
= 1400
40 x 35 = 1400

Question 6.
10 × 90 = ______

Answer:
900

Explanation:
By using the place value method, Multiply 10 x 90
You can think of 90 as 9 tens
10 x 90 = (10 x 9) tens
= 90 tens
= 10 x 90 = 900

Question 7.
31 × 50 = ______

Answer:
1,550

Explanation:
Use the place value method to multiply 31 x 50
You can think of 50 as 5 tens
31 x 50 = 31 x 5 tens
= 155 tens
= 1,550
31 x 50 = 1,550

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Kenny bought 20 packs of baseball cards. There are 12 cards in each pack. How many cards did Kenny buy?
______ cards

Answer:
240 cards

Explanation:
From the given data,
Kenny bought 20 packs of basketball cards
There are 12 cards in each pack = 12 x 20 cards
Use the associative property
You can write 20 as 2 x 10
12 x 20 = 12 x (2 x 10)
= (12 x 2) x 10
= (24) x 10
= 240 cards
Kenny bought 240 cards

Question 9.
The Hart family drove 10 hours to their vacation spot. They drove an average of 48 miles each hour. How many miles did they drive in all?
______ miles

Answer:
480 miles

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Hart family drove 10 hours to their vacation spot
Average speed per each hour is = 48 miles
Total miles = 48 x 10
Use the halving and doubling strategy
Half of the 48 to make the problem simpler
48/ 2 = 24
Multiply 24 with 10 = 24x 10 = 240
Double the value = 2 x 240 = 480 miles
Total miles drove by hart family = 480 miles.

Common Core – Page No. 150

Lesson Check

Question 1.
For the school play, 40 rows of chairs are set up. There are 22 chairs in each row. How many chairs are there in all?
Options:
a. 800
b. 840
c. 880
d. 8,800

Answer:
c. 880

Explanation:
As per the given data
For the school play, 40 rows of chairs are available. 22 chairs are available in each row.
Then total chairs in school play are = 22 x 40
By using the place value method
You can think of 40 as 4 tens
22 x 40 = 22 x 4 tens
= 88 tens
= 880
Total chairs in school are = 880

Question 2.
At West School, there are 20 classrooms. Each classroom has 20 students. How many students are at West School?
Options:
a. 40
b. 400
c. 440
d. 4,000

Answer:
b. 400

Explanation:
From the given data,
Total classrooms in west school = 20
Number of students per each classroom = 20
Then, total students at West School = 20 x 20
By using the associative property
You can think of 20 as 2 x 10
20 x 20 = 20 x (2 x 10)
= (20 x 2) x 10
=(40) x 10
=400
Total number of students at West School = 400

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Alex has 48 stickers. This is 6 times the number of stickers Max has. How many stickers does Max have?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer:
c. 8

Explanation:
As per the give data,
Alex has 48 stickers
That means, X= 48
This is 6 times the number of stickers max has = Y = 6X = 48
Then, number of stickers with Max = Y = X = 48/6 = 8
Number of stickers with Max = Y = 8 Stickers.

Question 4.
Ali’s dog weighs 8 times as much as her cat. Together, the two pets weigh 54 pounds. How much does Ali’s dog weigh?
Options:
a. 6 pounds
b. 42 pounds
c. 46 pounds
d. 48 pounds

Answer:
d. 48 pounds

Explanation:
From the given data,
Ali’s cat weight = X
Ali’s dog weight = 8 times as much as Ali’s cat = 8X
Together, the two pets weight = (X+8X) = 54 pounds
= 9X = 54 pounds
= X = 54/9 pounds = 6 pounds
Then, Ali’s dog weight = 8X =8 x 6 = 48 pounds.

Question 5.
Allison has 3 containers with 25 crayons in each. She also has 4 boxes of markers with 12 markers in each box. She gives 10 crayons to a friend. How many crayons and markers does Allison have now?
Options:
a. 34
b. 113
c. 123
d. 133

Answer:
b. 113

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Allison has 3 containers with 25 crayons in each = X = 3 x 25 = 75
Allison has 4 boxes of markers with 12 markers in each box = Y = 4 x 12 = 48
Allison gives 10 crayons to a friend = Z = 75-10 = 65
Now, total number of crayons and markers with Allison = Y + Z = 48 + 65 = 113

Question 6.
The state of Utah covers 82,144 square miles. The state of Montana covers 145,552 square miles. What is the total area of the two states?
Options:
a. 63,408 square miles
b. 223,408 square miles
c. 227,696 square miles
d. 966,992 square miles

Answer:
c. 227,696 square miles

Explanation:
From the given data,
The state of Utah covers 82,144 square miles
The state of Montana covers 145,552 square miles
Then, Total area of the two states = 82,144 + 145,552
The total area of two states = 227,696 square miles.

Page No. 153

Question 1.
To estimate the product of 62 and 28 by rounding, how would you round the factors? What would the estimated product be?
about _____

Answer:
1800

Explanation:
By using rounding and mental math
Estimate 62 x 28
Firstly, round each factor
62 x 28
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x 30
Use mental math
6 x 3 = 18
60 x 30 = 1800
So, estimated product of 62 and 28 = 1800

Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 2.
96 × 34
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3000

Explanation:
Use mental math and compatible numbers
96 x 34
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
100 x 30
Use mental math
1 x 30 = 30
100 x 30= 3000

Question 3.
47 × $39
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
2000

Explanation:
Round to the nearest ten
47 x $39
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
50 x $40
50 x $ 4 = $200
50 x $40 = 2000

Question 4.
78 × 72
Estimate: _____

Answer:
5600

Explanation:
Use rounding and mental math
Round each factor
78 x 72
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
80 x 70
Use mental math
8 x 7 = 56
80 x 70 = 5600

Question 5.
41 × 78
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3200

Explanation:
Use compatible numbers and mental math
41 x 78
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
40 x 80
Use mental math
40 x 8 = 320
40 x 80 = 3200

Question 6.
51 × 73
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3500

Explanation:
Round to the nearest ten
51 x 73
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
50 x 70 = 3500

Question 7.
34 × 80
Estimate: _____

Answer:
2400

Explanation:
Round each factor
34 x 80
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
30 x 80
3 x 8 = 240
30 x 80 = 2400

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 8.
61 × 31
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest ten
61 x 31
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x 30 = 1800

Question 9.
52 × 68
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3500

Explanation:
Round each factor
52 x 68
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
50 x 70
Use mental math
5 x 7 =35
50 x 70 = 3500

Question 10.
26 × 44
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens
26 x 44
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
30 x 40 = 1200

Question 11.
57 × $69
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
$4200

Explanation:
Round each factor
57 x $69
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x $70
Use mental math
6 x $7 = $42
60 x $70 = $4200

Find two possible factors for the estimated product.

Question 12.
2,800
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2800

Explanation:
Let us consider 7 x 4 = 28
70 x 40 = 2800

Question 13.
8,100
Type below:
___________

Answer:
8,100

Explanation:
Let us take 9 x 9 = 81
90 x 90 = 8,100

Question 14.
5,600
Type below:
___________

Answer:
5,600

Explanation:
Let us consider 7 x 8 = 56
70 x 80 = 5,600

Question 15.
2,400
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2,400

Explanation:
Let us take 4 x 6 = 24
40 x 60 = 2400
Or 3 x 8 = 24
30 x 80 = 2,400

Question 16.
Mr. Parker jogs for 35 minutes each day. He jogs 5 days in week 1, 6 days in week 2, and 7 days in week 3. About how many minutes does he jog?
about _____ minutes

Answer:
about 630 minutes

Explanation:
From the given data,
Mr. Parker jogs per day = 35 minutes
He jogs 5 days in week 1 = 5 x 35 = 175 minutes
6 days in week 2 = 6 x 35 = 210 minutes
7 days in week 3 = 7 x 35 = 245 minutes
Total minutes of jog by Mr. Parker = week 1 + week 2 + week 3
= 175 + 210 + 245
= 630 minutes
So, total minutes of jog by Mr. Parker = 630 minutes

Question 17.
There are 48 beads in a package. Candice bought 4 packages of blue, 9 packages of gold, 6 packages of red, and 2 packages of silver beads. About how many beads did Candice buy?
about _____ beads

Answer:
about 1008 beads

Explanation:
As per the given data,
48 beads are there in a package
Candice bought 4 packages of blue beads = 4 x 48 = 192
9 packages of gold beads = 9 x 48 = 432
6 packages of red beads = 6 x 48 = 288
2 packages of silver beads = 2 x 48 = 96
Total beads bought by Candice = 192 + 432 + 288 + 96
= 1008 beads
So, total beads bought by Candice = 1008.

Page No. 154

Question 18.
On average, a refrigerator door is opened 38 times each day. Len has two refrigerators in his house. Based on this average, about how many times in a 3-week period are the refrigerator doors opened?
about _____ times

Answer:
about 1600 times

Explanation:
From the given data,
On average, a refrigerator door is opened per day = 38 times
3-week period = 7 x 3 = 21
Then, a refrigerator door is opened per 21 days = 21 x 38 = 798 times
Len has 2 refrigerators in his house
Then, two refrigerators door are opened per 21 days = 2 x 798
= 1596 times
So, in a 3 – week period refrigerator door is opened about 1600 times

Question 19.
The cost to run a refrigerator is about $57 each year. About how much will it have cost to run by the time it is 15 years old?
about $ _____

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
As per the data,
The cost to run a refrigerator per each year = $57
Cost to run a refrigerator by the time it is 15 years old = $57 * 15
Round to the nearest tens
$57 x 15
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
$60 x 20
Use mental math
$6 x 2 = 12
$ 60 x 20 = 1200

Question 20.
If Mel opens his refrigerator door 36 times every day, about how many times will it be opened in April? Will the exact answer be more than or less than the estimate? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
From the given data,
Mel opens his refrigerator door per day = 36 times
Number of days in April month = 30 days
Refrigerator door opened in April month = 36 * 30
Round the factors
36 x 30
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
40 x 30 = 1200

Question 21.
Represent a Problem What question could you write for this answer? The estimated product of two numbers, that are not multiples of ten, is 2,800.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2800

Explanation:
Let us take
1.
38 × 21
↓        ↓
40 × 20 = 800
2,800 = 42 x 68
↓    ↓
40 x  70 = 2800

Question 22.
Which is a reasonable estimate for the product? Write the estimate. An estimate may be used more than once.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 1
26 × 48 __________
28 × 21 __________
21 × 22 __________
51 × 26 __________

Answer:
25 x 50 = 1250
30 x 20 = 600
20 x 20 = 400
50 x 25 = 1250

Explanation:
26 x 48 -> 25 x 50 = 1250
28 x 21 -> 30 x 20 = 600
21 x 22 -> 20 x 20 = 400
51 x 26 -> 50 x 25 = 1250

Common Core – Page No. 155

Estimate Products
Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 1.
38 × 21
38 × 21
↓       ↓
40 × 20
800

Answer:
800

Explanation:
38 × 21
↓        ↓
40 × 20
800

Question 2.
63 × 19
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1200

Explanation:
63 x 19
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
60 x 20 = 1200
Estimated product of 63 x 19 = 1200

Question 3.
27 × $42
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
$1000

Explanation:
27 × $42
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
25 x $40 = $1000
Estimated Product of 25 x $ 42 = $1000

Question 4.
73 × 67
Estimate: _____

Answer:
4900

Explanation:
73 × 67
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
70 x 70 = 4900
Estimated Product of 73 x 67 = 4900

Question 5.
37 × $44
Estimate:$ _____

Answer:
$1600

Explanation:
37 × $44
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
40 x $40 = $1600
Estimated Product of 37 x $44 = $1600

Question 6.
85 × 71
Estimate: _____

Answer:
6300

Explanation:
85 × 71
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
90 x 70 = 6300
Estimated Product of 85 x 71 = 6300

Question 7.
88 × 56
Estimate: _____

Answer:
4950

Explanation:
88 × 56
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
90 x 55 = 4950
Estimated Product of 90 x 55 = 4950

Question 8.
97 × 13
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1,000

Explanation:
97 × 13
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
100 x 10 = 1,000

Question 9.
92 × 64
Estimate: _____

Answer:
5850

Explanation:
92 × 64
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
90 x 65 = 5850

Problem Solving

Question 10.
A dime has a diameter of about 18 millimeters. About how many millimeters long would a row of 34 dimes be?
about _____ millimeters

Answer:
about 600 millimeters

Explanation:
From the given data,
A dime has a diameter of about 18 millimeters
Then, 34 dimes diameter = 18 * 34
18 x 34
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
20 x 30 = 600
So, 34 dimes have a diameter of about 600 millimeters long

Question 11.
A half-dollar has a diameter of about 31 millimeters. About how many millimeters long would a row of 56 half-dollars be?
about _____ millimiters

Answer:
1800 millimeters

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A half – dollar has a diameter of about 31 millimeters
Then, 56 half-dollars diameter = 31 * 56
31 * 56
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
30 * 60
So, 56 half-dollars have a diameter of about 1800 millimeters long.

Common Core – Page No. 156

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which is the best estimate for the product
43 × 68?
Options:
a. 3,500
b. 2,800
c. 2,400
d. 280

Answer:
b. 2,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens
43 x 68
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
40 x 70
Use mental math
4 x 7 = 28
40 x 70 = 2800
Estimated product of 43 x 68 = 2800

Question 2.
Marissa burns 93 calories each time she plays fetch with her dog. She plays fetch with her dog once a day. About how many calories will Marissa burn playing fetch with her dog in 28 days?
Options:
a. 4,000
b. 2,700
c. 2,000
d. 270

Answer:
b. 2,700

Explanation:
From the given data,
Marissa burned calories each time when she plays fetch with her dog= 93 calories
Then, Marissa burned calories in 28 days while playing fetch with her dog = 28 x 93
Round to the nearest tens
28 x 93
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers      Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers
30 x 90
Then, estimated burned calories in 28 days by Marissa = 2700 calories

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Use the model to find 3 × 126.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 2
Options:
a. 368
b. 378
c. 468
d. 478

Answer:
b. 378

Explanation:
From the above Figure,
3 x 126 = 3 x 100 + 3 x 20 + 3 x 6
= 300 + 60 + 18
= 378
3 x 126 = 378

Question 4.
A store sells a certain brand of jeans for $38. One day, the store sold 6 pairs of jeans of that brand. How much money did the store make from selling the 6 pairs of jeans?
Options:
a. $188
b. $228
c. $248
d. $288

Answer:
b. $228

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A store sells a certain brand of jeans for rupees = $38
One day, the store sold 6 pairs of jeans of that brand = 6 x $38
6 x $38 = $228
The total amount of 6 pairs of jeans = $228

Question 5.
The Gateway Arch in St. Louis, Missouri, weighs about 20,000 tons. Which amount could be the exact number of tons the Arch weighs?
Options:
a. 31,093 tons
b. 25,812 tons
c. 17,246 tons
d. 14,096 tons

Answer:
c. 17,246 tons

Explanation:
From the given data,
The Gateway Arch in St.Louis, Missouri weight = about 20,000 tons
From the available options, 17,246 tons is closer to 20,000 tons
Then, the exact number of tons the Arch weighs = 17,246 tons

Question 6.
Which is another name for 23 ten thousands?
Options:
a. 23,000,000
b. 2,300,000
c. 230,000
d. 23,000

Answer:
c. 230,000

Explanation:
As per the data,
Another name for 23 ten thousands = 23 x 10,000
= 230,000
Another name for 23 ten thousand = 2,30,000

Page No. 159

Find the product.

Question 1.
16 × 19
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 3
16 × 19 = _____

Answer:
304

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 3
16 x 19 = 304

Question 2.
18 × 26
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 4
18 × 26 = _____

Answer:
468

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 1. jpg
200 + 160 + 60 + 48 = 468

Question 3.
27 × 39
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 5
27 × 39 = ______

Answer:
1,053

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - image 2
600 + 210 + 180 +63 = 1053

Draw a model to represent the product.
Then record the product.

Question 4.
14 × 16 = ______

Answer:
224

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 3
100 + 40 + 60 + 24 = 224

Question 5.
23 × 25 = ______

Answer:
575

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 4
400 + 60 + 100 + 15 = 575

Question 6.
Explain how modeling partial products can be used to find the products of greater numbers.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
You can use mental math to find the partial products and then find the sum of the partial products.

Explanation:

Question 7.
Emma bought 16 packages of rolls for a party. There were 12 rolls in a package. After the party there were 8 rolls left over. How many rolls were eaten? Explain.
______ rolls

Answer:
184 rolls were eaten

Explanation:
From the given data,
Emma bought 16 packages of rolls for a party
There were 12 rolls in a package
Then, total rolls = 16 x 12 = 192
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 5
100 + 60 + 20 + 12 =192
After the party there were 8 rolls left over
Then, total eaten rolls are = 192 – 8 = 184

Page No. 160

Question 8.
Jamal and Kim used different ways to solve 12 × 15 by using partial products. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Jamal’s Work
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 6
100 + 20 + 10 = 130

Kim’s Work
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 7
120 + 60 = 180
a. For the answer that is nonsense, write an answer that makes sense.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
a. Jamal’s work makes nonsense.
100 + 20 + 50 + 10 = 180 it makes sense

Question 8.
b. Look at Kim’s method. Can you think of another way Kim could use the model to find the product? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 8
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Other method: 12 x 15
10 x 12 = 120
5 x 12 = 60
120 + 60 = 180.

Explanation:
Kim follows another method to find 12 x 15
That is, 100 + 50 = 150
20 + 10 = 30
Then, 150 + 30 =180
12 x 15 = 180

Question 9.
Look at the model in 8b. How would the partial products change if the product was 22 × 15? Explain why you think the products changed.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
330

Explanation:
Following the 8b method
22 x 15 =330
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 6
200 + 100 = 300
20 + 10 = 30
Now, 300 + 30 = 330
Finally, 22 x 15 = 330
The factor of 15 is increased in present problem. So, the product also increases for 15 x 22.

Common Core – Page No. 161

Area Models and Partial Products

Draw a model to represent the product.
Then record the product.

Question 1.
13 × 42
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 9

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 9

Question 2.
18 × 34 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 1. jpg
300 + 40 + 240 + 32 = 612

Question 3.
22 × 26 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 2. jpg
400 + 120 + 40 + 12 = 572

Question 4.
1 5 × 33 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 3. jpg
300 + 30 + 150 + 15 = 495

Question 5.
23 × 29 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 4. jpg
400 + 180 + 60 + 27 = 667

Question 6.
19 × 36 = ______

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 5. jpg
300 + 60 + 270 + 54 = 684

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Sebastian made the following model to find the product 17 × 24.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 10
Is his model correct? Explain.
a. yes
b. no

Answer:
b. no

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 6. jpg
200 + 40 + 140 + 28 = 408

Question 8.
Each student in Ms. Sike’s kindergarten class has a box of crayons. Each box has 36 crayons. If there are 18 students in Ms. Sike’s class, how many crayons are
there in all?
______ crayons

Answer:
648 crayons

Explanation:
From the given information,
Each student in Ms.Sike’s kindergarten class has a box of crayons
Crayons in each box = 36 Crayons
Number of students in Mr.Sike’s class = 18 students
Total crayons = 18 x 36
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 7. jpg
300 + 60 + 240 + 48 = 648

Common Core – Page No. 162

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which product does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 11
Options:
a. 161
b. 230
c. 340
d. 391

Answer:
d. 391

Explanation:
200 + 30 + 140 + 21 = 391
17 x 23 = 391

Question 2.
Which product does the model below represent?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 12 img 12
Options:
a. 219
b. 225
c. 244
d. 275

Answer:
b. 225

Explanation:
130 + 20 + 65 + 10 = 225
15 x 15 = 225

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mariah builds a tabletop using square tiles. There are 12 rows of tiles and 30 tiles in each row. How many tiles in all does Mariah use?
Options:
a. 100
b. 180
c. 360
d. 420

Answer:
c. 360

Explanation:
From the given data,
Mariah builds a tabletop using square tiles
Square contains 12 rows of tiles and 30 tiles in each row = 12 x 30
12 x 30 = 360 tiles
Total tiles used by Mariah = 360 tiles

Question 4.
Trevor bakes 8 batches of biscuits, with 14 biscuits in each batch. He sets aside 4 biscuits from each batch for a bake sale and puts the rest in a jar. How many biscuits does Trevor put in the jar?
Options:
a. 112
b. 80
c. 50
d. 32

Answer:
b. 80

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Number of biscuits baked by Trevor = 8 batches
Number of biscuits in each batch = 14 biscuits
So, total biscuits = 14 x 8 = 112
Trevor sets aside 4 biscuits from each batch for a bake = 8*4 = 32 biscuits are aside for a bake
Trevor kept rest of biscuits in a jar = 112 – 32 = 80
So, 80 biscuits are put in the jar by the Trevor

Question 5.
Li feeds her dog 3 cups of food each day. About how many cups of food does her dog eat in 28 days?
Options:
a. 60 cups
b. 70 cups
c. 80 cups
d. 90 cups

Answer:
c. 80 cups

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Li feeds her dog per day = 3 cups of food
Then, Li feeds her dog for 28 days = 3 x 28
= 84 cups of food
So, Li feeds her dog with 84 cups of food in 28 days

Question 6.
Which symbol makes the number sentence true?
4 ■ 0 = 0
Options:
a. +
b. –
c. ×
d. ÷

Answer:
c. ×

Explanation:
4 x 0 = 0

Page No. 165

Question 1.
Find 24 × 34.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 13
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 14
_____

Answer:
816

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 13
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 9. jpg

Question 2.
1 2
× 1 2
——–
_____

Answer:
144

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 10. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 11. jpg

Question 3.
3 1
× 2 4
——-
_____

Answer:
744

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 12. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 13. jpg

Question 4.
2 5
× 4 3
——-
_____

Answer:
1,075

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 14. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 15. jpg

Question 5.
3 7
× 2 4
——-
_____

Answer:
888

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 16. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 17. jpg

Question 6.
5 4
× 1 5
——-
_____

Answer:
810

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 18. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 19. jpg

Question 7.
8 7
× 1 6
——-
_____

Answer:
1,392

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 20. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 21. jpg

Question 8.
6 2
× 5 6
——-
_____

Answer:
3,472

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 22. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 23. jpg

Question 9.
4 9
× 6 3
——-
_____

Answer:
3,087

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 24. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 25. jpg

Practice: Copy and Solve Record the product.

Question 10.
38 × 47
_____

Answer:
1,786

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 26. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 27. jpg

Question 11.
46 × 27
_____

Answer:
1,242

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 28. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 29. jpg

Question 12.
72 × 53
_____

Answer:
3,816

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 30. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 31. jpg

Question 13.
98 × 69
_____

Answer:
6,762

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 32. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 33. jpg

Question 14.
53 × 68
_____

Answer:
3,604

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 34. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 35. jpg

Question 15.
76 × 84
_____

Answer:
6,384

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 36. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 37. jpg

Question 16.
92 × 48
_____

Answer:
4,416

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 38. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 39. jpg

Question 17.
37 × 79
_____

Answer:
2,923

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 40. jpg
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 41. jpg

Reason Abstractly Algebra Find the unknown digits. Complete the problem.

Question 18.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 15
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1,824

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 42. jpg

Question 19.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 16
Type below:
___________

Answer:
7,954

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 43. jpg

Question 20.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 17
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1,908

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 44. jpg

Question 21.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 18
Type below:
___________

Answer:
952

Explanation:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 45. jpg

Page No. 166

Use the picture graph for 22–24.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 19

Question 22.
Use Graphs A fruit-packing warehouse is shipping 15 boxes of grapefruit to a store in Santa Rosa, California. What is the total weight of the shipment?
______ pounds

Answer:
1275 pounds

Explanation:
From the given data,
A fruit packing warehouse is shipping 15 boxes of grapefruit to store in Santa Rose, California
Grapefruit weight per box = 85 pounds
Total weight of the shipment = 85 x 15
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 46. jpg
So, the total weight of the shipment = 1275 pounds

Question 23.
How much less do 13 boxes of tangelos weigh than 18 boxes of tangerines?
______ pounds

Answer:
450 pounds

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Tangelos weight per box = 90 pounds
Then, the weight of the 13 boxes of tangelos = 90 x 13
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 47. jpg
And, the weight of the 18 boxes of tangelos = 90 x 18
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 48. jpg
1620 – 1170 = 450
So, 13 boxes of tangelos weight are 450 pounds less than 18 boxes of tangelos weight

Question 24.
What is the weight of 12 boxes of oranges?
______ pounds

Answer:
1,080 pounds

Explanation:
The weight of the oranges per box = 90 pounds
then, weight of 12 boxes oranges = 90 x 12
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 49. jpg
So, weight of 12 boxes oranges = 1,080 pounds

Question 25.
Each person in the United States eats about 65 fresh apples each year. Based on this estimate, how many apples do 3 families of 4 eat each year?
______ apples

Answer:
780 apples

Explanation:
From the given data,
Each person in the united states eats fresh apples per year = 65
3 families of 4 persons = 3 x 4 = 12 persons
Then, the number of apples eat by 12 persons = 65 x 12
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 50. jpg
So, the total number of apples eat by 12 persons per year = 780

Question 26.
The product 26 × 93 is greater than 25 × 93. How much greater? Explain how you know without multiplying.
______

Answer:
The difference is 93
26 x 93 is one more group of 93 than 25 x 93

Question 27.
Margot wants to use partial products to find 22 × 17. Write the numbers in the boxes to show 22 × 17.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 20
Type below:
__________

Answer:
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 51. jpg

Explanation:
22 x 17
(20 + 2) x 17
20 x 17 + 2 x 17
20 x (10 + 7) + 2 x (10 + 7)
(20 x 10) + (20 x 7) + (2 x 10) + (2 x 7)
chapter 3 - Area models and partial products- image 51. jpg

Common Core – Page No. 167

Multiply Using Partial Products

Record the product.

Question 1.
2 3
× 7 9
———
1, 4 0 0
2 1 0
1 8 0
+ 2 7
——–
1, 8 1 7

Answer:
1, 8 1 7

Explanation:
2 3
× 7 9
———
1, 4 0 0
2 1 0
1 8 0
+ 2 7
——–
1, 8 1 7

Question 2.
5 6
× 3 2
——-
_______

Answer:
1,792

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 7

Question 3.
8 7
× 6 4
——-
_______

Answer:
5,568

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 8

Question 4.
3 3
× 2 5
——-
_______

Answer:
825

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 9

Question 5.
9 4
× 1 2
——-
_______

Answer:
1,128

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 10

Question 6.
5 1
× 7 7
——-
_______

Answer:
3,927

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 11

Question 7.
6 9
× 4 9
——-
_______

Answer:
3,381

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 12

Question 8.
8 6
× 8 4
——-
_______

Answer:
7,224

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 13

Question 9.
9 8
× 4 2
——-
_______

Answer:
4,116

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 14

Question 10.
7 3
× 3 7
——-
_______

Answer:
2,701

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 15

Question 11.
8 5
× 5 1
——-
_______

Answer:
4,335

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 16

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Evelyn drinks 8 glasses of water a day, which is 56 glasses of water a week. How many glasses of water does she drink in a year? (1 year = 52 weeks)
_______ glasses

Answer:
2,912 glasses

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Evelyn drinks 8 glasses of water a day
Evelyn drinks water per week = 56 glasses
Then, the number of glasses per 52 weeks = 52 x 56
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 17
Total number of glasses of water drink by Evelyn per year = 2912 glasses of water

Question 13.
Joe wants to use the Hiking Club’s funds to purchase new walking sticks for each of its 19 members. The sticks cost $26 each. The club has $480. Is this enough money to buy each member a new walking stick? If not, how much more money is needed?
Is the money enough? _______
How much more is needed? _______

Answer:
This amount is not enough to buy walking sticks
Still, $14 amount is needed to buy walking sticks

Explanation:
From the given data,
Joe wants to use the Hiking club funds to purchase new walking sticks for each of its 19 members
Cost per each stick = $26
Total walking sticks cost per 19 members = $26 x 19
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 18
Total cost for walking sticks for 19 members = $494
The club has = $480
This amount is not enough to buy walking sticks
Still, $14 amount is needed to buy walking sticks

Common Core – Page No. 168

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A carnival snack booth made $76 selling popcorn in one day. It made 22 times as much selling cotton candy. How much money did the snack booth make selling
cotton candy?
Options:
a. $284
b. $304
c. $1,562
d. $1,672

Answer:
d. $1,672

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A carnival snack booth made popcorn in one day = $76
It made 22 times as much selling cotton candy
Then, total selling cotton candy made by snack booth = $76 x 22
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 19
So, $1672 money snack booth will get for selling cotton candy

Question 2.
What are the partial products of
42 × 28?
Options:
a. 800, 80, 40, 16
b. 800, 16
c. 800, 40, 320, 16
d. 80, 16

Answer:
c. 800, 40, 320, 16

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 20
So, partial products of 42 x 28 are 800, 40, 320, 16

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Last year, the city library collected 117 used books for its shelves. This year, it collected 3 times as many books. How many books did it collect this year?
Options:
a. 832
b. 428
c. 351
d. 72

Answer:
c. 351

Explanation:
From the given data,
Last year, the number of used books collected by city library by its shelves = 117 books
This year, it collected 3 times as many books = 3 x 117 =351 books
Total number of books collected by the city library for this year = 351 books

Question 4.
Washington Elementary has 232 students. Washington High has 6 times as many students. How many students does Washington High have?
Options:
a. 1,392
b. 1,382
c. 1,292
d. 1,281

Answer:
a. 1,392

Explanation:
As per the given data,
The number of students in Washington elementary = 232 students
Washington High has 6 times as many students = 6 x 232 = 1392
Total number of students in Washington High = 1392 students

Question 5.
What are the partial products of 35 × 7?
Options:
a. 10, 12
b. 21, 35
c. 210, 35
d. 350, 21

Answer:
c. 210, 35

Explanation:
Partial products of 35 x 7 are 210, 35

Question 6.
Shelby has ten $5 bills and thirteen $10 bills. How much money does Shelby have in all?
Options:
a. $15
b. $60
c. $63
d. $180

Answer:
d. $180

Explanation:
From the given data,
Shelby has ten $5 bills and thirteen $10 bills = (10 x $5) + (13 x $10)
= ($50) + ($130)
=$180
Total money with Shelby = $180

Page No. 169

Question 1.
Explain how to find 40 × 50 using mental math.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
200

Explanation:
40 x 50
By using mental math
4 x 5 = 20
40 x 50 = 200

Question 2.
What is the first step in estimating 56 × 27?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
Round to the nearest values.
So, the first step of the estimated 56 x 27 is rounding to the nearest values that is 60 x 30

Choose a method. Then find the product.

Question 3.
35 × 10 = _____

Answer:
350

Explanation:
By using the place value method
You can take 10 as 1 ten
35 x 10 = 35 x 1 ten
= 35 ten
35 x 10 = 350

Question 4.
19 × 20 = _____

Answer:
380

Explanation:
19 x 20
By using the associative property
You can think of 20 as (2 x 10)
19 x 20 = 19 x (2 x 10)
= (19 x 2) x 10
= 38 x 10
19 x 20 = 380

Question 5.
12 × 80 = _____

Answer:
960

Explanation:
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 80 to make the problem simpler
80/ 2 = 40
Multiply 40 with 12
40*12 = 480
Double the 480
2*480= 960
12*80 = 960

Question 6.
70 × 50 = _____

Answer:
3,500

Explanation:
70 x 50
By using the place value method
You can take 50 as 5 tens
70 x 50 = 70 x 5 tens
= 350 tens
70 x 50 = 3,500

Question 7.
58 × 40 = _____

Answer:
2,320

Explanation:
By using the associative property
You can think of 40 as (4 x 10)
58 x 40 = 58 x (4 x 10)
= (58 x 4) x 10
= 232 x 10
58 x 40 = 2,320

Question 8.
30 × 40 = _____

Answer:
1,200

Explanation:
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 40 to make the problem simpler
40/ 2 = 20
Multiply 20 with 30
20*30 = 600
Double the 600
2*600= 1200
30*40 = 1,200

Question 9.
14 × 60 = _____

Answer:
840

Explanation:
By using the place value method
You can take 60 as 6 tens
14 x 60 = 14 x 6 tens
= 84 tens
14 x 60 = 840

Question 10.
20 × 30 = _____

Answer:
600

Explanation:
By using the associative property
You can think of 30 as (3 x 10)
20 x 30 = 20 x (3 x 10)
= (20 x 3) x 10
= 60 x 10
20 x 30 = 600

Question 11.
16 × 90 = _____

Answer:
1,440

Explanation:
Use the halving and doubling strategy
half of the 90 to make the problem simpler
90/ 2 = 45
Multiply 45 with 16
16*45 = 720
Double the 720
2*720= 1440
16*90 = 1,440

Estimate the product. Choose a method.

Question 12.
81 × 38
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3,200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
81 is close to 80; 38 is close to 40;
80 x 40 = 3,200

Question 13.
16 × $59
Estimate: $ _____

Answer:
$120

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
16 is close to 20; $59 is close to $60;
Use the mental math to find the product of 20 x $60
2 x $6 = $12
20 x $60 = $120
Estimated product of 16 x $59 = $120

Question 14.
43 × 25
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1,000

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
43 is close to 40; 25 is close to 25;
40 x 25 = 1000
Estimated product of 43 x 25 = 1,000

Question 15.
76 × 45
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3,200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
76 is close to 80; 45 is close to 40;
Use the mental math
8 x 4 = 32
80 x 40 = 3200
So, the estimated product of 76 x 45 = 3,200

Question 16.
65 × $79
Estimate: _____

Answer:
$4,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
65 is close to 60; $79 is close to $80;
Use the mental math
6 x $8 = $48
60 x $80 = $4800
So, estimated product of 65 x $79 = $4,800

Question 17.
92 × 38
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3,600

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
92 is close to 90; 38 is close to 40;
Use the mental math, then
9 x 4 = 36
90 x 40 = 3,600
So, estimated product of 92 x 38 = 3,600

Question 18.
37 × 31
Estimate: _____

Answer:
1,200

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
37 is close to 40; 31 is close to 30;
Use the mental math, then
4 x 3 = 12
40 x 30 = 1,200
So, estimated product of 37 x 31 = 1,200

Question 19.
26 × $59
Estimate: _____

Answer:
$1,800

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
26 is close to 30; $59 is close to $60;
Use the mental math, then
3 x $6 = $18
30 x $60 = $1,800
So, estimated product of 26 x $59 = $1,800

Question 20.
54 × 26
Estimate: _____

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
54 is close to 50; 26 is close to 30;
Use the mental math
5 x 3 = 15
50 x 30 = 1,500
So, estimated product of 54 x 26 = 1,500

Question 21.
52 × 87
Estimate: _____

Answer:
4,500

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
52 is close to 50; 87 is close to 90;
Use the mental math
5 x 9 = 45
50 x 90 = 4500
So, estimated product of 52 x 87 = 4,500

Question 22.
39 × 27
Estimate: _____

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
39 is close to 40; 27 is close to 30;
Use the mental math
4 x 3 = 12
40 x 30 = 1,200
So, estimated product of 39 x 27 = 1,200

Question 23.
63 × 58
Estimate: _____

Answer:
3,600

Explanation:
Round to the nearest tens.
63 is close to 60; 58 is close to 60;
Use the mental math
6 x 6 = 36
60 x 60 = 3,600
So, estimated product of 63 x 58 = 3,600

Page No. 170

Question 24.
Ms. Traynor’s class is taking a field trip to the zoo. The trip will cost $26 for each student. There are 22 students in her class. What is a good estimate for the cost of the students’ field trip?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
18 centimeters

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Ms. Traynor’s class is taking a field trip to the zoo
Cost of the trip for each student = $26
Total number of students in her class = 22
The total cost of the trip for students = $26 x 22
Round to the nearest tens.
26 is close to 30; 22 is close to 20;
Use the mental math
$3 x 2 = $6
$30 x 20 = $600
Then, the total estimated cost for the trip for students = $600

Question 25.
Tito wrote the following on the board. What is the unknown number?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 21
______

Answer:
400

Explanation:
An unknown number is 50 x 8 = 400

Question 26.
What are the partial products that result from multiplying 15 × 32?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Partial products are 300, 150, 20, 10

Explanation:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 36
Partial products are 300, 150, 20, 10

Question 27.
A city bus company sold 39 one-way tickets and 20 round-trip tickets from West Elmwood to East Elmwood. One-way tickets cost $14. Round trip tickets cost $25. How much money did the bus company collect?
$ ______

Answer:
$1,046

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Number of one – way tickets sold by the city bus company = 39
Round trip tickets from west Elmwood to east Elmwood = 20
Cost of one – way tickets = $14
Then, cost of 39 one – way tickets = 39 x $14 =$546
Cost of round trip tickets = $25
Then, cost of 20 round trip tickets = $25 x 20 = $500
Total money collected by the city bus company = $546 + $500 = $1,046

Page No. 173

Question 1.
Look at the problem. Complete the sentences.
Multiply ____ and ____ to get 0.
Multiply ____ and ____ to get 1,620.
Add the partial products.
0 + 1,620 = ____
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 22
_____

Answer:
Multiply 27 and 0 to get 0.
Multiply 27 and 6 to get 1,620.
Add the partial products. 0 + 1,620 = 1,620.

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 2.
6 8
× 5 3
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 3,500
Product: 3,604

Explanation:
68 is closer to 70 and 53 is closer to 50
Estimate: 70 x 50 = 3,500
60 x 53 = 3180
8 x 53 = 424
3180 + 424 = 3604
Product 3,604

Question 3.
6 1
× 5 4
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 3,000
Product: 3,294

Explanation:
61 is closer to 60 and 54 is closer to 50
Estimate: 60 x 50 = 3,000
60 x 54 = 3240
1 x 54 = 54
3240 + 54 = 3294
Product 3,294

Question 4.
9 0
× 2 7
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,700
Product: 2,430

Explanation:
27 is closer to 30
Estimate: 90 x 30 = 2,700
90 x 27 = 2430
Product 2,430

Question 5.
3 0
× 4 7
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,500
Product: 1,410

Explanation:
47 is closer to 50
Estimate: 30 x 50 = 1,500
30 x 47 = 1410
Product 1,410

Question 6.
7 8
× 5 6
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 4,800
Product: 4,368

Explanation:
78 is closer to 80 and 56 is closer to 60
Estimate: 80 x 60 = 4,800
70 x 56 = 3920
8 x 56 = 448
3920 + 448 = 4368
Product 4,368

Question 7.
2 7
× 2 5
——-
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 600
Product: 675

Explanation:
27 is closer to 30 and 25 is closer to 20
Estimate: 30 x 20 = 600
20 x 25 = 500
7 x 25 = 175
500 + 175 = 675
Product 675

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 8.
34 × 65
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,800
Product: 2,210

Explanation:
34 is closer to 30 and 65 is closer to 60
Estimate: 30 x 60 = 1,800
30 x 65 = 1950
4 x 65 = 260
1950 + 260 = 2210
Product 2,210

Question 9.
42 × $13
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: $400
Product: $546

Explanation:
42 is closer to 40 and 13 is closer to 10
Estimate: 40 x 10 = 400
40 x $13 = $520
2 x $13= $26
$520 + $26 = $546
Product $546

Question 10.
60 × 17
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 1,200
Product: 1,020

Explanation:
17 is closer to 20
Estimate: 60 x 20 = 1,200
60 x 17 = 1020
Product = 1,020

Question 11.
62 × 45
Estimate: _________
Product: __________

Answer:
Estimate: 2,400
Product: 2,790

Explanation:
62 is closer to 60 and 45 is closer to 40
Estimate: 60 x 40 = 2,400
60 x 45 = 2700
2 x 45= 90
2700 + 90 = 2790
Product 2,790

Question 12.
57 × $98
Estimate: $ _________
Product: $ _________

Answer:
Estimate: 6,000
Product: 5,586

Explanation:
57 is closer to 60 and 98 is closer to 100
Estimate: 60 x 100 = 6,000
50 x 98 = 4900
7 x 98= 686
4900 + 686 = 5586
Product 5,586

Look for a Pattern Algebra Write a rule for the pattern.
Use your rule to find the unknown numbers.

Question 13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 23
Rule _____________
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Chapter 3 - Common core - Image 37

Explanation:
1 hour = 60 min
Then, 5hr = 5 x 60 = 300 min
10hr = 10 x 60 = 600 min
15hr = 15 x 60 = 900 min
20hr = 20 x 60 = 1200 min
25hr = 25 x 60 = 1500 min

Question 14.
Owners of a summer camp are buying new cots for their cabins. There are 16 cabins. Each cabin needs 6 cots. Each cot costs $92. How much will the new cots cost?
$ _______

Answer:
$8,832

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Owners pf a summer camp are buying new cots for their cabins
Number of cabins = 16
Each cabin needs 6 cots
Then, total cots = 16 x 6 = 96
Each cot cost = $92
Then, cost for total cots = $92 x 96
92 is closer to 90 and 96 is closer to 100
Estimate = 90 x 100 = 9,000
90 x 96 = 8640
2 x 96 = 192
8640 + 192 = 8832
Product = 8,832

Question 15.
A theater has 28 rows of 38 seats downstairs and 14 rows of 26 seats upstairs. How many seats does the theater have?
______ seats

Answer:
1,428 seats

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A theatre has 28 rows of 38 seats downstairs = 28 x 38 = 1064
14 rows of 26 seats upstairs = 14 x 26 = 364
Total number of seats = 1064 + 364 = 1,428 seats

Page No. 174

Question 16.
Machine A can label 11 bottles in 1 minute. Machine B can label 12 bottles in 1 minute. How many bottles can both machines label in 15 minutes?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 24
a. What do you need to know?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
number of bottles labeled by Machine A and Machine B in 15 minutes

Question 16.
b. What numbers will you use?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
15x 11 and 15 x 12

Question 16.
c. Tell why you might use more than one operation to solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To find out the total number of bottle made by both machines A & B

Question 16.
d. Solve the problem.
So, both machines can label ____ bottles in ____ minutes.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Machine A can label 11 bottles in 1 minute
Then, the number of bottles labeled by machine A in 15 minutes = 15 x 11 = 165
Machine B can label 12 bottles in 1 minute
Then, number of bottles labelled by Machine B in 15 minutes = 15 x 12 = 180
Total bottles labelled by both the machines in 15 minutes = 165 + 180 = 345

Question 17.
Make Sense of Problems
A toy company makes wooden blocks. A carton holds 85 blocks. How many blocks can 19 cartons hold?
______ blocks

Answer:
1,615 blocks

Explanation:
From the given data,
A toy company makes wooden blocks
A carton holds 85 blocks
Then, number of blocks hold by 19 cartons = 19 x 85 = 1615
Total number of blocks held by 19 cartons = 1,615

Question 18.
A company is packing cartons of candles. Each carton can hold 75 candles. So far, 50 cartons have been packed, but only 30 cartons have been loaded on a truck. How many more candles are left to load on the truck?
______ candles

Answer:
1,500 candles

Explanation:
As per the given data,
A company is packing cartons of candles
Each carton can hold 75 candles
Then, number of candles hold by 50 cartons = 50 x 75 = 3750
Number of candles hold by 30 cartons = 30 x 75 = 2250
50 cartons have been packed, but only 30 cartons have been loaded on a truck
Remaining candles are left to load on truck = 3750 – 2250 = 1,500

Question 19.
Mr. Garcia’s class raised money for a field trip to the zoo. There are 23 students in his class. The cost of the trip will be $17 for each student. What is the cost for all the students? Explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$391

Explanation:
As per the given data,
Mr. Garcia’s class raised money for a field trip to the zoo
Total number of students in his class = 23 students
Cost of the trip for each student = $17
Then, total cost for all the students = $17 x 23 = $391

Common Core – Page No. 175

Multiply with Regrouping
Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 1.
Estimate: 2,700
Think: 87 is close to 90 and 32 is close to 30.
90 × 30 = 2,700
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 25

Answer:
2,784

Explanation:
Think: 87 is close to 90 and 32 is close to 30.
90 × 30 = 2,700
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 25

Question 2.
7 3
× 2 8
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,100
Product: 2,044

Explanation:
Estimate: 73 is close to 70; 28 is close to 30.
So, 70 x 30 = 2,100.
Product: Write 73 as 7 tens and 3 ones. Multiply 28 by 3 ones.
2
28
x 73
——–
84 <– 3 x 28
Multiply 28 by 7 tens
5
28
x 73
——–
1960 <– 70 x 28
Add the partial products.
84 + 1960 = 2,044.
So, 73 x 28 = 2,044.

Question 3.
4 8
× 3 8
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,000
Product: 1,824

Explanation:
48 is close to 50 and 38 is close to 40.
Estimate: 50 × 40 = 2,000
40 x 38 = 1520
8 x 38 = 304
1520 + 304 = 1824.
Product: 1,824

Question 4.
5 9
× 5 2
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 3,000
Product: 3,068

Explanation:
59 is close to 60 and 52 is close to 50.
Estimate: 60 × 50 = 3,000
50 x 52 = 2600
9 x 52 = 468
2600 + 468 = 3068.
Product: 3,068.

Question 5.
8 4
× 4 0
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 3,200
Product: 3,360

Explanation:
84 is close to 80 and 40 is close to 40.
Estimate: 80 × 40 = 3,200
80 x 40 = 3,200
4 x 40 = 160
3200 + 160 = 3,360.
Product: 3,360.

Question 6.
8 3
× 7 7
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 6,400
Product: 6,391

Explanation:
83 is close to 80 and 77 is close to 80.
Estimate: 80 × 80 = 6,400
80 x 77 = 6,160
3 x 77 = 231
6,160 + 231 = 6,391.
Product: 6,391.

Question 7.
9 1
× 1 9
——–
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,800
Product: 1,729

Explanation:
91 is close to 90 and 19 is close to 20.
Estimate: 90 × 20 = 1,800
90 x 19 = 1,710
1 x 19 = 19
1,710+ 19 = 1,729.
Product: 1,729.

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Baseballs come in cartons of 84 baseballs. A team orders 18 cartons of baseballs. How many baseballs does the team order?
_______ baseballs

Answer:
1,512 baseballs

Explanation:
To find total baseballs, 84 x 18
80 x 18 = 1,440
4 x 18 = 72
84 x 18 = 1,512

Question 9.
There are 16 tables in the school lunch room. Each table can seat 22 students. How many students can be seated at lunch at one time?
_______ students

Answer:
352 students

Explanation:
Total Students = 16 x 22
10 x 22 = 220
6 x 22 = 132
220 + 132 = 352.
352 students can be seated at lunch at one time

Common Core – Page No. 176

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The art teacher has 48 boxes of crayons. There are 64 crayons in each box. Which is the best estimate of the number of crayons the art teacher has?
Options:
a. 2,400
b. 2,800
c. 3,000
d. 3,500

Answer:
c. 3,000

Explanation:
1. Total number of crayons = 48 x 64
48 is close to 50; 64 is close to 60
50 x 60 = 3,000.
The art teacher has about to 3, 000 crayons.

Question 2.
A basketball team scored an average of 52 points in each of 15 games. How many points did the team score in all?
Options:
a. 500
b. 312
c. 780
d. 1,000

Answer:
c. 780

Explanation:
Total Points = 52 x 15
50 x 15 = 750
2 x 15 = 30
750 + 30 = 780.
The basketball team scored 780 points in total.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
One Saturday, an orchard sold 83 bags of apples. There are 27 apples in each bag. Which expression represents the total number of apples sold?
Options:
a. 16 + 6 + 56 + 21
b. 160 + 60 + 56 + 21
c. 160 + 60 + 560 + 21
d. 1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21

Answer:
d. 1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21

Explanation:
Total number of apples sold = 83 x 27
80 x 27 = 2,160
3 x 27 = 81
2,160 + 81 = 2,241.
The total number of apples sold = 2,241.
16 + 6 + 56 + 21 = 99 not equal to 2,241
160 + 60 + 56 + 21 = 297 not equal to 2,241
160 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 801 not equal to 2,241
1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 2,241 equal to 2,241
1,600 + 60 + 560 + 21 = 2,241 is correct.

Question 4.
Hannah has a grid of squares that has 12 rows with 15 squares in each row. She colors 5 rows of 8 squares in the middle of the grid blue. She colors the rest of
the squares red. How many squares does Hannah color red?
Options:
a. 40
b. 140
c. 180
d. 220

Answer:
b. 140

Explanation:
Hannah has a grid of squares that has 12 rows with 15 squares in each row = 12 x 15 = 180.
The grid of squares in blue = 5 x 8 = 40.
The grid of squares in red = 180 – 40 = 140.

Question 5.
Gabriella has 4 times as many erasers a Leona. Leona has 8 erasers. How many erasers does Gabriella have?
Options:
a. 32
b. 24
c. 12
d. 2

Answer:
a. 32

Explanation:
Gabriella have 4 x 8 = 32 erasers.

Question 6.
Phil has 3 times as many rocks as Peter. Together, they have 48 rocks. How many more rocks does Phil have than Peter?
Options:
a. 36
b. 24
c. 16
d. 12

Answer:
b. 24

Explanation:
Phil has 3 times as many rocks as Peter. Together, they have 48 rocks
If Peter has x rocks, Phil has 3x rocks
3x + x = 48.
4x = 48.
x = 48/4 = 12.
Peter has 12 rocks. Phil has 3 x 12 = 36 rocks.
Phil has 36 – 12 = 24 more rocks than Peter.

Page No. 179

Question 1.
Find the product.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 26
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,500
Product: 1,566

Explanation:
54 x 29
Estimate: Think 54 is close to 50; 29 is close to 30.
50 x 30 = 1,500
Product:
20 x 5 tens = 100 tens
20 x 4 ones = 80 ones
9 x 5 tens = 45 tens
9 x 4 ones = 36 ones.
Add partial products.
1000 + 80 + 450 + 36 = 1,566.

Estimate. Then choose a method to find the product.

Question 2.
3 6
× 1 4
——-
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 400
Product: 504

Explanation:
36 x 14
Estimate: Think 36 is close to 40; 14 is close to 10.
40 x 10 = 400
Product:
10 x 3 tens = 30 tens
10 x 6 ones = 60 ones
4 x 3 tens = 12 tens
4 x 6 ones = 24 ones.
Add partial products.
300 + 60 + 120 + 24 = 504.

Question 3.
6 3
× 4 2
——-
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,400
Product: 2646

Explanation:
63 x 42
Estimate: Think 63 is close to 60; 42 is close to 40.
60 x 40 = 2400
Product:
40 x 6 tens = 240 tens
40 x 3 ones = 120 ones
2 x 6 tens = 12 tens
2 x 3 ones = 6 ones.
Add partial products.
2400 + 120 + 120 + 6 = 2646.

Question 4.
8 4
× 5 3
——-
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 4,000
Product: 4,452

Explanation:
84 x 53
Estimate: Think 84 is close to 80; 53 is close to 50.
80 x 50 = 4,000
Product:
50 x 8 tens = 400 tens
50 x 4 ones = 200 ones
3 x 8 tens = 24 tens
3 x 4 ones = 12 ones.
Add partial products.
4000 + 200 + 240 + 12 = 4,452.

Question 5.
7 1
× 1 3
——-
Estimate: ______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 700
Product: 923

Explanation:
71 x 13
Estimate: Think 71 is close to 70; 13 is close to 10.
70 x 10 = 700
Product:
10 x 7 tens = 70 tens
10 x 1 ones = 10 ones
3 x 7 tens = 21 tens
3 x 1 ones = 3 ones.
Add partial products.
700 + 10 + 210 + 3 = 923.

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate. Find the product.

Question 6.
29 × $82
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $2,400
Product: $2,378

Explanation:
29 x $82
Estimate: Think 29 is close to 30; $82 is close to $80.
30 x $80 = $2,400
Product:
$80 x 2 tens = $160 tens
$80 x 9 ones = $720 ones
$2 x 2 tens = $4 tens
$2 x 9 ones = $18 ones.
Add partial products.
$1600 + $720 + $40 + $18 = $2,378.

Question 7.
57 × 79
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 4,800
Product: 4,503

Explanation:
57 x 79
Estimate: Think 57 is close to 60; 79 is close to 80.
60 x 80 = 4,800
Product:
70 x 5 tens = 350 tens
70 x 7 ones = 490 ones
9 x 5 tens = 45 tens
9 x 7 ones = 63 ones.
Add partial products.
3500 + 490 + 450 + 63 = 4,503.

Question 8.
80 × 27
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,400
Product: 2,160

Explanation:
80 x 27
Estimate: Think 27 is close to 30.
30 x 80 = 2,400
Product:
20 x 8 tens = 160 tens
20 x 0 ones = 0 ones
7 x 8 tens = 56 tens
7 x 0 ones = 0 ones.
Add partial products.
1600 + 0 + 560 + 0 = 2,160.

Question 9.
32 × $75
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $2,100
Product: $2,400

Explanation:
32 × $75
Estimate: Think 32 is close to 30; $75 is close to $70.
30 x $70 = $2,100
Product:
$70 x 3 tens = $210 tens
$70 x 2 ones = $140 ones
$5 x 3 tens = $15 tens
$5 x 2 ones = $10 ones.
Add partial products.
$2100 + $140 + $150 + $10 = $2,400.

Question 10.
55 × 48
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,750
Product: 2,640

Explanation:
55 × 48
Estimate: Think 48 is close to 50.
55 x 50 = 2,750
Product:
40 x 5 tens = 200 tens
40 x 5 ones = 200 ones
8 x 5 tens = 40 tens
8 x 5 ones = 40 ones.
Add partial products.
2000 + 200 + 400 + 40 = 2,640.

Question 11.
19 × $82
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $1,600
Product: $1,558

Explanation:
19 × $82
Estimate: Think 19 is close to 20; $82 is close to $80.
20 x $80 = $1,600
Product:
$80 x 1 tens = $80 tens
$80 x 9 ones = $720 ones
$2 x 1 tens = $2 tens
$2 x 9 ones = $18 ones.
Add partial products.
$800 + $720 + $20 + $18 = $1,558.

Question 12.
25 × $25
Estimate: $ _______
Product: $ _______

Answer:
Estimate: $625
Product: $625

Explanation:
25 × $25
Estimate:
25 x $25 = $625
Product:
$20 x 2 tens = $40 tens
$20 x 5 ones = $100 ones
$5 x 2 tens = $10 tens
$5 x 5 ones = $25 ones.
Add partial products.
$400 + $100 + $100 + $25 = $625.

Question 13.
41 × 98
Estimate: _______
Product: _______

Answer:
Estimate: 4,000
Product: 4,018

Explanation:
41 × 98
Estimate: Think 41 is close to 40; 98 is close to 100.
40 x 100 = 4,000
Product:
90 x 4 tens = 360 tens
90 x 1 ones = 90 ones
8 x 4 tens = 32 tens
8 x 1 ones = 8 ones.
Add partial products.
3600 + 90 + 320 + 8 = 4,018.

Identify Relationships Algebra Use mental math to find the number.

Question 14.
30 × 14 = 420, so
30 × 15 = ______

Answer:
30 × 15 = 450

Explanation:
30 × 15 = 30 + 420
30 × 15 = 450

Question 15.
25 × 12 = 300, so
25 × ______ = 350

Answer:
25 x 14 = 350

Explanation:
25 × 12 = 300
For every next multiplication, the product value is increased by 25.
25 x 13 = 325.
25 x 14 =350.

Question 16.
The town conservation manager bought 16 maple trees for $26 each. She paid with five $100 bills. How much change will the manager receive? Explain.
$ ______

Answer:
$84

Explanation:
The town conservation manager bought 16 maple trees for $26 each = 16 x $26 = $416.
She paid with five $100 bills = 5 x $100 = $500.
The manager receive = $500 – $416 = $84.

Question 17.
Each of 25 students in Group A read for 45 minutes. Each of 21 students in Group B read for 48 minutes. Which group read for more minutes? Explain.
_________

Answer:
Group A read for more minutes than Group B.

Explanation:
Group A read for 25 x 45 = 1125 minutes.
Group B read for 21 x 48 = 1008 minutes.
Group A read for more minutes than Group B.

Page No. 180

Question 18.
Martin collects stamps. He counted 48 pages in his collector’s album. The first 20 pages each have 35 stamps in 5 rows. The rest of the pages each have 54 stamps. How many stamps does Martin have in his album?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 27
a. What do you need to know?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The total stamps in the first 20 pages + The total stamps in the remaining pages.

Question 18.
b. How will you use multiplication to find the number of stamps?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The first 20 pages each have 35 stamps in 5 rows.
So, 35 x 5 = 175 stamps.

Question 18.
c. Tell why you might use addition and subtraction to help solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
As mentioned that the number of stamps available in the first 20 pages and the number of stamps available in the rest of the pages. We need to add all pages to get 48 pages stamps.

Question 18.
d. Show the steps to solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Martin has 48 pages in his collector’s album.
The first 20 pages each have 35 stamps in 5 rows.
So, 35 x 5 = 175 stamps.
The first 20 pages have 175 stamps.
The rest of the pages each have 54 stamps.
So, total stamps = 175 + 54 = 229 stamps.

Question 18.
e. Complete the sentences.
Martin has a total of _____ stamps on the first 20 pages.
There are _____ more pages after the first 20 pages in Martin’s album.
There are _____ stamps on the rest of the pages.
There are _____ stamps in the album.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Martin has a total of __175___ stamps on the first 20 pages.
There are __24___ more pages after the first 20 pages in Martin’s album.
There are __54___ stamps on the rest of the pages.
There are ___229__ stamps in the album.

Question 19.
Select the expressions that have the same product as 35 × 17. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. (30 × 10) + (30 × 7) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7)
b. (30 × 17) + (5 × 17)
c. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5) + (35 × 10) + (35 × 7)
d. (35 × 10) + (35 × 7)
e. (35 × 10) + (30 × 10) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7)
f. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5)

Answer:
a. (30 × 10) + (30 × 7) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7)
b. (30 × 17) + (5 × 17)
d. (35 × 10) + (35 × 7)

Explanation:
35 × 17
30 x 10 =300
30 x 7 = 210
5 x 10 = 50
5 x 7 = 35
300 + 210 + 50 + 35 = 595.
a. (30 × 10) + (30 × 7) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7) = 300 + 210 + 50 + 35 = 595 equal to 595.
b. (30 × 17) + (5 × 17) = 510 + 85 = 595 equal to 595.
c. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5) + (35 × 10) + (35 × 7) = 1050 + 175 + 350 + 245 = 1820 not equal to 595.
d. (35 × 10) + (35 × 7) = 350 + 245 = 595 equal to 595
e. (35 × 10) + (30 × 10) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 7) = 350 + 300 + 50 + 35 = 735 not equal to 595.
f. (35 × 30) + (35 × 5) = 1050 + 175 = 1,225 not equal to 595.

Common Core – Page No. 181

Choose a Multiplication Method

Estimate. Then choose a method to find the product.

Question 1.
Estimate: 1,200
3 1
× 4 3
——-
9 3
+ 1, 2 4 0
————
1, 3 3 3

Answer:
Estimate: 1,200
Product: 1, 3 3 3

Explanation:
Estimate: 1,200
3 1
× 4 3
——-
9 3
+ 1, 2 4 0
————
1, 3 3 3

Question 2.
6 7
× 8 5
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 6,300
Product: 5,695

Explanation:
Estimate: 67 is close to 70; 85 is close to 90.
70 x 90 = 6,300.
Product: 67 x 85
80 x 6 tens = 480 tens
80 x 7 ones = 560 ones
5 x 6 tens = 30 tens
5 x 7 ones = 35 ones.
Add partial products.
4800 + 560 + 300 + 35 = 5,695.

Question 3.
6 8
× 3 8
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,800
Product: 2,584

Explanation:
Estimate: 68 is close to 70; 38 is close to 40.
70 x 40 = 2,800.
Product: 68 x 38
30 x 6 tens = 180 tens
30 x 8 ones = 240 ones
8 x 6 tens = 48 tens
8 x 8 ones = 64 ones.
Add partial products.
1800 + 240 + 480 + 64 = 2,584.

Question 4.
9 5
× 1 7
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,700
Product: 1,615

Explanation:
Estimate: 95 is close to 100.
100 x 17 = 1,700.
Product: 95 x 17
10 x 9 tens = 90 tens
10 x 5 ones = 50 ones
7 x 9 tens = 63 tens
7 x 5 ones = 35 ones.
Add partial products.
900 + 50 + 630 + 35 = 1,615.

Question 5.
4 9
× 5 4
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,500
Product: 2,646

Explanation:
Estimate: 49 is close to 50; 54 is close to 50.
50 x 50 = 2,500.
Product: 49 x 54
50 x 4 tens = 200 tens
50 x 9 ones = 450 ones
4 x 4 tens = 16 tens
4 x 9 ones = 36 ones.
Add partial products.
2000 + 450 + 160 + 36 = 2,646.

Question 6.
9 1
× 2 6
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 2,700
Product: 2,366

Explanation:
Estimate: 91 is close to 90; 26 is close to 30.
90 x 30 = 2,700.
Product: 49 x 54
20 x 9 tens = 180 tens
20 x 1 ones = 20 ones
6 x 9 tens = 54 tens
6 x 1 ones = 6 ones.
Add partial products.
1800 + 20 + 540 + 6 = 2,366.

Question 7.
8 2
× 1 9
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,600
Product: 1,558

Explanation:
Estimate: 82 is close to 80; 19 is close to 20.
80 x 20 = 1,600.
Product: 82 x 19
10 x 8 tens = 80 tens
10 x 2 ones = 20 ones
9 x 8 tens = 72 tens
9 x 2 ones = 18 ones.
Add partial products.
800 + 20 + 720 + 18 = 1,558.

Question 8.
4 6
× 2 7
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,500
Product: 1,242

Explanation:
Estimate: 46 is close to 50; 27 is close to 30.
50 x 30 = 1,500.
Product: 46 x 27
20 x 4 tens = 80 tens
20 x 6 ones = 120 ones
7 x 4 tens = 28 tens
7 x 6 ones = 42 ones.
Add partial products.
800 + 120 + 280 + 42 = 1,242.

Question 9.
4 1
× 3 3
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,200
Product: 1,353

Explanation:
Estimate: 41 is close to 40; 33 is close to 30.
40 x 30 = 1,200.
Product: 41 x 33
30 x 4 tens = 120 tens
30 x 1 ones = 30 ones
3 x 4 tens = 12 tens
3 x 1 ones = 3 ones.
Add partial products.
1200 + 30 + 120 + 3 = 1,353.

Question 10.
9 7
× 1 3
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 1,300
Product: 1,261

Explanation:
Estimate: 97 is close to 100.
100 x 13 = 1,300.
Product: 97 x 13
10 x 9 tens = 90 tens
10 x 7 ones = 70 ones
3 x 9 tens = 27 tens
3 x 7 ones = 21 ones.
Add partial products.
900 + 70 + 270 + 21 = 1,261.

Question 11.
7 5
× 6 9
——-
Estimate: _____
Product: ______

Answer:
Estimate: 5,600
Product: 5,195

Explanation:
Estimate: 75 is close to 80; 69 is close to 70.
80 x 70 = 5,600.
Product: 75 x 69
60 x 7 tens = 420 tens
60 x 5 ones = 300 ones
9 x 7 tens = 63 tens
9 x 5 ones = 45 ones.
Add partial products.
4200 + 300 + 630 + 45 = 5,195.

Problem Solving

Question 12.
A movie theatre has 26 rows of seats. There are 18 seats in each row. How many seats are there in all?
______ seats

Answer:
468 seats

Explanation:
26 x 18 = 468 seats.
20 x 18 = 360
6 x 18 = 108
108+360 = 468.

Question 13.
Each class at Briarwood Elementary collected at least 54 cans of food during the food drive. If there are 29 classes in the school, what was the least number of
cans collected?
______ cans

Answer:
1,566 cans

Explanation:
Each class at Briarwood Elementary collected at least 54 cans of food.
If there are 29 classes in the school,
the least number of cans collected = 54 x 29 = 1,566 cans.

Common Core – Page No. 182

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A choir needs new robes for each of its 46 singers. Each robe costs $32. What will be the total cost for all 46 robes?
Options:
a. $1,472
b. $1,372
c. $1,362
d. $230

Answer:
a. $1,472

Explanation:
46 x $32
40 x $32 = $1,280
6 x $32 = $192
$1,280 + $192 = $1,472

Question 2.
A wall on the side of a building is made up of 52 rows of bricks with 44 bricks in each row. How many bricks make up the wall?
Options:
a. 3,080
b. 2,288
c. 488
d. 416

Answer:
b. 2,288

Explanation:
52 x 44
50 x 44 = 2,200
2 x 44 = 88
2,200 + 88 = 2,288.
2,288 bricks make up the wall.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which expression shows how to multiply 4 × 362 by using place value and expanded form?
Options:
a. (4 × 3) + (4 × 6) + (4 × 2)
b. (4 × 300) + (4 × 600) +(4 × 200)
c. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 20)
d. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2)

Answer:
d. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2)

Explanation:
4 × 362 = 1,448
a. (4 × 3) + (4 × 6) + (4 × 2) = 12 + 24 + 8 = 44 not equal to 1,448.
b. (4 × 300) + (4 × 600) +(4 × 200) = 1200 + 2400 + 800 = 4,400 not equal to 1,448.
c. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 20) = 1200 + 240 + 80 = 1,520 not equal to 1,448.
d. (4 × 300) + (4 × 60) + (4 × 2) = 1200 + 240 + 8 = 1,448 equal to 1,448.

Question 4.
Use the model below. What is the product 4 x 492?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 28
Options:
a. 16 + 36 + 8 = 60
b. 160 + 36 + 8 = 204
c. 160 + 360 + 8 = 528
d. 1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968

Answer:
d. 1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968

Explanation:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core 182
1,600 + 360 + 8 = 1,968

Question 5.
What is the sum 13,094 + 259,728?
Options:
a. 272,832
b. 272,822
c. 262,722
d. 262,712

Answer:
c. 262,722

Explanation:
13,094 + 259,728 = 262,722

Question 6.
During the 2008–2009 season, there were 801,372 people who attended the home hockey games in Philadelphia. There were 609,907 people who attended the home hockey games in Phoenix. How much greater was the home attendance in Philadelphia than in Phoenix that season?
Options:
a. 101,475
b. 191,465
c. 201,465
d. 202,465

Answer:
b. 191,465

Explanation:
801,372 – 609,907 = 191,465
Philadelphia attendance is 191,465 greater than in Phoenix that season.

Page No. 185

Question 1.
An average of 74 reports with bird counts were turned in each day in June. An average of 89 were turned in each day in July. How many reports were turned in for both months? (Hint: There are 30 days in June and 31 days in July.)
First, write the problem for June.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Given that An average of 74 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in June.
For June Month, there are 30 days = 30 x 74 = 2,220.

Question 1.
Next, write the problem for July.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
An average of 89 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in July.
For July Month, there are 31 days = 31 x 89 = 2,759.

Question 1.
Last, find and add the two products.
____________ reports were turned in for both months.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Given that An average of 74 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in June.
For June Month, there are 30 days = 30 x 74 = 2,220.
An average of 89 reports with bird counts was turned in each day in July.
For July Month, there are 31 days = 31 x 89 = 2,759.
Add two products to get the total number of reports that were turned in for both months.
2,220 + 2,759 = 4,979.

Question 2.
What if an average of 98 reports were turned in each day for the month of June? How many reports were turned in for June? Describe how your answer for June would be different.
______ reports

Answer:
720 more reports

Explanation:
Given that an average of 98 reports was turned in each day for the month of June.
June has 30 days.
Total number of reports were turned in for June = 30 x 98 = 2, 940.
From the above answer, 98 − 74 = 24. So, there would be 30 × 24, or 720 more reports.

Question 3.
There are 48 crayons in a box. There are 12 boxes in a carton. Mr. Johnson ordered 6 cartons of crayons for the school. How many crayons did he get?
______ crayons

Answer:
3,456 crayons

Explanation:
There are 48 crayons in a box.
There are 12 boxes in a carton.
So, 1 carton = 48 x 12 = 576 crayons.
If Mr. Johnson ordered 6 cartons of crayons for the school, 6 x 576 crayons = 3,456 crayons.
He gets 3,456 crayons.

Question 4.
Make Sense of Problems Each of 5 birdwatchers reported seeing 15 roseate spoonbills in a day. If they each reported seeing the same number of roseate spoonbills over 14 days, how many would be reported?
______ roseate spoonbills

Answer:
1,050 roseate spoonbills

Explanation:
Given that, 1 day –>5 birdwatchers reported 15 roseate spoonbills = 5 x 15 = 75 roseate spoonbills.
So, in 14 days –> 5 birdwatchers reported 75 x 14 = 1,050 roseate spoonbills.

Page No. 186

Question 5.
On each of Maggie’s bird-watching trips, she has seen at least 24 birds. If she has taken 4 of these trips each year over the past 16 years, at least how many birds has Maggie seen?
at least ______ birds

Answer:
Maggie seen 1,536 birds

Explanation:
Given that, 1 trip –> Maggie seen 24 birds.
For 1 year she goes for 4 bird-watching trips.
So, she has seen 4 x 24 = 96 birds for 1 year.
For 16 years, 16 x 96 = 1,536 birds have Maggie seen.

Question 6.
Make Sense of Problems There are 12 inches in a foot. In September, Mrs. Harris orders 32 feet of ribbon for the Crafts Club. In January, she orders 9 feet less. How many inches of ribbon does Mrs. Harris order? Explain how you found your answer.
______ inches

Answer:
660 inches

Explanation:
There are 12 inches in a foot.
In September, Mrs. Harris orders 32 feet of ribbon for the Crafts Club = 32 x 12 = 384.
In January, she orders 9 feet less = 32 – 9 = 23.
So, in January, she orders 23 x 12 = 276.
Mrs. Harris order 276 + 384 = 660 inches of ribbon in total.
(or)
9 less than 32 is 23, so I added 23 + 32 = 55.
Then, I multiplied 55 × 12 = 660.

Question 7.
Lydia is having a party on Saturday. She decides to write a riddle on her invitations to describe her house number on Cypress Street. Use the clues to find Lydia’s address.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 29
______ Cypress Street

Answer:
14827 Cypress Street

Explanation:
Given that tens digit is 5 less than 7 = 7 – 5 = 2. 2 is the tens digit.
The thousands digit is twice the digit in the tens place = 2 x 2 = 4.
The hundreds digit is the greatest even number that is less than 10 i.e, 8.
The ones digit is the product of 7 and 1 = 7 x 1 = 7.
The ten thousands digit is the difference between the hundreds digit and the ones digit. So, 8 – 7 = 1.
Add the products to get the final answer = 14827.
Lydia’s address ( house number ) is 14827 Cypress Street.

Question 8.
A school is adding 4 rows of seats to the auditorium. There are 7 seats in each row. Each new seat costs $99. What is the total cost for the new seats? Show your work.
$ ______

Answer:
$2,772

Explanation:
Given that A school is adding 4 rows of seats to the auditorium. There are 7 seats in each row.
So, 7 x 4 = 28 seats are available in an auditorium.
Each new seat costs $99.
28 x $99 = $2,772 for total cost of the new seats.

Common Core – Page No. 187

Problem Solving Multiply 2 – Digit numbers

Solve each problem. Use a bar model to help.

Question 1.
Mason counted an average of 18 birds at his bird feeder each day for 20 days. Gloria counted an average of 21 birds at her bird feeder each day for 16 days. How many more birds did Mason count at his feeder than Gloria counted at hers?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 30
Birds counted by Mason: 18 × 20 = 360
Birds counted by Gloria: 21 × 16 = 336
Draw a bar model to compare.
Subtract. 360 – 336 = 24
So, Mason counted 24 more birds.

Answer:
Birds counted by Mason: 18 × 20 = 360
Birds counted by Gloria: 21 × 16 = 336
Draw a bar model to compare.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Common Core img 30
Subtract. 360 – 336 = 24
So, Mason counted 24 more birds.

Question 2.
The 24 students in Ms. Lee’s class each collected an average of 18 cans for recycling. The 21 students in Mr. Galvez’s class each collected an average of 25 cans for recycling. How many more cans were collected by Mr. Galvez’s class than Ms. Lee’s class?
______ more cans

Answer:
The number of cans collected by Ms. Lee’s class = 18 x 24 = 432.
The number of cans collected by Mr. Galvez’s class = 25 x 21 = 525.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core 187
Subtract. 525 – 432 = 93 more cans.
So, Mr. Galvez’s class collected 93 more cans than Ms. Lee’s class.

Question 3.
At East School, each of the 45 classrooms has an average of 22 students. At West School, each of the 42 classrooms has an average of 23 students. How many more students are at East School than at West School?
______ more students

Answer:
Students in East school = 45 x 22 = 990.
Students in West School = 42 x 23 = 966.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 2 187
Subtract. 990 – 966 = 24.
So, East School has 24 students more than West School.

Question 4.
A zoo gift shop orders 18 boxes of 75 key rings each and 15 boxes of 80 refrigerator magnets each. How many more key rings than refrigerator magnets does the gift shop order?
______ more key rings

Answer:
Number of Key Rings = 75 x 18 = 1,350.
Number of Refrigerator Magnets= 80 x 15 = 1,200.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 3 187
Subtract. 1,350 – 1,200 = 150.
So, key rings are 150 more than refrigerator magnets.

Common Core – Page No. 188

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ace Manufacturing ordered 17 boxes with 85 ball bearings each. They also ordered 15 boxes with 90 springs each. How many more ball bearings than springs did they order?
Options:
a. 5
b. 85
c. 90
d. 95

Answer:
d. 95

Explanation:
Number of ball bearings = 85 x 17 = 1,445.
Number of springs = 90 x 15 = 1,350.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 1 188
Subtract. 1,445 – 1,350 = 95.
So, ball bearings are 95 more than springs.

Question 2.
Elton hiked 16 miles each day on a 12-day hiking trip. Lola hiked 14 miles each day on her 16-day hiking trip. In all, how many more miles did Lola hike than Elton hiked?
Options:
a. 2 miles
b. 18 miles
c. 32 miles
d. 118 miles

Answer:
c. 32 miles

Explanation:
Hiking trip by Elton = 12 x 16 = 192.
Hiking trip by Lola = 16 x 14 = 224.
Use Bar Model
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 2 188
Subtract. 224 – 192 = 32.
So, the Hiking trip by Lola is 32 times more than the Hiking trip by Elton.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
An orchard has 24 rows of apple trees. There are 35 apple trees in each row. How many apple trees are in the orchard?
Options:
a. 59
b. 192
c. 740
d. 840

Answer:
d. 840

Explanation:
An orchard has 24 rows of apple trees. There are 35 apple trees in each row.
24 x 35 = 840 apple trees are in the orchard.

Question 4.
An amusement park reported 354,605 visitors last summer. What is this number rounded to the nearest thousand?
Options:
a. 354,600
b. 355,000
c. 360,000
d. 400,000

Answer:
b. 355,000

Explanation:
An amusement park reported 354,605 visitors last summer. 4,605 is close to 5,000. So, the answer is 355,000.

Question 5.
Attendance at the football game was 102,653. What is the value of the digit 6?
Options:
a. 6
b. 60
c. 600
d. 6,000

Answer:
c. 600

Explanation:
Digit 6 is at hundreds of positions. So, the answer is 6 x 100 = 600.

Question 6.
Jill’s fish weighs 8 times as much as her parakeet. Together, the pets weigh 63 ounces. How much does the fish weigh?
Options:
a. 7 ounces
b. 49 ounces
c. 55 ounces
d. 56 ounces

Answer:
d. 56 ounces

Explanation:
Let Jill’s parakeet = X.
Jill’s fish weighs 8 times as much as her parakeet = 8X.
Together, the pets weigh 63 ounces.
X + 8X = 63.
9X = 63.
X = 63/9 = 7.
So, Jill’s parakeet =7.
Jill’s fish = 7 x 8 = 56 ounces.

Review/Test – Page No. 189

Question 1.
Explain how to find 40 × 50 using mental math
Type below:
_________

Answer:
200

Explanation:
40 x 50
By using mental math
4 x 5 = 20
40 x 50 = 200

Mrs. Traynor’s class is taking a field trip to the zoo. The trip will cost $26 for each student. There are 22 students in her class.

Question 2.
Part A
Round each factor to estimate the total cost of the students’ field trip.
$ ______

Answer:
$600

Explanation:
Total cost of the students’ field trip = 22 x $26.
22 x $26
20 x $30 = $600
The total cost would be about $600.

Question 2.
Part B
Use compatible numbers to estimate the total cost of the field trip.
$ ______

Answer:
$500

Explanation:
If we use compatible numbers to estimate the total cost of the field trip.
22 x $26
20 × 25 = 500
The total cost would be about $500.

Question 2.
Part C
Which do you think is the better estimate? Explain.
Better estimate: _________

Answer:
Using rounded numbers is a better estimate. When rounded numbers are used, one estimated factor was $4 more than the actual factor and the other estimated factor was $2 that is less than the actual factor. So, the estimate should be close to the actual one. When compatible numbers are used both estimated factors were less than the actual factors. So, the product will be an underestimate.

Review/Test – Page No. 190

For numbers 3a–3e, select Yes or No to show if the answer is correct.

Question 3.
3a. 35 × 10 = 350
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
35 x 10 = 350
30 x 10 = 300.
5 x 10 = 50.
300 + 50 = 350.

Question 3.
3b. 19 × 20 = 380
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
19 × 20 = 380
19 x 20 = 19 x 2 tens.
19 x 20 = 38 tens = 380.

Question 3.
3c. 12 × 100 = 120
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
12 x 100 = 120.
10 x 100 = 1000
2 x 100 = 200.
1000 + 200 = 1200.

Question 3.
3d. 70 × 100 = 7,000
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
70 x 100 = 7,000
100 x 7 tens = 700 tens = 7,000

Question 3.
3e. 28 × 30 = 2,100
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
28 × 30
20 x 30 = 600
8 x 30 = 240
600 + 240 = 840

Question 4.
There are 23 boxes of pencils in Mr. Shaw’s supply cabinet. Each box contains 100 pencils. How many pencils are in the supply cabinet?
_____ penciles

Answer:
2,300 pencils

Explanation:
23 x 100 = 2,300 pencils are in the supply cabinet.

Question 5.
Which would provide a reasonable estimate for each product? Write the estimate beside the product. An estimate may be used more than once
23 × 38 __________
31 × 32 __________
46 × 18 __________
39 × 21 __________

Answer:
23 × 38 –> 25 x 40
31 x 32 –> 30 × 30
46 × 18 –> 50 × 20
39 × 21 –> 25 × 40

Explanation:
23 × 38; 23 is close to 25; 38 is close to 40.
So, the estimated product is 25 x 40
31 x 32; 31 is close to 30; 32is close to 30.
So, the estimated product is 30 × 30
46 × 18; 46 is close to 50; 18 is close to 20.
So, the estimated product is 50 × 20
39 × 21; 39 is close to 40; 21 is close to 25.
So, the estimated product is 25 × 40

Question 6.
There are 26 baseball teams in the league. Each team has 18 players. Write a number sentence that will provide a reasonable estimate for the number of players in the league. Explain how you found your estimate.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
There are 26 baseball teams in the league. Each team has 18 players.
26 x 18
25 x 20
We Rounded each factor to its close factor, then simplified the multiplication.

Question 7.
The model shows 48 × 37. Write the partial products.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 31
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 1 190
Partial Products are 1200, 240, 280, 56

Review/Test – Page No. 191

Question 8.
Jess made this model to find the product 32 × 17. Her modelis incorrect.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 32
Part A
What did Jess do wrong?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Jess added the numbers in the model instead of multiplying.

Question 8.
Part B
Redraw the model so that it is correct.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 33
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 2 190

Question 8.
Part C
What is the actual product 32 × 17?
______

Answer:
544

Explanation:
32 × 17
10 x 32 = 320
7 x 32 = 224
320 + 224 = 544.

Question 9.
Tatum wants to use partial products to find 15 × 32. Write the numbers in the boxes to show 15 × 32.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 34
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 4 190

Review/Test – Page No. 192

Question 10.
Which product is shown by the model? Write the letter of the product on the line below the model.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 35
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 35
C                                              A                                                  B
10 + 3 = 13
10 + 3 = 13
13 x 13
2. 10 + 7 = 17
30 + 6 = 36
17 x 36
3. 20 + 4 = 24
10 + 4 = 14
24 x 14

Question 11.
Mrs. Jones places 3 orders for school T-shirts. Each order has 16 boxes of shirts and each box holds 17 shirts. How many T-shirts does Mrs. Jones order? Use partial products to help you.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
816 T-shirts

Explanation:
Mrs. Jones places 3 orders for school T-shirts. Each order has 16 boxes of shirts and each box holds 17 shirts.
Each box has 17 shirts.
16 boxes = 16 x 17 = 272.
Each order = 16 boxes = 272 shirts.
3 orders = 3 x 272 = 816 shirts.
Mrs. Jones order 816 T-shirts.

Question 12.
Write the unknown digits. Use each digit exactly once.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 36
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 3 Common Core image 1 192
90 x 40 = 3,600
90 x 6 = 540
3 x 40 = 120
3 x 6 = 18.
3,600 + 540 + 120 + 8 = 4,278.

Question 13.
Mike has 16 baseball cards. Niko has 17 times as many baseball cards as Mike does. How many baseball cards does Niko have?
________ baseball cards

Answer:
272 baseball cards

Explanation:
Mike has 16 baseball cards. Niko has 17 times as many baseball cards as Mike does.
Niko have 16 x 17 = 272 baseball cards.

Question 14.
Multiply.
36 × 28 = ________

Answer:
1,008

Explanation:
36 x 28
20 x 30 = 600
20 x 6 = 120
8 x 30 = 240
8 x 6 = 48
600 + 120 + 240 + 48 = 1,008

Review/Test – Page No. 193

Question 15.
A farmer planted 42 rows of tomatoes with 13 plants in each row. How many tomato plants did the farmer grow?
42 × 13 = ______ tomato plants

Answer:
420 + 126 = 546 tomato plants

Explanation:
42 × 13
10 x 42 = 420
3 x 42 = 126
420 + 126 = 546 tomato plants

Question 16.
Select another way to show 25 × 18. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. (20 × 10) + (20 × 8) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
b. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5) + (25 × 10) + (25 × 8)
c. (20 × 18) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
d. (25 × 10) + (25 × 8)
e. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5)

Answer:
a. (20 × 10) + (20 × 8) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
c. (20 × 18) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8)
d. (25 × 10) + (25 × 8)

Explanation:
25 × 18
10 x 25 = 250
8 x 25 = 200
250 + 200 = 450.
a. (20 × 10) + (20 × 8) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8) = 200 + 160 + 50 + 40 = 450
b. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5) + (25 × 10) + (25 × 8) = 500 + 125 + 250 + 200 = 1,075
c. (20 × 18) + (5 × 10) + (5 × 8) = 360 + 50 + 40 = 450
d. (25 × 10) + (25 × 8) = 250 + 200 = 450
e. (25 × 20) + (25 × 5) = 500 + 125 = 625

Question 17.
Terrell runs 15 sprints. Each sprint is 65 meters. How many meters does Terrell run? Show your work.
______ meters

Answer:
975 meters

Explanation:
Terrell run 15 x 65 = 975 meters.

Question 18.
There are 3 new seats in each row in a school auditorium. There are 15 rows in the auditorium. Each new seat cost $74. What is the cost for the new seats? Explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$3,330

Explanation:
Given that There are 3 new seats in each row in a school auditorium. There are 15 rows in the auditorium. Each new seat cost $74.
So, 3 x 15 = 45 seats are available in an auditorium.
Each new seat costs $74.
45 x $74 = $3,330 for total cost of the new seats.

Question 19.
Ray and Ella helped move their school library to a new building. Ray packed 27 boxes with 25 books in each box. Ella packed 23 boxes with 30 books in each box. How many more books did Ella pack? Show your work.
______ books

Answer:
15 books

Explanation:
Ray packed 27 x 25 = 675 books.
Ella packed 23 x 30 = 690 books
Ella packed 690 – 675 = 15 books more than Ray.

Review/Test – Page No. 194

Question 20.
Julius and Walt are finding the product of 25 and 16.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers Review/Test img 37
Part A
Julius’ answer is incorrect. What did Julius do wrong?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Julius multiplied 25 by 10 and then multiplied 25 by 6 correctly. He added the two partial products incorrectly.

Question 20.
Part B
What did Walt do wrong?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Walt multiplied 6 by 5 and got 300 instead of 30

Question 20.
Part C
What is the correct product?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
25 x 16 = 400

Question 21.
A clothing store sells 26 shirts and 22 pairs of jeans. Each item of clothing costs $32.
Part A
What is a reasonable estimate for the total cost of the clothing?
Show or explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$1500

Explanation:
A clothing store sells 26 shirts and 22 pairs of jeans. 26 + 22 = 48 clothes.
Each item of clothing costs $32.
48 x $32
50 x $30 = $1500

Question 21.
Part B
What is the exact answer for the total cost of the clothing? Show or explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$1,536

Explanation:
48 x $32
40 x $32 = $1,280
8 x $32 = $256
$1,280 + $256 = $1,536

Page No. 199

Question 1.
A restaurant has 68 chairs. There are six chairs at each table. About how many tables are in the restaurant?
Estimate. 68 ÷ 6
Think: What number times 6 is about 68?
10 × 6 = ___
11 × 6 = ___
12 × 6 = ___
68 is closest to ______, so the best estimate is about _______ tables are in the restaurant.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
68 is close to 70 and 6 is close to 5.
So, 70/5 = 12.
10 × 6 = __60_
11 × 6 = _66__
12 × 6 = _72__
68 is closest to ___66___, so the best estimate is about 11 x 6 = 66 tables are in the restaurant.

Find two numbers the quotient is between. Then estimate the quotient.

Question 2.
41 ÷ 3
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 13 and 14
about 14

Explanation:
13 x 3 = 39; 14 x 3 = 42.
The quotient of 41 ÷ 3 is between 13 and 14.

Question 3.
192 ÷ 5
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 30 and 40
about 40

Explanation:
30 x 5 = 150; 40 x 5 = 200.
The quotient of 192 ÷ 5 is between 30 and 40.

Find two numbers the quotient is between. Then estimate the quotient.

Question 4.
90 ÷ 7
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 12 and 13
about 13

Explanation:
12 x 7 = 84; 13 x 7 = 91.
The quotient of 90 ÷ 7 is between 12 and 13.

Question 5.
67 ÷ 4
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 16 and 17
about 17

Explanation:
16 x 4 = 64; 17 x 4 = 68.
The quotient of 67 ÷ 4 is between 16 and 17.

Question 6.
281 ÷ 9
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 30 and 40
about 30

Explanation:
30 x 9 = 270; 40 x 9 = 360.
The quotient of 281 ÷ 9 is between 30 and 40.

Question 7.
102 ÷ 7
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 14 and 15
about 15

Explanation:
14 x 7 = 98; 15 x 7 = 105.
The quotient of 102 ÷ 7 is between 14 and 15.

Question 8.
85 ÷ 6
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 14 and 15
about 14

Explanation:
14 x 6 = 84; 15 x 6 = 90.
The quotient of 85 ÷ 6 is between 14 and 15.

Question 9.
220 ÷ 8
between _______ and _______

Answer:
between 20 and 30
about 30

Explanation:
20 x 8 = 160; 30 x 8 = 240.
The quotient of 220 ÷ 8 is between 20 and 30.

Decide whether the actual quotient is greater than or less than the estimate given. Write < or >.

Question 10.
83 ÷ 8 _______ 10

Answer:
>

Explanation:
83 ÷ 8 = 10.375 > 10

Question 11.
155 ÷ 4 _______ 40

Answer:
<

Explanation:
155 ÷ 4 = 38.75 < 40

Question 12.
70 ÷ 6 _______ 11

Answer:
>

Explanation:
70 ÷ 6 = 11.666 > 11

Question 13.
What’s the Question? A dolphin’s heart beats 688 times in 6 minutes. Answer: about 100 times.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
About how many times does a dolphin’s heart beats in 1 minute?

Question 14.
Analyze A mother bottlenose ate about 278 pounds of food in one week. About how much food did she eat in a day?
about _____ pounds

Answer:
about 40 pounds

Explanation:
278 ÷ 7
The quotient of 278 ÷ 7 is between 39 and 40.

Question 15.
Tanya has $42 to spend at the Dolphin Island store. T-shirts sell for $7 each and a pair of sunglasses sells for $6. Tanya buys 3 T-shirts. How many pairs of sunglasses can she buy with the amount of money she has left?
_____ pairs of sunglasses

Answer:
3 pairs of sunglasses

Explanation:
Given that Tanya has $42 to spend at the Dolphin Island store. T-shirts sell for $7 each and a pair of sunglasses sell for $6.
Tanya buys 3 T-shirts = 3 x $7 = $21.
pair of sunglasses = $42 – $21 = $21.
1 pair of sunglasses sells for $6.
So, $21 ÷ $7 = 3.
3 pairs of sunglasses can Tanya buy with the amount of money she has left.

Page No. 200

Question 16.
If a bottlenose dolphin can eat 175 pounds of fish, squid, and shrimp in a week, about how many pounds of food does it eat in a day? Milo says the answer is about 20 pounds. Leah says the answer is about 30 pounds. Who is correct? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2-Digit Numbers img 38
________

Answer:
The bottlenose dolphin can eat 25 pounds for 1 day.
Both answers are correct. Because the 25 pounds is in between 20 and 30 pounds.

Explanation:
1 week = 7 days.
The bottlenose dolphin can eat 175 pounds for 7 days.
For 1 day = 175 ÷ 7 = 25 pounds.
The bottlenose dolphin can eat 25 pounds for 1 day.
Both answers are correct. Because the 25 pounds is in between 20 and 30 pounds.

Question 17.
Four families went out for lunch. The total food bill came to $167. The families also left a $30 tip for the waitress. If each family spent the same amount, about how much did each family spend on dinner? Explain how you found your answer.
$ ______

Answer:
$98.5

Explanation:
Four families went out for lunch. The total food bill came to $167. The families also left a $30 tip for the waitress.
So, total amount = $167 + $30 = $197.
If each family spent the same amount = $197 ÷ 2 = $98.5
Each family spent $98.5.

Question 18.
There are 6 showings of a film about Van Gogh at the Art Museum. A total of 459 people saw the film. The same number of people were at each showing. About how many people were at each showing? Circle the numbers the quotient is between. Then explain how you found your answer.
40 50 60 70 80
Type below:
_________

Answer:
40 50 60 70 80
I found multiples of 6 that 459 is between. 70 × 6 = 420 and 80 × 6 = 480. Since 459 is closer to 480, 459 ÷ 6 is about 80.

Conclusion

Hope the data shared about Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply 2- Digit Number has helped you in your preparation. If you feel any learning is missing do give us your suggestions and we will consider them if possible. Just keep on visiting our site to get the latest update on Grade 4 Go Math HMH Answer Keys for other chapters as well.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers

go-math-grade-7-chapter-2-multiplying-and-dividing-integers-answer-key

Are you browsing the net to get the best material to score well in the exams? Then you are on the right page. Here you can get the best Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers. Refer to Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key to enhance your math skills.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers

Go through the topics covered in Multiplying and Dividing Integers before you start your preparation. Just tap the link and start preparing now. In addition to the exercise problems, you can also get a detailed explanation for all the questions in Module Review. So, first, practice the exercise problems and then try to solve the questions given in the module review. With the help of this Go Math 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers, you can improve the knowledge in the following topics.

Chapter 2 – Multiplying Integers

Chapter 2 – Dividing Integers

Chapter 2- Applying Integer Operations

Chapter 2 – Module Review

Multiplying Integers – Guided Practice – Page No. 40

Find each product.

Question 1.
-1(9)
_______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-1(9)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-1 < 0 and 9 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-1| = 1
|9| = 9
1 × 9 =9
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-1 × 9 = -9

Question 2.
14(-2)
_______

Answer: -28

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
14(-2)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-2 < 0 and 14 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-2| = 2
|14| = 14
2 × 14 = 28
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-2 × 14 = -28

Question 3.
(-9)(-6)
_______

Answer: 54

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(-9)(-6)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-9 < 0 and -6 < 0
Since the numbers have the same signs, the product will be positive.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-9| = 9
|-6| = 6
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-9 × -6 = 54

Question 4.
(-2)(50)
_______

Answer: -100

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(-2)(50)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-2 < 0 and 50 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-2| = 2
|50| = 50
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-2 × 50 = -100

Question 5.
(-4)(15)
_______

Answer: -60

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(-4)(15)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-4 < 0 and 15 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-4| = 4
|15| = 15
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-4 × 15 = -60

Question 6.
-18(0)
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-18(0)
Since one of the factors is zero, the product is zero.
-18 × 0 = 0

Question 7.
(-7)(-7)
_______

Answer: 49

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(-7)(-7)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-7 < 0
Since the numbers have the same signs, the product will be positive.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-7| = 7
|-7| = 7
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-7 × -7 = 49

Question 8.
-15(9)
_______

Answer: -125

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-15(9)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-15 < 0  and 9 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-15| = 15
|9| = 9
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-15 × 9 = -125

Question 9.
(8)(-12)
_______

Answer: -96

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(8)(-12)
1. Determine the sign of the product
8 > 0 and -12 < 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|8| = 8
|-15| = 15
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
8 × -15 = -96

Question 10.
-3(-100)
_______

Answer: 300

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-3 < 0 and -100 < 0
Since the numbers have the same signs, the product will be positive.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-3| = 3
|-100| = 100
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-3 × -100 = 300

Question 11.
0(-153)
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
0(-153)
Since one of the factors is zero, the product is zero.
0 × -153 = 0

Question 12.
-6(32)
_______

Answer: -192

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-6(32)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-6 < 0  and 32 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-6| = 6
|32| = 32
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-6 × 32 = -192

Question 13.
Flora made 7 withdrawals of $75 each from her bank account. What was the overall change in her account?
$ _______

Answer: -525

Explanation:
Flora made 7 withdrawals of $75 each from her bank account.
Since she withdrew 7 amounts of money, the overall change in the account will be:
(-7)(75)
-7 < 0 and 75 > 0
The numbers have the opposite signs, so the product will be negative.
7 × 75 = 525
We assign the correct sign to the product:
-7 × 75 = -525

Question 14.
A football team lost 5 yards on each of 3 plays. Explain how you could use a number line to find the team’s change in field position after the 3 plays.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: -15 yards

Explanation:
A football team lost 5 yards on each of 3 plays.
The team lost 5 yards 3 times.
3(-5) = (-5) + (-5) + (-5)
To graph 3(-5) we start at 0 and move 5 units to the left 3 times:
-15
The result is -15 yards.

Question 15.
The temperature dropped 2 °F every hour for 6 hours. What was the total number of degrees the temperature changed in the 6 hours?
_______ °F

Answer: -12°F

Explanation:
Since the temperature dropped 2 °F every hour for 6 hours, the total number of degrees the temperature changed in the 6 hours is:
6(-2) = (-2) + (-2) + (-2) + (-2) + (-2) + (-2)
To graph 6(-2) we start at 0 and move 2 units to the left 6 times.
6 × -2 = -12

Question 16.
The price of one share of Acme Company declined $5 per day for 4 days in a row. How much did the price of one share change in total after the 4 days?
$ _______

Answer: -20

Explanation:
The price declined $5 4 times, thus the total change in the price after the 4 days is:
4(-5)
4(-5) = (-5) + (-5) + (-5) + (-5)
To graph 4(-5) we start at 0 and move 5 units to the left 4 times:
4 × -5 = $-20

Question 17.
A mountain climber climbed down a cliff 50 feet at a time. He did this 5 times in one day. What was the overall change in his elevation?
_______ feet

Answer: -250 feet

Explanation:
A mountain climber climbed down a cliff 50 feet at a time. He did this 5 times in one day.
5(-50)
5(-50) = (-50) + (-50) + (-50) + (-50) + (-50)
To graph 5(-50) we start at 0 and move 50 units to the left 5 times:
5 × -50 = -250 feet
Thus the overall change in his elevation is -250 feet.

Question 18.
Explain the process for finding the product of two integers.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Determine the sign of the product, multiply the absolute value of the numbers then attach the sign to the product. If one of the numbers is zero then the product is zero.

Multiplying Integers – Independent Practice – Page No. 41

Question 19.
Critique Reasoning Lisa used a number line to model –2(3). Does her number line make sense? Explain why or why not.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Lesson 1: Multiplying Integers img 1
_______

Answer:
Lisa used the number line incorrectly since in her number line she multiplied -3 twice.
The number line should show 2 movements to the left three times.

Question 20.
Represent Real-World Problems Mike got on an elevator and went down 3 floors. He meant to go to a lower level, so he stayed on the elevator and went down 3 more floors. How many floors did Mike go down altogether?
_______ floors

Answer: 6 floors

Explanation:
Mike got on an elevator and went down 3 floors. He meant to go to a lower level, so he stayed on the elevator and went down 3 more floors.
2(-3) = -6
This means he went down 6 floors.

Solve. Show your work.

Question 21.
When Brooke buys lunch at the cafeteria, money is withdrawn from a lunch account. The table shows amounts withdrawn in one week. By how much did the amount in Brooke’s lunch account change by the end of that week?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Lesson 1: Multiplying Integers img 2
$ _______ decrease

Answer: $-20 decrease

Explanation:
He withdrew $4 each day, which means 5 times $4 each time. By the end of the week, his account will mark a decrease of: -$20

Question 22.
Adam is scuba diving. He descends 5 feet below sea level. He descends the same distance 4 more times. What is Adam’s final elevation?
_______ feet

Answer: -20 feet

Explanation:
Since he descends 4 times 5 feet each time, his final elevation will be:
4(-5) = -20 feet

Question 23.
The price of jeans was reduced $6 per week for 7 weeks. By how much did the price of the jeans change over the 7 weeks?
$ _______

Answer: $42

Explanation:
The price of the jeans was reduced $6 per week for 7 weeks.
After 7 weeks the price will be reduced by 7 times $6:
7(-6) = -42
Thus the price will be reduced by $42.

Question 24.
Casey uses some of his savings on batting practice. The cost of renting a batting cage for 1 hour is $6. He rents a cage for 9 hours in each of two months. What is the change in Casey’s savings after two months?
$ _______

Answer: $108

Explanation:
Given,
Casey uses some of his savings on batting practice.
The cost of renting a batting cage for 1 hour is $6.
He rents a cage for 9 hours in each of two months.
9(-6) = -54
For 2 months = -54 × 2 = -108

Question 25.
Volunteers at Sam’s school use some of the student council’s savings for a special project. They buy 7 backpacks for $8 each and fill each backpack with paper and pens that cost $5. By how much did the student council’s savings change because of this project?
$ _______

Answer: $91

Explanation:
They buy 7 backpacks for $8 each and fill each backpack with paper and pens that cost $5
Cost of 1 backpack = $8
cost of 7 backpacks = 8 × 7 = $56
Cost to fill each backpack with paper and pens = $5
Cost to fill each 7 backpacks with paper and pens = 5 × 7=$35
Total cost = $56 + $35 = $91
the students councils savings change by $91

Multiplying Integers – Page No. 42

Question 26.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Describe a real-world situation that can be represented by the product 8(–20). Then find the product and explain what the product means in terms of the real-world situation.
_______ points

Answer: -160

Example:
Irene has some savings in an account. Each of 8 months she uses $20 to pay a rate for a bicycle. What is the change in her account after the 8 months?
8(-20) = -160
The change in the account consists of 8 times $20:
Her account diminished by $160.

Question 27.
What If? The rules for multiplying two integers can be extended to a product of 3 or more integers. Find the following products by using the Associative Property to multiply 2 numbers at a time.
a. 3(3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -27

Explanation:
3 × 3 × (-3) = 9(-3) = -27

Question 27.
b. 3(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: 27
3((-3)(-3))
3 × 9 = 27

Question 27.
c. –3(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -27
(-3)(–3)(–3)
(-3)(9)
9 × -3 = -27

Question 27.
d. 3(3)(3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -81
(3 × 3)(3 × -3)
9 × -9 = -81

Question 27.
e. 3(3)(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: 81
(3 × 3)(-3 × -3)
9 × 9 = 81

Question 27.
f. 3(–3)(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -81
3(-3)(-3 × -3)
-9 × 9 = -81

Question 27.
g. Make a Conjecture Based on your results, complete the following statements:
When a product of integers has an odd number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is ____________.
____________

Answer: negative

Explanation:
When a product of integers has an odd number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is negative.

Question 27.
When a product of integers has an even number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is ___________ .
____________

Answer: positive

Explanation:
When a product of integers has an even number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is positive.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 28.
Multiple Representations The product of three integers is –3. Determine all of the possible values for the three factors.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
We are given the product:
a . b . c = -3
a, b, c integers
a = -1, b = 1, c = 3
a = -3, b = c = 1
a = -1, b = -1, c = -3
The elements of the product can be 1, -1, 3, -3. Since the result is negative, it means that the number of negative factors is odd. Thus we can have either one negative number or three. The possibilities are:
-1, 1, 3
-3, 1 , 1
-1, -1, -3

Question 29.
Analyze Relationships When is the product of two nonzero integers less than or equal to both of the two factors?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Let a, b be the two integers.
We are given the data:
a.b ≤ a
a.b ≤ b
a > 0, b> 0
Case 1: both are positive numbers
a = 1, b = 1
= a.b = 1.1 = a = b
The product is greater than any of the two numbers except for the case in which both numbers are 1:
Case 2: both numbers are negative.
a < 0, b< 0
a.b > 0
a . b > a
a . b > b
The product is positive, thus it cannot be smaller than any of the numbers.
Case 3: the numbers have different signs
a . b < 0
a. b < a
a . b ≤ b
The product is negative, therefore smaller than the positive number. The product is also smaller than the negative number as it represents a times the number b:
a = b = 1
a > 0, b < 0

Question 30.
Justify Reasoning The sign of the product of two integers with the same sign is positive. What is the sign of the product of three integers with the same sign? Explain your thinking.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: The product will have the sign of the third number.
Explanation:
Let a, b, c be three integers. a, b have the same sign.
We have to find the sign of a. b . c
a . b > 0
Because a, b have the same sign, their product is positive:
The product a.b.c will have the same sign of c because the sign a.b is positive and multiplying it by a positive number leads to a positive number, while multiplying it by a negative number leads to a negative number.
c > 0
a.b.c = (a.b).c > 0
c < 0 = a.b.c = (a.b).c < 0

Dividing Integers – Guided Practice – Page No. 46

Find each quotient.

Question 1.
\(\frac{-14}{2}\) = _______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
-14 < 0
2 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
-14/2 = -7

Question 2.
21 ÷ (−3) = _______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
21 ÷ (−3)
21 > 0
-3 < 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
21/(-3) = -7

Question 3.
\(\frac{26}{-13}\) = _______

Answer: -2

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{26}{-13}\)
26 > 0
-13 < 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
\(\frac{26}{-13}\) = -2

Question 4.
0 ÷ (−4) = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
0 ÷ (−4)
If one of the numbers is zero answer will be zero.
0 ÷ (−4) = 0

Question 5.
\(\frac{-45}{-5}\) = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-45}{-5}\)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
\(\frac{-45}{-5}\) = 9

Question 6.
-30 ÷ (10) = _______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
-30 ÷ (10)
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
-30 ÷ (10) = 3

Question 7.
\(\frac{-11}{-1}\) = _______

Answer: 11

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-11}{-1}\)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
\(\frac{-11}{-1}\) = 11

Question 8.
-31 ÷ (-31) = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
-31 ÷ (-31)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
-31 ÷ (-31) = 1

Question 9.
\(\frac{0}{-7}\) = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{0}{-7}\)
If one of the numbers is zero answer will be zero.
0/-7 = 0

Question 10.
\(\frac{-121}{-11}\) = _______

Answer: 11

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-121}{-11}\)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
\(\frac{-121}{-11}\) = 11

Question 11.
84 ÷ (-7) = _______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
84 ÷ (-7)
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
84 ÷ (-7)
7 divides 84 twelve times.
So, the answer is -12.

Question 12.
\(\frac{500}{-25}\) = _______

Answer: -20

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{500}{-25}\)
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
\(\frac{500}{-25}\) = -20

Question 13.
-6 ÷ 0 =
__________

Answer: undefined

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
-6 ÷ 0
Any number divided by 0 is undefined.

Question 14.
\(\frac{-63}{-21}\) = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-63}{-21}\)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
\(\frac{-63}{-21}\) = 3

Write a division expression for each problem. Then find the value of the expression.

Question 15.
Clark made four of his truck payments late and was fined four late fees. The total change to his savings from late fees was -$40. How much was one late fee?
$ _______

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Clark made four of his truck payments late and was fined four late fees.
The total change to his savings from late fees was -$40.
We determine one late fee by dividing the total change in his savings by the number of late fees|:
-10 ÷ 4 = -10
One late fee was $10.

Question 16.
Jan received -22 points on her exam. She got 11 questions wrong out of 50 questions. How much was Jan penalized for each wrong answer?
_______ points

Answer: 2 points

Explanation:
Jan received -22 points on her exam. She got 11 questions wrong out of 50 questions.
We determine the number of points on the exam to the number of wrong questions:
-22 ÷ 11 = -2
Thus a wrong answer was penalized by 2 points.

Question 17.
Allen’s score in a video game was changed by -75 points because he missed some targets. He got -15 points for each missed target. How many targets did he miss?
_______ targets

Answer: 5 targets

Explanation:
Allen’s score in a video game was changed by -75 points because he missed some targets.
He got -15 points for each missed target.
We divide the change in the score by the number of points for a missed target:
-75 ÷ -15 = 5
Thus he missed 5 targets.

Question 18.
Louisa’s savings change by -$9 each time she goes bowling. In all, it changed by -$99 during the summer. How many times did she go bowling in the summer?
_______

Answer: 11 times

Explanation:
Given,
Louisa’s savings change by -$9 each time she goes bowling.
In all, it changed by -$99 during the summer.
We divide the change in the savings by the amount she spends each time at bowling:
-99 ÷ -9 = 11
She was bowling 11 times.

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 19.
How is the process of dividing integers similar to the process of multiplying integers?
Type below:
____________

Answer: The process of dividing integers is similar to the process of multiplying integers about the sign of the result which is positive in case both numbers have the same sign and negative when they have different signs.

Dividing Integers – Independent Practice – Page No. 47

Question 20.
Walter buys a bus pass for $30. Every time he rides the bus, money is deducted from the value of the pass. He rode 12 times and $24 was deducted from the value of the pass. How much does each bus ride cost?
$ _______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
We divide the total amount deducted fro the value of the pass by the number of times he rode the bus:
-24 ÷ 12 = -2
The price of a bus ride is $2.

Question 21.
Analyze Relationships Elisa withdrew $20 at a time from her bank account and withdrew a total of $140. Francis withdrew $45 at a time from his bank account and withdrew a total of $270. Who made the greater number of withdrawals? Justify your answer.
___________

Answer: Elisa

Explanation:
We divide the total withdrew Elisa made by the amount she withdrew each time:
-140 ÷ -20 = 7
We divide the total withdraw Francis made by the amount he withdrew each time:
-270 ÷ -45 = 6
Since Elisa made 7 withdrawals and Francis only 6, it means Elisa made a greater number of withdrawals.

Question 22.
Multistep At 7 p.m. last night, the temperature was 10 °F. At 7 a.m. the next morning, the temperature was -2 °F.
a. By how much did the temperature change from 7 p.m. to 7 a.m.?
_______ degrees

Answer: 12 degrees

Explanation:
We are given the data:
7 p.m: 10°F.
7 a.m: -2 °F.
We determine by how much the temperature changed from 7 p.m to 7 a.m by subtraction the initial temperature from the final temperature:
-2 – 10 = -12
Thus the temperature decreased by 12 degrees.

Question 22.
b. The temperature changed by a steady amount overnight. By how much did it change each hour?
_______ degrees each hour

Answer: 1

Explanation:
We divide the total change of temperature by the number of hours to determine by how much the temperature changed each hour:
-12 ÷ 12 = -1
The temperature decreased by 1°F each hour.

Question 23.
Analyze Relationships Nola hiked down a trail at a steady rate for 10 minutes. Her change in elevation was -200 feet. Then she continued to hike down for another 20 minutes at a different rate. Her change in elevation for this part of the hike was -300 feet. During which portion of the hike did she walk down at a faster rate? Explain your reasoning.
___________ was faster

Answer:
First trail: -200 feet in 10 minutes
Second trail -300 feet in 20 minutes
we determine the rate she walked down on the first trail by dividing the elevation by the time she walked on that trail:
-200 ÷ 10 = -20
The rate was 20 feet/minute.
we determine the rate she walked down on the second trail by dividing the elevation by the time she walked on that trail:
-300 ÷ 20 = -15
The rate was 15 feet/minute.

Question 24.
Write a real world description to fit the expression -50 ÷ 5.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Example:
Mary planned to lose 50 pounds at a constant rate for 5 months. How much she lose each month?
-50 ÷ 5 = -10
Thus she should lose 10 pounds each month.

Dividing Integers – Page No. 48

Question 25.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Two integers, a and b, have different signs. The absolute value of integer a is divisible by the absolute value of integer b. Find two integers that fit this description. Then decide if the product of the integers is greater than or less than the quotient of the integers. Show your work.
product ___________ quotient

Answer:
Let’s consider two positive numbers to represent |a| and |b|
Case 1: a = 12, b = -4
a . b = 12 . (-4) = -48
a ÷ b = 12 ÷ (-4) = 3
or
Case 2: a = -12, b = 4
a . b = -12 . 4 = -48
a ÷ b = -12 ÷ 4 = -3
In both the cases the product is smaller than the quotient and the happens because one number is positive and the other negative and because |a| is divisible by |b|
a . b ≤ a ÷ b

Determine if each statement is true or false. Justify your answer.

Question 26.
For any two nonzero integers, the product and quotient have the same sign.
___________

Answer: True
The statement is true because both division and multiplication operate in the same way about signs, the difference being that the absolute values are either multiplied or divided which doesn’t make any difference regarding the signs.

Question 27.
Any nonzero integer divided by 0 equals 0.
___________

Answer: False
The statement is false because the divisor cannot be zero, division is undefined in this case no matter the dividend.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 28.
Multi-step A perfect score on a test with 25 questions is 100. Each question is worth the same number of points.
a. How many points is each question on the test worth?
_______ points

Answer: 4

Explanation:
We determine the number of points each question worth by dividing the perfect score to the number of questions:
100 ÷ 25 = 4

Question 28.
b. Fred got a score of 84 on the test. Write a division sentence using negative numbers where the quotient represents the number of questions Fred answered incorrectly.
_______ questions

Answer: 4

Explanation:
The number of questions Fred answered incorrectly is:
(84 – 100) ÷ (-4) = -16 ÷ -4 = 4
The number of questions Fred answered incorrectly is 4.

Question 29.
Persevere in Problem Solving Colleen divided integer a by -3 and got 8. Then she divided 8 by integer b and got -4. Find the quotient of integer a and integer b.
a ÷ b = _______

Answer: 12

Explanation:
a ÷ (-3) = 8
8 ÷ b = -4
a = 8(-3) = -24
a = -24
b = 8 ÷ (-4)
b = -2
a ÷ b = -24 ÷ -2 = 12

Question 30.
Justify Reasoning The quotient of two negative integers results in an integer. How does the value of the quotient compare to the value of the original two integers? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer: Since the quotient of two negative numbers is positive, it will always be greater than the original two integers.

Applying Integer Operations – Guided Practice – Page No. 52

Evaluate each expression.

Question 1.
−6(−5) + 12 =
_______

Answer: 42

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−6(−5) + 12
First, multiply -6 and -5
−6(−5) + 12 = 30 + 12 = 42

Question 2.
3(−6) − 3 =
_______

Answer: -21

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
3(−6) − 3 = -18 – 3
= -21
3(−6) − 3 = -21

Question 3.
(−2)8 + 7 =
_______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
(−2)8 + 7 = -2 × 8 + 7
= -16 + 7 = -9

Question 4.
4(−13) + 20 =
_______

Answer: -32

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
4(−13) + 20 = -52 + 20 = -32

Question 5.
(−4)(0) − 4 =
_______

Answer: -4

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
(−4)(0) − 4 = 0 – 4 = -4

Question 6.
−3(−5) − 16 =
_______

Answer: -1

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−3(−5) − 16 = 15 – 16 = -1

Write an expression to represent the situation. Evaluate the expression and answer the question.

Question 7.
Bella pays 7 payments of $5 each to a game store. She returns one game and receives 20 dollars back. What is the change to the amount of money she has?
$ _______

Answer: 15 less

Explanation:
Given that,
Bella pays 7 payments of $5 each to a game store. She returns one game and receives 20 dollars back.
7(-5) + 20 = -35 + 20 = -15
Thus she will have $15 less.

Question 8.
Ron lost 10 points seven times playing a video game. He then lost an additional 100 points for going over the time limit. What was the total change in his score?
_______ points

Answer: 170 points

Explanation:
We use negative numbers for the number of points he losses.
7(-10) + (-100) = -70 – 100 = -170
Thus he will have 170 points less.

Question 9.
Ned took a test with 25 questions. He lost 4 points for each of the 6 questions he got wrong and earned an additional 10 points for answering a bonus question correctly. How many points did Ned receive or lose overall?
_______ points

Answer: He lost 14 points

Explanation:
Given,
Ned took a test with 25 questions. He lost 4 points for each of the 6 questions he got wrong and earned an additional 10 points for answering a bonus question correctly.
6(-4) + 10 = -24 + 10 = -14
Since he lost the same number of points for each of the 6 questions he answered incorrectly, we use multiplication to determine the number of points he lost, then we add the number of points he received as a bonus.
Thus he lost 14 points.

Question 10.
Mr. Harris has some money in his wallet. He pays the babysitter $12 an hour for 4 hours of babysitting. His wife gives him 10, and he puts the money in his wallet. By how much does the amount in his wallet change?
$ _______

Answer: $38 less

Explanation:
Given,
Mr. Harris has some money in his wallet. He pays the babysitter $12 an hour for 4 hours of babysitting.
His wife gives him 10, and he puts the money in his wallet.
Since she paid 4 times the amount of $12, we use multiplication to determine the money he spent paying the babysitter, then we add the money received from his wife.
The change to the amount of money he has is:
4(12) + 10 = -48 + 10 = -38
Thus he will have $38 less.

Compare the values of the two expressions using <, =, or >.

Question 11.
-3(-2) + 3 _______ 3(-4) + 9

Answer: -3(-2) + 3 > 3(-4) + 9

Explanation:
-3(-2) + 3 = 6 + 3 = 9
3(-4) + 9 = -12 + 9 = -3
9 is greater than -3
So, -3(-2) + 3 > 3(-4) + 9

Question 12.
-8(-2) – 20 _______ 3(-2) + 2

Answer: -8(-2) – 20 = 3(-2) + 2

Explanation:
-8(-2) – 20 = 16 – 20 = -4
3(-2) + 2 = -6 + 2 = -4
-4 = -4
Thus, -8(-2) – 20 = 3(-2) + 2

Question 13.
-7(5) – 9 _______ -3(20) + 10

Answer: -7(5) – 9 > -3(20) + 10

Explanation:
-7(5) – 9 = -35 – 9 = -44
-3(20) + 10 = -60 + 10 = -50
-44 is greater than -50
So, -7(5) – 9 > -3(20) + 10

Question 14.
-16(0) – 3 _______ -8(-2) – 3

Answer: -16(0) – 3 < -8(-2) – 3

Explanation:
-16(0) – 3 = 0 – 3 = -3
-8(-2) – 3 = 16 – 3 = 13
-3 is less than 13.
Thus -16(0) – 3 < -8(-2) – 3

Essential Question Check-In

Question 15.
When you solve a problem involving money, what can a negative answer represent?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
A negative answer in a problem involving money can represent:
– an amount of money spent on something
– a stolen amount of money
– a lent amount of money
– a donated amount of money
– an amount of money given for fines, fees

Applying Integer Operations – Independent Practice – Page No. 53

Evaluate each expression.

Question 16.
−12(−3) + 7
_______

Answer: 43

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−12(−3) + 7
We perform multiplication first, then addition:
-12(-3) + 7 = 36 + 7 = 43

Question 17.
(−42) ÷ (−6) + 5 − 8
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
(−42) ÷ (−6) + 5 − 8
((−42) ÷ (−6)) + 5 − 8 = 7 + 5 – 8
12 – 8 = 4

Question 18.
10(−60) − 18
_______

Answer: -618

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
10(−60) − 18
We perform multiplication first, then subtraction:
-600 – 18 = -618

Question 19.
(−11)(−7) + 5 − 82
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
(−11)(−7) + 5 − 82
We perform multiplication first, then subtraction:
77 + 5 – 82
82 – 82 = 0
(−11)(−7) + 5 − 82 = 0

Question 20.
35 ÷ (−7) + 6
_______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
35 ÷ (−7) + 6
We perform division first, then addition:
35 ÷ (−7) + 6 = -5 + 6 = 1
35 ÷ (−7) + 6 = 1

Question 21.
−13(−2) − 16 − 8
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−13(−2) − 16 − 8
We perform multiplication first, then subtraction:
26 – 16 – 8
10 – 8 = 2
−13(−2) − 16 − 8 = 2

Question 22.
Multistep
Lily and Rose are playing a game. In the game, each player starts with 0 points and the player with the most points at the end wins. Lily gains 5 points two times, loses 12 points, and then gains 3 points. Rose loses 3 points two times, loses 1 point, gains 6 points, and then gains 7 points.
a. Write and evaluate an expression to find Lily’s score
_______ point(s)

Answer: 1 point

Explanation:
We write and evaluate an expression to find Lily’s score:
2(5) – 12 + 3 = 10 – 12 + 3 = -2 + 3 = 1

Question 22.
b. Write and evaluate an expression to find Rose’s score.
_______ point(s)

Answer: 6 points

Explanation:
We write and evaluate an expression to find Rose’s score:
2(-3) – 1 + 6 + 7 = -6 – 1 + 6 + 7 = -7 + 6 + 7
= 0 + 6 = 6

Question 22.
c. Who won the game?
___________

Answer: Rose

Explanation:
6 > 1
So, Rose won the game because her score is greater than Lily’s score.

Write an expression from the description. Then evaluate the expression.

Question 23.
8 less than the product of 5 and -4.
_______

Answer: -28

Explanation:
The phrase product means multiplication and less than means subtraction.
So, the expression is 5(-4) – 8 = -20 – 8 = -28

Question 24.
9 more than the quotient of -36 and -4.
_______

Answer: 18

Explanation:
The phrase quotient means division and more than means addition.
So, we write the expression as -36 ÷ (-4) + 9
= 9 + 9 =18

Question 25.
Multistep
Arleen has a gift card for a local lawn and garden store. She uses the gift card to rent a tiller for 4 days. It costs 35 dollars per day to rent the tiller. She also buys a rake for $9.
a. Find the change to the value on her gift card.
$ _______

Answer: -149

Explanation:
We determine the change to the value on her gift card:
4(-35) + (-9) = -140 – 9 = – 149

Question 25.
b. The original amount on the gift card was $200. Does Arleen have enough left on the card to buy a wheelbarrow for $50? Explain.
________________

Answer: yes

Explanation:
We determine the amount of money she has left on the gift card after renting the tiler and buying the rake.
200 – 149 = 51
Since she has got $51 on the gift card and a wheelbarrow is $50 she is able to but it.
51 > 50

Applying Integer Operations – Page No. 54

Question 26.
Carlos made up a game where, in a deck of cards, the red cards (hearts and diamonds) are negative and the black cards (spades and clubs) are positive. All face cards are worth 10 points, and number cards are worth their value.
a. Samantha has a king of hearts, a jack of diamonds, and a 3 of spades. Write an expression to find the value of her cards.
_______

Answer: -17

Explanation:
We use negative values for hearts and diamonds and positive values for spades and clubs
1(-10) + 1(-10) + 1(3)
-10 – 10 + 3 = -17

Question 26.
b. Warren has a 7 of clubs, a 2 of spades, and a 7 of hearts. Write an expression to find the value of his cards.
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
We use negative values for hearts and diamonds and positive values for spades and clubs
1(7) + 1(2) + 1(-7)
7 + 2 – 7 = 0 + 2 = 2

Question 26.
c. If the greater score wins, who won?
___________

Answer: Warren
2 > -17

Question 26.
d. If a player always gets three cards, describe two different ways to receive a score of 7.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
10 – 2 – 1 = 7 (a queen of spades, a 2 of hearts and an ace of diamonds)
1 + 2 + 4 = 7 (an ace of clubs, a 2 of spades and a 4 of clubs)
-10 + 10 + 7 = 7 (a king of diamonds, a jack of spades and a 7 of clubs)

H.O.T.

Focus On Higher Order Thinking

Question 27.
Represent Real-World Problems
Write a problem that the expression 3(-7) – 10 + 25 = -6 could represent.
Type below:
___________

Answer: -6

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
3(-7) – 10 + 25 = -6
Example:
Adrian has some savings from which he buys 3 books $7 each and a video game for which he pays $10. His sister gives him $5. Whats is the total change in his savings?
3(-7) – 10 + 25 = -21 – 10 + 25 = -31 + 25 = -6

Question 28.
Critique Reasoning
Jim found the quotient of two integers and got a positive integer. He added another integer to the quotient and got a positive integer. His sister Kim says that all the integers Jim used to get this result must be positive. Do you agree? Explain.
___________

Answer: Kim is wrong

Explanation:
Let a, b, c be three integers.
We note by a, b the first two integers and by c the third one.
a ÷ b > 0
a ÷ b + c  > 0
Because the quotient a ÷ b is positive it means that either a, b are both positive or they are both negative.
Adding the third number to the positive quotient gives a positive result either if c positive or is negative, but having an absolute value smaller than that of the quotient a ÷ b.
Example:
a = -12
b = -2
c = -3
a ÷ b + c = (-12) ÷ (-2) + (-3) = 6 + (-3)
6 – 3 = 3
3 > 0
Thus kim is wrong.

Question 29.
Persevere in Problem Solving
Lisa is standing on a dock beside a lake. She drops a rock from her hand into the lake. After the rock hits the surface of the lake, the rock’s distance from the lake’s surface changes at a rate of -5 inches per second. If Lisa holds her hand 5 feet above the lake’s surface, how far from Lisa’s hand is the rock 4 seconds after it hits the surface?
________ inches

Answer: 80 inches

Explanation:
We use negative values for the distances the rock gets into the water and the distance from Lisa’s hand until the water’s surface as both go down.
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
5 feet = 5 × 12 = 60 inches
After 4 seconds the distance from Lisa’s hand will be given by the sum between the distance from Lisa’s hand until the water’s surface and the distance traveled by the rock below the water’s surface.
4(-5) + (-60) = -20 – 60 = -80
Thus the rock will be 80 inches from Lisa’s hand.

MODULE QUIZ – 2.1 Multiplying Integers – Page No. 55

Find each product.

Question 1.
(−2)(3)
______

Answer: -6

Explanation:
We have to determine the product
(−2)(3)
The numbers have different signs, thus the result will be negative.
We multiply the absolute values of the numbers and assign the negative sign.
-2 × 3 = -6

Question 2.
(−5)(−7)
______

Answer: 35

Explanation:
We have to determine the product
(−5)(−7)
The numbers have the same signs, thus the result will be positive.
We multiply the absolute values of the numbers and assign a positive sign.
(−5)(−7) = 35

Question 3.
8(−11)
______

Answer: -88

Explanation:
We have to determine the product
8(−11)
The numbers have different signs, thus the result will be negative.
We multiply the absolute values of the numbers and assign the negative sign.
8(−11) = -88

Question 4.
(−3)2(−2)
______

Answer: 12

Explanation:
We have to determine the product
(−3)2(−2)
The numbers have the same signs, thus the result will be positive.
We multiply the absolute values of the numbers and assign a positive sign.
(−3)2(−2) = -6 × -2 = 12

Question 5.
The temperature dropped 3 °C every hour for 5 hours. Write an integer that represents the change in temperature.
______ °C

Answer: -15°C

Explanation:
Given that,
The temperature dropped 3 °C every hour for 5 hours.
We use negative numbers for the drop in temperature. Since the temperature dropped with the same number of degrees each hour, the change in temperature will be represented by the result of the multiplication.
5 × -3 = -15 °C

2.2 Dividing Integers

Find each quotient.

Question 6.
\(\frac{-63}{7}\)
______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We have to determine the quotient:
\(\frac{-63}{7}\)
The numbers have different signs, thus the result will be negative.
We divide the absolute values of the numbers and assign the negative sign.
\(\frac{-63}{7}\) = -9
Thus the quotient of \(\frac{-63}{7}\) is -9

Question 6.
\(\frac{-15}{-3}\)
______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
We have to determine the quotient:
\(\frac{-15}{-3}\)
The numbers have the same signs, thus the result will be positive.
We divide the absolute values of the numbers and assign a positive sign.
\(\frac{-15}{-3}\) = 5
Thus the quotient of \(\frac{-15}{-3}\) is 5.

Question 8.
0 ÷ (−15)
______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to determine the quotient:
0 ÷ (−15)
If one of the numbers is zero then the quotient will be 0.
0 ÷ (−15) = 0

Question 9.
96 ÷ (−12)
______

Answer: -8

Explanation:
We have to determine the quotient:
96 ÷ (−12)
The numbers have different signs, thus the result will be negative.
We divide the absolute values of the numbers and assign the negative sign.
12 divides 96 eight times
So, 96 ÷ (−12) = -8

Question 10.
An elephant at the zoo lost 24 pounds over 6 months. The elephant lost the same amount of weight each month. Write an integer that represents the change in the elephant’s weight each month.
______ pounds

Answer: – 4 pounds

Explanation:
Given that,
An elephant at the zoo lost 24 pounds over 6 months.
The elephant lost the same amount of weight each month.
We use the negative numbers for the drop in weight.
Since the elephant’s weight decreased each month with the same amount, the change in the elephant’s weight each month will be represented by the result of the division:
-24 ÷ 6 = – 4
Thus the change in the elephant’s weight each month is -4 pounds.

2.3 Applying Integer Operations

Evaluate each expression.

Question 11.
(−4)(5) + 8
______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
Given the expression
(−4)(5) + 8
We have to perform multiplication first and then addition
-20 + 8 = -12
So, (−4)(5) + 8 is -12.

Question 12.
(−3)(−6) − 7
______

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given the expression
(−3)(−6) − 7
We have to perform multiplication first and then subtraction
18 – 7 = 11
Thus (−3)(−6) − 7 = 11

Question 13.
−27 ÷ 9 − 11
______

Answer: -14

Explanation:
Given the expression
−27 ÷ 9 − 11
We have to perform division first and then subtraction
-3 – 11 = -14
So the answer for the expression −27 ÷ 9 − 11 is -14

Question 14.
\(\frac{-24}{-3}\) − (−2)

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Given the expression
\(\frac{-24}{-3}\) − (−2)
We have to perform division first and then subtraction
The numbers have the same signs, thus the result will be positive.
We divide the absolute values of the numbers and assign a positive sign.
\(\frac{-24}{-3}\) = 8
8 – (-2) = 8 + 2 = 10

Essential Question

Question 15.
Write and solve a real-world problem that can be represented by the expression (–3)(5) + 10.
Type below:
___________

Answer: $5

Example:
Lily bought 5 DVDs $3 each and was given a prize of $ 10 for winning a competition. What is the change in her account after these events?
Answer:
5(-3) + 10 = -15 + 10 = -5
Thus she has $5 less in her account.

MIXED REVIEW – Selected Response – Page No. 56

Question 1.
A diver is at an elevation of -18 feet relative to sea level. The diver descends to an undersea cave that is 4 times as far from the surface. What is the elevation of the cave?
Options:
a. -72 feet
b. -22 feet
c. -18 feet
d. -14 feet

Answer: -72 feet

Explanation:
A diver is at an elevation of -18 feet relative to sea level.
The diver descends to an undersea cave that is 4 times as far from the surface.
We determine the elevation of the cave using multiplication as the diver descends 4 times the distance of -18 feet:
4 × -18 = -72
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
The football team lost 4 yards on 2 plays in a row. Which of the following could represent the change in field position?
Options:
a. -12 yards
b. -8 yards
c. -6 yards
d. -2 yards

Answer: -8 yards

Explanation:
We determine the change in field position using multiplication as the team lost twice the distance of 4 yards:
2 × -4 = -8 yards
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 3.
Clayton climbed down 50 meters. He climbed down in 10-meter intervals. In how many intervals did Clayton make his climb?
Options:
a. 5
b. 10
c. 40
d. 500

Answer: 5

Explanation:
We determine the number of intervals using division as Clayton climbed down the total distance in equal 10 meter intervals
-50 ÷ -10 = 5
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which expression results in a negative answer?
Options:
a. a negative number divided by a negative number
b. a positive number divided by a negative number
c. a negative number multiplied by a negative number
d. a positive number multiplied by a positive number

Answer:
a. a negative number divided by a negative number gives a positive result.
b. a positive number divided by a negative number gives a negative result.
c. a negative number multiplied by a negative number gives a positive result.
d. a positive number multiplied by a positive number gives a positive result.
The only situation in which we get a negative result is in case B, thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Clara played a video game before she left the house to go on a walk. She started with 0 points, lost 6 points 3 times, won 4 points, and then lost 2 points. How many points did she have when she left the house to go on the walk?
Options:
a. -20
b. -16
c. 12
d. 20

Answer: -16

Explanation:
Clara played a video game before she left the house to go on a walk.
She started with 0 points, lost 6 points 3 times, won 4 points, and then lost 2 points.
3(-6) + 4 – 2 = -18 + 2 = -16
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Which expression is equal to 0?
Options:
a. \(\frac{-24}{6}\) − 4
b. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) + 4
c. \(\frac{24}{6}\) + 4
d. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) − 4

Answer: \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) − 4

Explanation:
a. \(\frac{-24}{6}\) − 4
– 4 – 4 = -8
b. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) + 4
4 + 4 = 8
c. \(\frac{24}{6}\) + 4
4 + 4 = 8
d. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) − 4
4 – 4 = 0
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Mini-Task

Question 7.
Rochelle and Denae started with the same amount of money in their bank accounts. Rochelle made three withdrawals of $25 and then wrote a $100 check. Denae deposited $5 and then wrote a $200 check.
a. Find the total change in the amount of money in Rochelle’s account.
$ _______

Answer: -175

Explanation:
We use positive values for deposited money and negative values for withdrawals and written checks.
3(-25) – 100 = -75 – 100 = -175

Question 7.
b. Find the total change in the amount of money in Denae’s account.
$ _______

Answer: -195

Explanation:
We find the total change in the amount of money in Rochelle’s account:
5 + (-200) = -195

Question 7.
c. Compare the amounts of money the two women have in their accounts now.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 20

Explanation:
Since they started with the same amount of money and Rochelle’s account decreased by $175, while Denae’s account decreased by $195, it means Rochelle has an account greater than Denae’s by the sum of
195 – 175 = 20

Module 2 Review – Multiplying and Dividing Integers – Page No. 104

EXERCISES

Question 1.
−9 × (−5) =
________

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Given,
−9 × (−5)
Since the two integers have the same sign, the answer will be positive.
Multiply both the numbers.
−9 × (−5) = 45

Question 2.
0 × (−10) =
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:
Given,
Any number multiplied with zero will be zero.
0 × (−10) = 0

Question 3.
12 × (−4) =
________

Answer: -48

Explanation:
Given,
12 × (−4)
Since the two integers have different signs, the answer will be negative.
12 × (−4) = -48

Question 4.
−32 ÷ 8 =
________

Answer: -4

Explanation:
Given,
−32 ÷ 8
Since the two integers have different signs, the answer will be negative.
−32 ÷ 8 = -4

Question 5.
−9 ÷ (−1) =
________

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given,
Since the two integers have the same sign, the answer will be positive.
Divide both the numbers.
−9 ÷ (−1) = 9

Question 6.
−56 ÷ 8 =
________

Answer: -7

Explanation:
Given,
Since the two integers have different signs, the answer will be negative.
Divide both the numbers.
−56 ÷ 8 = -7

Question 7.
−14 ÷ 2 − 3 =
________

Answer: -10

Explanation:
Given,
−14 ÷ 2 − 3 = (−14 ÷ 2) − 3
– 7 – 3 = -10

Question 8.
8 + (−20) × 3 =
________

Answer: -52

Explanation:
Given,
8 + (−20) × 3 = 8 – 60 = -52

Question 9.
36 ÷ (−6) − 15 =
________

Answer: -21

Explanation:
Given,
36 ÷ (−6) − 15 = (36 ÷ (−6)) − 15
– 6 – 15 = -21

Question 10.
Tony bought 3 packs of pencils for 4 each and a pencil box for 7. Mario bought 4 binders for 6 each and used a coupon for 6 off. Write and evaluate expressions to find who spent more money.
_____________

Answer: Tony

Explanation:
Tony bought 3 packs of pencils for 4 each and a pencil box for 7.
Mario bought 4 binders for 6 each and used a coupon for 6 off.
Find the total amount that Tony spent
3 × 4 + 7 = 12 + 7 = $19
Find the total amount that Mario spent this is less than Tony’s amount so Tony spent more.
4 × 6 – 6 = 24 – 6 = $18
Compare the amount that Tony and Mario spent
Tony spent more.

Conclusion:

The solutions provided in the Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers pdf are prepared by the math experts. This Go Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 helps the students to score the highest marks in the exams. It also helps the teachers and parents to help their children in solving the problems in Go Math Grade 7 Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review/Test

go-math-grade-4-chapter-11-angles-review-test-answer-key

Test your knowledge and math skills by using the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review/Test and understand the topics clearly. Explore how to measure the angles using various methods with Go Math Grade 4 Ch 11 Angles Solution Key & score well. Moreover, you will get a detailed explanation with diagrams on Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review/Test.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review/Test

Access the links provided below and directly download the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review/Test in pdf. By using these Grade 4 Go Math Review/test Solutions of chapter 11 Angles, you can easily learn the topics & score high marks in the standard assessments, tests, etc. Make sure that the answers you practiced can be checked via Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles & fix it properly.

Review/Test – Page No. 439

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 1

Question 1.
The size of an angle can be measured using a tool called a
______________ .
________

Answer: Protractor
The size of an angle can be measured using a tool called a Protractor

Question 2.
___________ is the direction in which the hands of a clock move.
________

Answer: Clockwise
Clockwise is the direction in which the hands of a clock move.

Tell what fraction of the circle the shaded angle represents.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 2
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The figure shows that the 1/4th part of the circle is shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded angle is 1/4.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
It has completed a 3/4 turn. So, the fraction of the shaded part is 3/4.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
From the figure, we can see that the circle is rotating in the anti-clockwise direction. And it has completed the half turn.
Thus the fraction is 12 turn counterclockwise

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 6.
68°
Type below:
________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img_2

Question 7.
145°
Type below:
________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Review Test Answer Key img_1

Question 8.
Use a protractor to find the measure of each angle. Label each angle with its measure. Write the sum of the angle measures as an equation.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 5

Answer: 110°, 120°, 130°

Explanation:
By using the protractor we can measure each angle of the above circle.
∠NMO = 110°,
∠OMP = 120°,
∠NMP = 130°

Review/Test – Page No. 440

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 9.
Which describes the turn the angle on the circle shows?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 6
Options:
a. 90° clockwise
b. 90° counterclockwise
c. 180° clockwise
d. 180° counterclockwise

Answer: 180° counterclockwise

Explanation:
By seeing the above circle we can say that it turns counterclockwise at 180°.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 10.
Which best describes the m/RST? Use a protractor to help you.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 7
Options:
a. acute; 48°
b. obtuse; 48°
c. obtuse; 132°
d. obtuse; 148°

Answer: obtuse; 148°

Explanation:
By using the protractor we can measure the angle of the above figure.
The above figure is greater than 90 degrees, so it is an obtuse angle. The measure of the angle is 148 degrees.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 11.
The pocket watch was invented in 1524. The time is 6 P.M. After 1 hour, how many degrees does the minute hand turn?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 8
Options:
a. 45°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 360°

Answer: 360°

Explanation:
Pocket watches consist of a circular face and three hands that complete a full revolution at different rates: the second hand takes 60 seconds, the minute hand takes 60 minutes, and the hour hand takes 12 hours.
There are 60 seconds in one hour, so in one hour the minute hand has completed a single revolution.
Circles contain 360 degrees so the minute hand, by completing one circle, has traveled 360 degrees after one hour.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Review/Test – Page No. 441

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 12.
What is the unknown angle measure?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 9
Options:
a. 25°
b. 115°
c. 125°
d. 180°

Answer: 125°

Explanation:
Sum of the angles = 180°
65° + x° = 180°
x° = 180° – 65°
x° = 125°
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 13.
Which equation can you use to find the ∠WRT?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 10
Options:
a. 84° + 69° = ■
b. 84°− 69° = ■
c. 84° × 69° = ■
d. 84° − 153° = ■

Answer: 84° + 69° = ■

Explanation:
To find the unknown angle, we have to do the sum of two angles.
84° + 69° = ■
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 14.
If an angle measures 100º, through what fraction of a circle does the angle turn?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{100}{360}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: \(\frac{100}{360}\)

Explanation:
The complete angle is 360°
The angle measures 100º
= \(\frac{100}{360}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Review/Test – Page No. 442

Question 15.
How many right angles are there in an angle that turns through 360º? Explain how you know.
______ right angles

Answer: 4

Explanation:
A circle has 4 right angles. So, an angle that turns through 360º has four right angles.

Question 16.
Soccer practice began at 2:30 P.M. and stopped at 3:00 P.M. because of rain. During this time, through what fraction of a circle did the minute hand turn? How many degrees did the minute hand turn? Explain.

Answer: 30 minutes

Explanation:
A minute watch covers 360 degrees every 60 minutes. In 30 minutes the watch, therefore, covers 180 degrees.

Question 17.
Charlotte divided a whole pizza into 4 pieces. One piece formed a straight angle. One piece formed a right angle. Two pieces formed acute angles with the same degree measure.
A. Draw angles to represent the 4 pieces.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 11 Angles Review Test img 11

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-FL-Chapter-11-Angles-Review-Test-img-11

Question 17.
B. Label each angle with its degree measure.

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-FL-Chapter-11-Angles-Review-Test-img-11

Question 17.
C. Label each angle as a fraction of a circle.

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-FL-Chapter-11-Angles-Review-Test-img-11

Question 17.
D. Write an equation that represents the degree measure of the whole pizza as the sum of the measures of its parts.

Answer:
x = 60/360x + 60/360x + 110/360x + 130/360x
x = 1/6x + 1/6x + 11/36x + 13/36x

Conclusion:

Stay connected with our site and find Grade 4 Go Math Answer Key in pdf format to get the explanations for all the chapters. Have any queries about this Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 11 Angles pdf article, check out our page or comment us below. Best Of Luck!!!

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts

go-math-grade-3-chapter-5-use-multiplication-facts-answer-key

Access Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts here for quick reference. Solve various questions from Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 and get basics of multiplication easily. Resolve your queries and practice on your own to understand where you stand in your preparation. Attain the logic behind each problem in the exercise questions from 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 5 USe Multiplication Facts and clear the exam with better grades.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts

Step by Step Solution is given in the HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key by subject experts keeping in mind the student’s level of understanding. Have an overview of the concepts present in Grade 3 Chapter 5 through the quick links available. Utilize the Grade 3 HMH Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts and clear your queries regarding the topics instantly. You just need to click on the below mentioned Go Math 3rd standard Grade 3 Chapter Key links and take your preparation to the next level.

Lesson 1: Algebra • Describe Patterns

Lesson 2: Algebra • Find Unknown Numbers

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 3: Problem Solving • Use the Distributive Property

Lesson 4: Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10

Lesson 5: Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10

Chapter 5 Review/Test

Describe Patterns Page No 265

Describe a pattern for the table. Then complete the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 1
Answer: Add 6 muffins for each pan; Multiply the number of pans by 6.

Explanation:

Now we have to multiple no. of pans by 6
4 × 6 = 24; 5 × 6 = 30

Question 2.

Wagons 2 3 4 5 6
Wheels 8 12 16 _______ _______

Answer:

Wagons 2 3 4 5 6
Wheels 8 12 16 20 24

Explanation:

Add 4 wheels for each Wagons; Multiply the number of Wagons by 4
5 × 4 = 20; 6 × 4 = 24

Question 3.

Vases Flowers
2 14
3 _______
4 28
5 _______
6 42

Answer:

Vases Flowers
2 14
3 21
4 28
5 35
6 42

Explanation:

Add 7 flowers for each vase; Multiply the number of flowers by 7
3 × 7 = 21; 5 × 7 = 35

Question 4.

Spiders Legs
1 8
2 _______
3 24
4 _______
5 40

Answer:

Spiders Legs
1 8
2 16
3 24
4 32
5 40

Explanation:

Add 8 legs for each spider and then multiply the number of spiders by 8
i.e., 8 × 2 = 16; 8 × 4 = 32

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Caleb buys 5 cartons of yogurt. Each carton has 8 yogurt cups. How many yogurt cups does Caleb buy?
_________ yogurt cups

Answer: 40 cups

Explanation:

Given,
Caleb buys 5 cartons of yogurt
Each carton has 8 yogurt cups
To find how many yogurt cups does Caleb buy ‘x’
x = 8 × 5 = 40
Thus the number of yogurt cups does Caleb buy is 40 cups

Question 6.
Libby bought 4 packages of pencils. Each package has 6 pencils. How many pencils did Libby buy?
_________ pencils

Answer: 24 pencils

Explanation:

Libby bought 4 packages of pencils
Each package has 6 pencils
Number of pencils did Libby buy is x
x × 1= 6 × 4
x = 24
Therefore no. of pencils Libby bought = 24 pencils

Describe Patterns Lesson Check Page No 266

Question 1.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 2
Options:
a. Multiply by 3.
b. Multiply by 5.
c. Add 1.
d. Add 4.

Answer: Multiply by 5

Explanation:

From the above table, we can see that each chair is added by 5 for each table.
So, multiply the number of tables by 5
The correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Which number completes this table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 3
Options:
a. 30
b. 20
c. 24
d. 22

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Each butterfly is added by 4
Multiply the number of butterflies by 4
4 × 6 = 24 wings
So, the correct answer is option C

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jennilee buys 7 packs of crayons. There are 6 crayons in each pack. How many crayons does Jennilee buy in all?
Options:
a. 13
b. 36
c. 42
d. 48

Answer: 42

Explanation:

Given that, Jennilee buys 7 packs of crayons
There are 6 crayons in each pack
1 pack = 6 crayons
7 packs = x
x × 1 = 6 × 7
x = 42

Question 4.
Maverick has 5 books of circus tickets. Each book has 5 tickets. How many tickets does Maverick have in all?
Options:
a. 10
b. 15
c. 20
d. 25

Answer: 25

Explanation:

Maverick has 5 books on circus tickets
Each book has 5 tickets
1 book =5 tickets
5 books = x tickets
x × 1 = 5 × 5
x = 25
Thus the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Bailey walked his dog 2 times each day for 9 days. How many times did Bailey walk his dog in all?
Options:
a. 9
b. 11
c. 18
d. 27

Answer: 18

Explanation:

Given, Bailey walked his dog 2 times each day for 9 days
Number of times did Bailey walk his dog in all = x
x = 9 × 2
x = 18
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
Drew’s Tree Company delivers pear trees in groups of 4. Yesterday, the company delivered 8 groups of pear trees. How many pear trees were delivered in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 16
c. 24
d. 32

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Given,

Drew’s Tree Company delivers pear trees in groups of 4
Yesterday, the company delivered 8 groups of pear trees
How many pear trees were delivered in all = x
x = 4 × 8
x = 32
Thus the correct answer is option D

Find Unknown Numbers Page No 271

Find the unknown factor.

Question 1.
n × 3 = 12
Think: How many groups of 3 equal 12?
n = 4

Answer: 4

Explanation:

n × 3 = 12
n = 12/4
n = 3

Question 2.
s × 8 = 64
s = ________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

How many groups of 8 equals 64?

s × 8 = 64
s = 64/8
s = 8

Question 3.
21 = 7 × n
n = ________

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Number of groups 7 equals 21

21 = 7 × n
n = 21/7
n = 3

Question 4.
y × 2 = 18
y = ________

Answer: 9

Explanation:

y × 2 = 18
y = 18/2
y = 9

Question 5.
5 × p = 10
p = ________

Answer: 2

Explanation:

p is the unknown factor

5p = 10
p = 10/5
p = 2

Question 6.
56 = 8 × t
t = ________

Answer: 7

Explanation:

8 × t = 56
8t = 56
t = 56/8
t = 7
Therefore, the answer is 7

Question 7.
m × 4 = 28
m = ________

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Here m is the unknown product
4 × m = 28
4m = 28
m = 28/4
m = 7

Question 8.
★ × 1 = 9
★ = ________

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Here the symbol ★ is the unknown product
★ = 9/1
★ = 9

Question 9.
18 = 6 × r
r = ________

Answer: 3

Explanation:

r is the unknown product
6 × r = 18
r = 18/6
r = 3

Question 10.
u × 5 = 30
u = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

u is the unknown product
u × 5 = 30
5u = 30
u = 30/5
u = 6

Question 11.
4 × ■ = 24
■ = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

■ is the unknown product
4 × ■ = 24
■ = 24/4
■ = 6
Therefore the answer is 6

Question 12.
w × 7 = 35
w = ________

Answer: 5

Explanation:

The letter w is the unknown product
w × 7 = 35
w = 35/7
w = 5

Question 13.
b × 6 = 54
b = ________

Answer: 9

Explanation:

b × 6 = 54
b = 54/6
b = 9
Thus the unknown product is 9

Question 14.
5 × ▲ = 40
▲ = ________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Here the symbol ▲ is the unknown product
▲ × 5 = 40
▲ = 40/5
▲ = 8

Question 15.
30 = d × 3
d = ________

Answer: 10

Explanation:

d is the unknown product
30 = d × 3
30/3 = d
d = 30/3
d = 10
Therefore the answer is 10

Question 16.
7 × k = 42
k = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

k is the unknown product
7 × k = 42
k = 42/7
k = 6

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Carmen spent $42 for 6 hats. How much did each hat cost?
$ ________

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Given that
Carmen spent $42 for 6 hats
The cost spent on each hat = x
x × 6 = 42
x = 42/6
x = 7
Thus Carmen spent $7 for each hat

Question 18.
Mark has a baking tray with 24 cupcakes. The cupcakes are arranged in 4 equal rows. How many cupcakes are in each row?
________ cupcakes

Answer: 6 cupcakes

Explanation:

Mark has a baking tray with 24 cupcakes
The cupcakes are arranged in 4 equal rows
No. of cupcakes in each row = x
x × 4 = 24
x = 24/4
x = 6
Therefore the number of cupcakes in each row = 6

Find Unknown Numbers Lesson Check Page No 272

Question 1.
What is the unknown factor?
b × 7 = 56
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

b × 7 = 56
b = 56/7
Now we have to check how many groups of 7 equals 56
7 × 8 = 56
b = 8
Thus the answer is option C

Question 2.
What is the unknown factor shown by this array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Find Unknown Numbers img 4
3 × ■ = 24
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

The unknown product is ■
Here we have to find the product of 3 × ■  which equals 24
3 × ■ = 24
■ = 24/3
■ = 8
Therefore the unknown factor shown by this array is 8

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 6 + 4 = 4 + 6
b. 4 × 6 = 6 × 4
c. 4 × 3 = 4 + 8
d. 3 × 6 = 9 × 2

Answer: 4 × 6 = 6 × 4

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of multiplication, changing the order of the numbers we are multiplying, does not change the product.
a × b = b × a
So, the answer is 4 × 6 = 6 × 4

Question 4.
Find the product.
5 × (4 × 2)
Options:
a. 13
b. 22
c. 40
d. 80

Answer: 40

Explanation:

This is in the form of a × (b × c)
First, multiply 4 and 2
5 × (4 × 2) = 5 × 8
5 × 8 = 40
Therefore the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Which number sentence is an example of the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)
b. 4 × 7 = 7 × 4
c. 4 × 7 = 28
d. 7 × 4 = 15 + 13

Answer: 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)

Example:

To “distribute” means to divide something or give a share or part of something. According to the distributive property, multiplying the sum of two or more addends by a number will give the same result as multiplying each addend individually by the number and then adding the products together.
The example of Distributive Property is 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)

Question 6.
In a group of 10 boys, each boy had 2 hats. How many hats did they have in all?
Options:
a. 5
b. 12
c. 20
d. 40

Answer: 20

Explanation:

Given that,
Each boy has 2 hats
Group of 10 boys has x hats
x × 1 = 2 × 10
x = 20

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 273

Vocabulary
Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 5

Question 1.
An __________ is a number sentence that uses the equal sign to show that two amounts are equal.
__________

Answer: Equation

Explanation:

The definition of the Equation is the number sentence that uses an equal sign to show that two amounts are equal.

Concepts and Skills

Describe a pattern in the table. Then complete the table.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 6
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Weeks 1 2 3 4 5
Days 7 14 21 28 35

Explanation:

First of all look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the days are increased by 7 for each week.
Now use the pattern to find the number of days in 4 and 5 weeks.
7 × 4 = 28; 7 × 5 = 35

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 7
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Tickets 2 3 4 5 6
Cost $8 $12 $16 $20 $24

Explanation:

Look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the cost increased by $4 for each ticket.
Now use the pattern to find the cost for 5 and 6 tickets
4 × 5 = 20; 4 × 6 = 24

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 8
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Project Teams Members
3 9
4 12
5 15
6 18
7 21

Explanation:

Look for the pattern by comparing the columns in the table. You can multiply number of project teams by 3 to find the members.
3 × 5 = 15; 3 × 7 = 21

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 9
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Tables Chairs
1 8
2 16
3 24
4 32
5 40

Explanation:

Look for the pattern by comparing the rows in the table.
Now multiply the number of tables by 8 so that you can find the number of chairs for 3 and 5 tables.
3 × 8 = 24; 5 × 8 = 40

Find the unknown number.

Question 6.
m × 5 = 30
m = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

m is the unknown product
m × 5 = 30
m = 30/5
m = 6
Therefore the value of m is 6

Question 7.
■ × 6 = 48
■ = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

■ is the symbol of the unknown product
■ × 6 = 48
■ = 48/6
■ = 8

Question 8.
n = 2 × 10
n = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

n is the unknown product
We have to product of where 2 and 10 meet
n = 2 × 10
n = 20

Question 9.
4 × 8 = p
p = _______

Answer: 32

Explanation:

p is the unknown product
p = 8 × 4
p = 32
So, the answer is 32

Question 10.
25 = y × 5
y = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

y is the unknown product
y × 5 = 25
y = 25/5
y = 5

Question 11.
★ × 10 = 10
★ = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

★ is the symbol of the unknown product
★ × 10 = 10
★ = 10/10
★ = 1

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Lesson Check Page No 274

Question 12.
Describe a pattern in the table.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 10
Type below:
__________

Answer: Multiply by 6

Explanation:

As you look across the rows, you can see that the number of stickers increases by 6 for each package.

Question 13.
What number makes the equation true?
a × 8 = 72
a = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

a is the unknown product
Here we have to find the number that makes the equation true
a × 8 = 72
a = 72/8
a = 9

Question 14.
Mia bought 2 copies of the same book. She spent $18. What was the cost of one book?
$ _______

Answer: $9

Explanation:

Given that, Mia bought 2 copies of the same book.
Mia spent $18 for 2 books
Cost of one book = x
x × 2 = $18
x = 18/2
x = 9
Therefore the cost of one book = $9

Question 15.
Kyle saves $10 every week for 6 weeks. How much money will Kyle have in Week 6?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 11
a. 60

Answer:

Weeks 1 2 3 4 5 6
Amount $10 $20 $30 $40 $50 $60

Explanation:

Look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the amount increased for each week.
You can multiply 10 by week 4, 5 and 6
i.e., 10 × 4 = 40; 10 × 5 = 50; 10 × 6 = 60

Question 16.
Tennis balls cost $7 for a can of 3. Steve gives the cashier $40 to buy balls and receives $12 in change. How many tennis balls did Steve buy?
_______ tennis balls

Answer: 12 tennis balls

Explanation:

Steve spent $40 – $12 = $28
Let y represent the number of cans.
Tennis balls cost $7 for a can of 3
7 × y = 28
y = 28/7
y = 4 cans
So, Steve buys 4 cans of 3 tennis balls
Then, we need to multiply the no. of cans, 4, by the number of tennis balls in each can, 3
4 × 3 = 12 tennis balls

Use the Distributive Property Page No 279

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Each time a student turns in a perfect spelling test, Ms. Ricks puts an achievement square on the bulletin board. There are 6 rows of squares on the bulletin board. Each row has 30 squares. How many perfect spelling tests have been turned in?
Think: 6 × 30 = 6 × (10 + 10 + 10)
= 60 + 60 + 60 = 180
180 spelling tests

Answer: 180 spelling test

Explanation:

There are 6 rows of squares on the bulletin board
Each row has 30 squares
We can use the distributive property to find the number of perfect spelling tests have been turned in
6 × 30 = 6 × (10+10+10)
6 × 10 + 6 × 10 + 6 × 10
60 + 60 + 60 = 180 spelling test

Question 2.
Norma practices violin for 50 minutes every day. How many minutes does Norma practice violin in 7 days?
_______ minutes

Answer: 350 minutes

Explanation:

Given,
Norma practices violin for 50 minutes every day
To find:
How many minutes does Norma practice violin in 7 days?
We can solve this problem by using the distributive property
7 × 50 = 7 × (20 + 30) = (7 × 20) + (7 × 30)
= 350 minutes

Question 3.
A kitchen designer is creating a new backsplash for the wall behind a kitchen sink. The backsplash will have 5 rows of tiles. Each row will have 20 tiles. How many tiles are needed for the entire backsplash?
_______ tiles

Answer: 100 tiles

Explanation:

Given: The backsplash will have 5 rows of tiles
Each row will have 20 tiles
By using a distributive property we can know the no. of tiles are needed for the entire backsplash
5 × 20 = 5 × (10 + 10)
(5× 10) + (5× 10) = 50 +50
= 100 tiles
Therefore 100 tiles are needed for the entire backsplash

Question 4.
A bowling alley keeps shoes in rows of cubbyholes. There are 9 rows of cubbyholes, with 20 cubbyholes in each row. If there is a pair of shoes in every cubbyhole, how many pairs of shoes are there?
_______ pairs of shoes

Answer: 180 pairs of shoes

Explanation:

There are 9 rows of cubbyholes, with 20 cubbyholes in each row
To find the number of pairs of shoes in every cubbyhole
9 × 20 = 9 × (10 + 10)
9 × 10 + 9 × 10
90 + 90 = 180 pairs of shoes

Question 5.
The third-grade students are traveling to the science museum in 8 buses. There are 40 students on each bus. How many students are going to the museum?
_______ students

Answer: 320 students

Explanation:

Given that, The third-grade students are traveling to the science museum in 8 buses
There are 40 students on each bus
We can know the number of students going to the museum by using the distributive property
8 × 40 = 8 × (20 + 20) = 8 × 20 + 8 × 20
160 + 160 = 320 students
Therefore the number of students going to the museum is 320

Use the Distributive Property Lesson Check Page No 280

Question 1.
Each snack pack holds 20 crackers. How many crackers in all are there in 4 snack packs?
Options:
a. 60
b. 80
c. 100
d. 800

Answer: 80

Explanation:

Given:
Each snack pack holds 20 crackers
To find:
How many crackers in all are there in 4 snack packs
By using the Distributive property we can find the crackers in 4 snack packs
4 × 20 = 4 × (10 + 10)
4 × 10 + 4 × 10 = 40 + 40 = 80
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
A machine makes 70 springs each hour. How many springs will the machine make in 8 hours?
Options:
a. 500
b. 520
c. 540
d. 560

Answer: 560

Explanation:

Given,
A machine makes 70 springs each hour
To find:
How many springs will the machine make in 8 hours
8 × 70 = 8 × (35 + 35)
= (8 × 35) + (8 × 35)
= 280 + 280
= 560
Thus option D is the correct answer

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Lila read 142 pages on Friday and 168 pages on Saturday. Which is the best estimate of how many pages Lila read on Friday and Saturday combined?
Options:
a. 100
b. 200
c. 300
d. 400

Answer: 300

Explanation:

Lila read 142 pages on Friday and 168 pages on Saturday
We can estimate the number of pages Lila read on Friday and Saturday combined by using the Distributive property
142 + 168 = (2 × 71) + (2 × 84) = 300
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 4.
Jessica wrote 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 on the board. Which is another way to show 6 + 6 + 6 + 6?
Options:
a. 4 × 4
b. 4 × 6
c. 4 × 4 × 6
d. 6 × 6

Answer: 4 × 6

Explanation:
Jessica wrote 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 on the board
The another way to write 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 is 4 × 6
Because here 6 is added 4 times. So the multiplication form of 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 is 4 × 6
So, the correct answer is option B

Use the line plot for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Use the Distributive Property img 12

Question 5.
Eliot made a line plot to record the number of birds he saw at his bird feeder. How many more sparrows than blue jays did he see?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Number of sparrows = 5
Number of Blue Jays = 1
To know how many more sparrows than blue jays we have to subtract number of blue jay from number of sparrows
= 5 – 1 = 4
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
How many robins and cardinals combined did Eliot see?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Number of robins = 3
Number of Cardinals = 2
Total Number of robins and cardinals = 3 + 2 = 5
So, the answer is option D

Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 Page No 285

Use a number line to find the product.

Question 1.
2 × 40 = 80
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 13

Answer: 80

Explanation:

The number line given above shows that there are 2 groups of 4 tens
So, 2 × 4 tens
2 × 40 = 80

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 14
4 × 30 = _______

Answer: 120

Explanation:

There are 4 groups of 3 tens
So, the number jumps from 0 to 30, 30 to 60, 60 to 90, and from 90 to 120.
4 × 3 tens = 4 × 30 = 120

Use place value to find the product.

Question 3.
5 × 70 = 5 × _______ tens
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 7 tens
ii. 35 tens
iii. 350

Explanation:

70 = 7 × 10 = 7 tens
5 × 70 = 35 × 10 = 35 tens = 350

Question 4.
60 × 4 = _______ tens × 4
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 6 tens
ii. 24 tens
iii. 240

Explanation:

Here 60 is multiplied with 4
60 = 6 × 10 = 6 tens
60 × 4 = 6 tens × 4
24 tens = 24 × 10 = 240

Question 5.
7 × 30 = 7 × _______ tens
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 3 tens
ii. 21 tens
iii. 210

Explanation:

30 = 3 × 10 = 3 × 1 ten = 3 tens
7 × 30 = 7 × 3 tens
= 21 tens
= 21 × 10 = 210

Question 6.
90 × 3 = _______ tens × 3
= tens = _______

Answer:

i. 9 tens
ii. 27 tens
iii. 270

Explanation:

90 = 9 × 1 ten = 9 × 10 = 9 tens
9 tens × 3 = 27 tens
27 tens = 27 × 1 ten
= 27 × 10 = 270

Problem Solving

Question 7.
One exhibit at the aquarium has 5 fish tanks. Each fish tank holds 50 gallons of water. How much water do the 5 tanks hold in all?
_______ gallons of water

Answer: 250 gallons of water

Explanation:

Given: One exhibit at the aquarium has 5 fish tanks
Each fish tank holds 50 gallons of water
5 × 50 = 5 × 5 tens
= 25 tens = 25 × 1 ten
25 × 10 = 250 gallons of water

Question 8.
In another aquarium display, there are 40 fish in each of 7 large tanks. How many fish are in the display in all?
_______ fish

Answer: 280 fish

Explanation:

There are 40 fish in each of 7 large tanks
To know the number of fishe are in the display in all
40 × 7 = 4 × 1 ten = 4 tens
4 tens × 7 = 28 tens
28 × 10 = 280 fishes

Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 Lesson Check Page No 286

Question 1.
Each bag of pattern blocks contains 50 blocks. To make a class pattern, the teacher combines 4 bags of blocks. How many pattern blocks are there in all?
Options:
a. 20
b. 200
c. 240
d. 250

Answer: 200

Explanation:

Given,
Each bag of pattern blocks contains 50 blocks
To make a class pattern, the teacher combines 4 bags of blocks
Here we make use of multiplication strategies to know the number of pattern blocks
50 × 4 = 5 tens × 4
= 20 tens = 20 × 10 = 200
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
A deli received 8 blocks of cheese. Each block of cheese weighs 60 ounces. What is the total weight of the cheeses?
Options:
a. 420 ounces
b. 460 ounces
c. 480 ounces
d. 560 ounces

Answer: 480 ounces

Explanation:

A deli received 8 blocks of cheese
Each block of cheese weighs 60 ounces
60 × 8 = 6 tens × 8
48 tens = 48 × 10 = 480 ounces
So, the correct answer is option C

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Alan and Betty collected cans for recycling. Alan collected 154 cans. Betty collected 215 cans. How many cans did they collect in all?
Options:
a. 369
b. 379
c. 469
d. 479

Answer: 369

Explanation:

Given, Alan and Betty collected cans for recycling
Alan collected 154 cans
Betty collected 215 cans
To know total cans they collected in all, we have to add both the cans of Alan and Betty
154 + 215 = 369 cans
Therefore the correct answer is option A

Question 4.
The third graders collected 754 cans. The fourth graders collected 592 cans. Which is the best estimate of how many more cans the third graders collected?
Options:
a. 50
b. 100
c. 200
d. 300

Answer: 200

Explanation:

Given,
The third graders collected 754 cans
The fourth graders collected 592 cans
To find the best estimate of how many more cans the third graders collected
We have to subtract fourth graders cans from third graders can
Here they are asking the estimated number if cans the third graders collected
754 rounded to the nearest hundred is 800 and
592 rounded to the nearest hundred is 600
800 – 600 = 200
Therefore the correct answer is 200

Use the bar graph for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 15

Question 5.
How many more books did Ed read than Bob?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 3

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that Ed read 8 books in June
Bob read 5 books in June
To know the number of books Ed read than Bob
We have to subtract the no. of books Bob read from Ed
= 8 – 5 = 3 books
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 6.
How many books in all did the four students read in June?
Options:
a. 22
b. 24
c. 26
d. 36

Answer: 26

Explanation:

Bob read 5 books in June
Ed read 8 books in June
Eve read 7 books in June
Ann read 6 books in June
Total = 5 + 8 + 7 + 6 = 26 books
So, the answer is option C

Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10 Page No 291

Find the product. Use base-ten blocks or draw a quick picture.

Question 1.
4 × 50 = 200
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 16

Answer: 200

Explanation:

First, multiply the ones
4 × o ones = 0
Next, multiply the tens
4 × 5 tens = 200

Question 2.
60 × 3 = _______

Answer: 180

Explanation:

Mutliply the ones
3 × o ones = 0
Now multiply the tens
3 × 6 tens = 18 tens = 180

Question 3.
_______ = 60 × 5

Answer: 300

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
5 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
5 × 6 tens = 30 tens
= 300

Find the product.

Question 4.
3 0
× 8
—–
_______

Answer: 240

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
8 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
8 × 3 tens = 24 tens = 240

Question 5.
5 0
× 2
—–
_______

Answer: 100

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
2 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
2 × 5 tens = 10 tens = 100

Question 6.
6 0
× 7
—–
_______

Answer: 420

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
7 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
7 × 6 tens = 42 tens = 420

Question 7.
70
× 4
—–
_______

Answer: 280

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
4× 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
4 × 7 tens = 28 tens = 280

Question 8.
6 × 90 = _______

Answer: 540

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
6 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
6 × 9 tens = 54 tens = 540

Question 9.
9 × 70 = _______

Answer: 630

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
9 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
9 × 7 tens = 63 tens = 630

Question 10.
8 × 90 = _______

Answer: 720

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
8 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
8 × 9 tens = 72 tens = 720

Question 11.
_______ = 6 × 80

Answer: 480

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
6 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
6 × 8 tens = 48 tens = 480

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Each model car in a set costs $4. There are 30 different model cars in the set. How much would it cost to buy all the model cars in the set?
$ _______

Answer: $120

Explanation:

There are 30 different model cars in the set
Each model car in a set costs $4
To find the cost to buy all the model cars in the set
30 × $4 = $120

Question 13.
Amanda exercises for 50 minutes each day. How many minutes will she exercise in 7 days?
minutes _______

Answer: 350 minutes

Explanation:

Given,
Amanda exercises for 50 minutes each day
We have to find how many minutes will she exercise in 7 days
50 × 7 = 350 minutes

Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10 Lesson Check Page No 292

Question 1.
Each shelf in one section of the library holds 30 books. There are 9 shelves in that section. How many books will these shelves hold?
Options:
a. 220
b. 260
c. 270
d. 280

Answer: 270

Explanation:

Given,

Each shelf in one section of the library holds 30 books
There are 9 shelves in that section
30 × 9 = 3 tens × 9
= 27 tens = 270
Therefore the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
One can of juice mix makes 60 ounces of juice. How many ounces of juice can be made from 6 cans of juice mix?
Options:
a. 300 ounces
b. 360 ounces
c. 390 ounces
d. 600 ounces

Answer: 360 ounces

Explanation:

Given,
One can of juice mix makes 60 ounces of juice
Number of ounces of juice can be made from 6 cans of juice mix
60 ounces × 6 = 6 tens × 6
= 36 tens = 360 ounces
Thus the answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sue bought 7 cans of tennis balls. There are 3 balls in each can. How many balls did Sue buy?
Options:
a. 10
b. 21
c. 28
d. 37

Answer: 21

Explanation:

Sue bought 7 cans of tennis balls
There are 3 balls in each can
To know the number of balls Sue buy
We have multiply number of cans and number of balls
= 7 × 3 = 21 balls

Question 4.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 3 + 4 = 4 + 3
b. 5 × 0 = 0
c. 1 × 7 = 7
d. 3 × 4 = 4 × 3

Answer: 3 × 4 = 4 × 3

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of multiplication, changing the order of the numbers we are multiplying, does not change the product.
a × b = b × a
3 × 4 = 4 × 3
Option D is the correct example of the Commutative property

Question 5.
Lyn drew this bar model to solve a problem. Which operation should she use to find the unknown number?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 17
Options:
a. addition
b. division
c. multiplication
d. subtraction

Answer: addition

Explanation:

In order to know the unknown number we have to add both the number of flowers
90 + 54 = 144

Question 6.
Joe drew this bar model to find the unknown number of balls. Which is the correct answer?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 18
Options:
a. 356
b. 256
c. 144
d. 124

Answer: 144

Explanation:

Given that
Joe drew this bar model to find the unknown number of balls
106 balls + ___ = 250 balls
let the unknown number be x
106 + x = 250
x = 250 – 106
x = 144 balls

Review/Test Page No 293

Question 1.
The camping club wants to rent rafts. Each raft can hold 8 people. Which equation could be used to find how many rafts are needed for 32 people?
Options:
a. 8 × 32 = ■
b. 32 × ■ = 8
c. ■ × 8 = 32
d. 32 × 8 = ■

Answer: ■ × 8 = 32

Explanation:

Each raft can hold 8 people
■ represents raft that can hold 32 people
Now we have to multiple number of people with rafts for 32 people
■ × 8 = 32
■ = 32/8
■ = 4
Therefore 4 rafts are needed for 32 people

Question 2.
Select the equations that show the Distributive Property. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 8 × 20 = 8 × (10 + 10)
b. 5 × 60 = 5 × (20 + 40)
c. 30 × 6 = 6 × 30
d. 9 × (4 + 3) = 9 × 7

Answer: a, b, d

Explanation:

The sum of two numbers times a third number is equal to the sum of each addend times the third number.
The above 3 options satisfy the law of Distributive Property

Question 3.
Choose the number from the box that makes the sentence true.
A library has 48 shelves of fiction books. There are 6 shelves in each cabinet.
There are Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 19 cabinets of fiction books in the library.
_________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Let x represents cabinets of fiction in the library
x × 6 = 48
x = 48/6
x = 8
Therefore the answer is 8

Review/Test Page No 294

Question 4.
For numbers 4a–4d, choose True or False for each equation.
a. 5 × (4 + 4) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

The above question satisfies the distributive property
5 × (4 + 4) = 5 × 8 = 40
8 × 5 = 40
Therefore LHS = RHS
So, the equation is true

Question 4.
b. 8 × (3 + 3) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

8 × (3 + 3) = 8 × 6 = 48
8 × 5 = 40
So, the equation is false

Question 4.
c. (3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

(3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 8 × 5
The above question satisfies the distributive property
8 × 5 = 40
(3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 15 + 25 = 40
Both LHS and RHS are equal
So, the answer is true

Question 4.
d. (3 × 2) + (8 × 3) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

(3 × 2) + (8 × 3)
3 × 2 = 6; 8 × 3 = 24
= (3 × 2) + (8 × 3) = 6 + 24
But it is given as 8 × 5
So, the answer is false

Question 5.
Alya planted 30 trays of flowers. Each tray held 8 flowers. Javon planted 230 flowers. Did Alya plant more flowers than Javon, the same number of flowers as Javon, or fewer flowers than Javon?
Options:
a. She planted more flowers than Javon.
b. She planted the exact same number of flowers as Javon.
c. She planted fewer flowers than Javon. 6.

Answer: She planted more flowers than Javon.

Explanation:

Given that, Alya planted 30 trays of flowers and each tray held 8 flowers
30 × 8 = 240 flowers
So, Alya planted 240 flowers
Javon planted 230 flowers
To know whether Alya plant more flowers than Javon, the same number of flowers as Javon, or fewer flowers than Javon
We have to subtract Number of flowers planted by Javon from Alya
240 – 230 = 10
So, Alya planted more flowers than Javon

Question 6.
For numbers, 6a–6d, choose Yes or No to show whether the unknown number is 6.

a. 4 × ■ = 32

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: No

Explanation:

■ = 6
Now we have to substitute ■ = 6 in the above question
4 × 6 = 24
So, the answer is No

b. ■ × 6 = 36

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

■ = 6
6 × 6 = 36
It satisfies the above equation
So, the answer is Yes

c. 8 × ■ = 49

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: No

Explanation:

■ = 6
8 × 6 = 48 but not 49
So, the answer is No

d. ■ × 30 = 180

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:

Explanation:

■ = 6
6 × 30 = 180
It satisfies the above equation
So, the answer is yes

Question 7.

Each train can carry 20 cars. Use the number line to find how many cars 6 trains can carry.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 5 Answer Key Review

Answer: 120 cars

Chapter 5 Go Math Grade 3 Solution Key Review solution image_1

Explanation:

Each train can carry 20 cars
6 trains can carry x cars
x × 1 = 20 × 6
x = 120 cars

Review/Test Page No 295

Question 8.
Samantha made this multiplication model. Complete the equation that represents the model.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 20
_____ × _____ = _____
Type below:
__________

Answer: 90

Explanation:

Each vertical bar represents a ten. Each group of 3 vertical bars represents 30
We have 3 groups of 30, therefore the equation that represents the model is
3 × 30 = 90 models

Question 9.
A printer prints newsletters for many groups every month. Which group uses the greatest number of pieces of paper?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 21
__________

Answer: Book Lovers Club

Explanation:

From the above table, we can say that Book Lovers Club group uses the greatest number of pieces of paper

Question 10.
A store has 30 boxes of melons. Each box holds 4 bags. Each bag holds 2 melons. What is the total number of melons in the store?
__________ melons

Answer: 240 melons

Explanation:

Given,
A store has 30 boxes of melons
Each box holds 4 bags
Each bag holds 2 melons
1 box holds 4 bags
30 × 4 = 120 bags
1 bag = 2 melons
120 bags = x
x = 120 × 2
x = 240 melons
Therefore total number of melons in the store = 240 melons

Question 11.
Heather’s puppy weighs 23 pounds. He has been gaining 3 pounds every month as he grows. If this pattern continues, how much will the puppy weigh 5 months
from now?
__________ pounds

Answer: 38 pounds

Explanation:

Heather’s puppy weighs 23 pounds
He has been gaining 3 pounds every month as he grows
To find the weigh of the puppy after 5 months
If puppy weights 3 pounds in 1 month
For 5 months it weighs = 3 × 5 = 15 pounds
Actual of Heather’s puppy + puppy weight after 5 months
= 23 + 15 = 38 pounds

Review/Test Page No 296

Question 12.
Tim describes a pattern. He says the pattern shown in the table is “Add 3.” Is Tim correct? Explain how you know.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 22
Type below:
__________

Answer:

No, Tim is not correct
The pattern works for the first pair of numbers 1 + 3 = 4
But it doesn’t work for any of the other pairs. The pattern should be Multiply the number of packages by 4

Question 13.
This shows a part of a multiplication table. Find the missing numbers. Explain how you found the numbers.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 23
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 3 Key Chapter 5 Review solution image_2

Explanation:

The only numbers that have a product of 35 are 5 and 7. The only numbers that have a product of 40 are 5 and 8.
This tells us that 5 is the number for the row. That means 6 is the next row down, and 7 is the row after that. The factors of 7 and 8 are the columns, so we can multiply to find the missing numbers

Question 14.
Describe a pattern for this table.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 24
Pattern: _____
How would the table change if the pattern was “Multiply the number of tanks by 8”? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: Multiply the number of tanks by 80
The table would change by taking a zero off each number of fish in the second row because you would be multiplying by ones, not tens.

Review/Test Page No 297

Question 15.
Devon has 80 books to pack in boxes. She packs 20 books in each box. How many boxes does she need?
Write an equation using the letter n to stand for the unknown factor. Explain how to find the unknown factor.
Type below:
__________

Answer: n × 20 = 80
We can draw an array of 80 squares with 20 squares in each row.
There are 4 rows, so n = 4. Devon needs 4 boxes.

Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key for Chapter 5 Review solution image_4

Question 16.
The bookstore has 6 shelves of books about animals. There are 30 books on each shelf. How many books about animals does the bookstore have?
Shade squares to make a diagram to show how you can use the Distributive Property to find the number of books about animals in the bookstore.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 25
__________ animal books

Answer:

6 × (10 + 10 + 10) = (6 × 10) + (6 × 10) + (6 × 10)
= 60 + 60 + 60
= 180 animal books

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 Review solution image_3

Review/Test Page No 298

Question 17.
Cody saves all his nickels. Today he is getting them out of his piggy bank and wrapping them to take to the bank. He finds he has 360 nickels. It takes 40 nickels to fill each paper wrapper and make a roll. How many wrappers does he need?
Part A
Write an equation using n for the unknown number. Find the number of wrappers needed.
______ × ______ = ______

Answer: n × 40 = 360

Explanation:

n represents no. of wrappers need
Each paper wrapper needs 40 nickels
Cody has 360 nickels
n × 40 = 360

Question 17.
Part B
Explain how you solved this problem and how you know your answer is correct.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Explanation:

Given that Cony has 360 nickels
Each paper wrapper needs 40 nickels
Let n be the number of wrappers needed
That means n × 40 = 360
n = 360/40
n = 9
So, n wrappers are needed to make the rolls

Question 18.
Ruben is collecting cans for the recycling contest at school. He makes two plans to try to collect the most cans.
Plan A: Collect 20 cans each week for 9 weeks.
Plan B: Collect 30 cans each week for 7 weeks.
Part A
Which plan should Ruben choose?
__________

Answer: Plan B

Collect 30 cans each week for 7 weeks.

Question 18.
Part B
Explain how you made your choice.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Given that Ruben is collecting cans for the recycling contest at school
His plan is to collect more cans
That means he has to collect more number of cans in less number of weeks
So, Plan B is perfect to win the recycling contest at school

We hope the info shared regarding the Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 5 Answer Key has been beneficial to you. Refer to Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Extra Practice. Practice is the only key to success and make the most out of the Answer Key available and achieve success in your assessments or tests.